2015

BJMP December 2015 Volume 8 Number 4

BJMP December 2015 Volume 8 Number 4

Full Issue Booklet   PDF

Research Articles

Comparing the use of traditional sites and alternative sites puncture for determination of blood glucose by glucometer
Crisafulli Cristiano, Massimo Catanuso, Carmelo Di Gregorio, Adriana Di Gregorio, Gaetano Profeta and Antonino Di Guardo
Full Text  PDF

Case Reports/Series

Education and Training

An unusual cause of inspiratory stridor: NG tube insertion under anaesthesia

Authors
Kristofor Inkpin and Matthew Daunt
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(4):a838
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Insertion and use of nasogastric (NG) tubes is not without risk. We report a case of inspiratory stridor following NG tube insertion whilst under general anaesthesia. We describe its diagnosis, treatment and precautions to prevent further incidents.

Abbreviations: 
NG - Nasogastric, NHS - National Health Service, AF - Atrial Fibrillation, CT - Computerised Tomography.
Keywords: 
NG tube, Stridor, Airway, Emergency, blind.

Introduction

The NHS is supplied with approximately 300 000 NG tubes per year1. There are approximately 800-1000 incidents reported to the NPSA every year related to the insertion and use of NG tubes. Difficulties are often encountered with their insertion, especially in the setting of general anaesthesia. Whilst stridor and injury related to the use of NG tubes has been previously reported2,3, it has been related to prolonged siting. We describe a case acute stridor occurring in the recovery room due to direct trauma of the airway upon NG tube insertion.

Case report

A 61-year-old male presented with clinical symptoms of bowel obstruction. His medical history included atrial fibrillation (AF) treated with flecainide, and a 30-pack year smoking history. He was previously independent with a World Health Organisation performance status of 0. After CT confirmation of bowel obstruction, he was scheduled for an emergency laparotomy. A predicted P-Possum 30 day mortality was calculated at over 10%. He required no organ support pre-operatively, although his AF was poorly controlled. He had a low thoracic epidural sited awake, followed by induction of general anaesthesia with a rapid sequence induction. An arterial line, a central venous line, and an NG tube were inserted once anaesthetised. The NG tube was documented as difficult to site, and there were several attempts at a blind insertion via the oral and nasal route, before successfully inserting under direct vision using a laryngoscope.

The operative finding was that of an unresectable caecal tumour, and a defunctioning loop colostomy was formed. The total duration was 150 minutes. Following peripheral nerve stimulation and administration of 2mg/kg Sugammadex, he was woken, extubated and escorted to recovery.

Within minutes of being in the recovery area, he was acutely stridulous. Emergency assistance was called, and after assessment he was given nebulized adrenaline (1mg diluted in 4mls 0.9% saline), and 200mg of intravenous hydrocortisone. The nasogastric tube was removed, and his breathing was then supported with CPAP via a Mapleson C circuit and 100% oxygen. Direct examination of his airway, and indirect nasendoscopy with a Storz fibre-optic scope were performed. Significant bruising of his soft palate was seen, in addition to bruising and oedema of the soft tissues around the arytenoid cartilages with a small haematoma within the valleculae [Figure 1]. After approximately twenty minutes his stridor settled.

He was transferred to a level 2 high dependency unit later that day. He did not suffer from any further airway compromise, and his symptoms completely resolved.

Discussion

The insertion of an NG tube, whilst often deemed low risk, may result in life threatening consequences4. There even exists a “NG tube syndrome” 5, the pathophysiological mechanism of which is thought to be paresis of the posterior cricoarytenoid muscles secondary to ulceration and infection over the posterior lamina of the cricoid. There is no doubt that insertion of an NG tube in the anaesthetised patient can prove to be difficult, with a failure rate of up to 50% on first pass6, with repeated attempts at insertion being required. However, this case highlights the need for a controlled and ordered approach to managing the difficulties that can be encountered. Medical training incorporates NG insertion as a basic skill within the curriculum, but this affords new anaesthetic trainees little help with the anaesthetised and intubated patient.

There are several techniques described to insert NG tubes in anaesthetised, intubated patients7. There is evidence to suggest that modified techniques such as a reverse Sellick’s manoeuvre or neck flexion with lateral pressure are better than blind insertion in the neutral position. In the right hands, insertion under direct vision can overcome most difficulties, but is again not without risk.

We feel it is important to remember that NG insertion can cause patient harm, and potentially lead to life threatening consequences. Whatever the approach or technique that is chosen, having a logical and ordered approach is paramount. Using suitable alternative methods for insertion, or abandoning the procedure, as opposed to blindly continuing to repeat the same unsuccessful method must be key for success, as would be the case for approaching any clinical encounter.

Published with the written consent of the patient.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
KRISTOFOR INKPIN, MA (Hons) Cantab MBBS FRCA, Nottingham University Hospitals, UK. MATTHEW DAUNT, BMBS BMedSci FRCA, Nottingham University Hospitals, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
KRISTOFOR INKPIN, Anaesthetic Department, Nottingham University Hospitals, Derby Road, Nottingham, NG7 2UH, UK.
Corresponding Author Email: 
kinkpin@doctors.org.uk
References
References: 
  1. Patient Safety Alert NPSA/2011/PSA002:Reducing the harm caused by misplaced nasogastric feeding tubes in adults, children and infants. March 2011.(http://www.nrls.npsa.nhs.uk/EasySiteWeb/getresource.axd?AssetID=129697&) accessed 10th November 2015
  2. Leclerc C et al. Severe laryngeal injury due to a nasogastric tube. Annales françaises d'anesthèsie et de rèanimation. 2002 Apr;21(4):306-9
  3. Brand JB, Emerson CW, Wilson RS. Acute laryngeal edema 24 hours after passage of a nasogastric tube.Anesthesiology.1976 Nov;45(5):555-7
  4. Paul V, Kupfer Y, Tessler S. BMJ Case Rep. Severe epistaxis after nasogastric tube insertion requiring arterial embolisation. 2013 Jan 18;2013. pii: bcr2012007278. doi: 10.1136/bcr-2012-007278.
  5. Sofferman RA et al. The nasogastric tube syndrome. Laryngoscope. 1990 Sep;100(9):962-8.
  6. Mahajan R, Gupta R. Another method to assist nasogastric tube insertion. Canadian Journal of Anaesthesia. 2005;52:652–3.
  7. Mohan Chandra Mandal et al. Comparison of four techniques of nasogastric tube insertion in anaesthetised, intubated patients: A randomized controlled trial. Indian Journal of Anaesthesia. 2014 Nov-Dec; 58(6): 714–718.

Formal Psychiatric Treatment: advantages and disadvantages

Authors
James Paul Pandarakalam
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(4):a837
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

This paper discusses the merits and undesirable effects of compulsory detention on psychiatric patients and the dilemmas of the mental health staff. It also points out the added risk and the iatrogenic stress psycho geriatric patients in particular may be subjected in instances of mental health act assessments. There is a scarcity of research specifically concerned with the identification of the ill effects of compulsory detention and detection of a subset of highly vulnerable patients who are likely to respond negatively to compulsory care. The author does acknowledge the advantages of mental health acts. The objective is to enhance the awareness among mental health professionals for the need to upgrade the quality of research on the effects of involuntary admission and find more sophisticated alternatives.

Keywords: 
Key words: Mental health acts; suicides; PTSD, merits; demerits.

Introduction

The closure of asylums in the last century has resulted in an increased number of compulsory hospital admissions for psychiatric patients. Psycho-geriatric patients are highly vulnerable in this respect. Although the traditional buildings instituted for the care of the mentally afflicted have gone, misconceptions about provision and anecdotes about incarceration continue to haunt the community. Recent legislative changes have further extended the occurrence of involuntary hospital admission.1 Compulsory community care is under constant review. Concurrently the validity of the concept of mental illness, psychiatric classification and diagnostic dilemmas all continue to be debated. Confinement has regained respectability in the discourses of present-day British mental health system because of violent offences committed by psychiatric patients and the public media portraying them as a reflection of failure of community care.

Table 1, Advantages of Mental Health Acts

1. Mental health acts secure the safety of vulnerable people
2. Helps to regain control on their lives
3. Compulsory treatment helps to prevent further deterioration of mental health
4. Aimed to provide effective care and treatments
5. Ensure better after care
6. Protects the safety of other people
7. Prevents suicides
8. Provides opportunities for assessments and diagnosis
9. Can be therapeutic by unburdening personal responsibilities to an institution.

Numerical quantitative studies imply that generally involuntarily admitted patients show clinical improvement and retrospectively view their compulsory admission rather positively.2 It is an unquestionable fact that Mental Health Acts prevent suicides and homicides (table 1). Mental Health Acts have some unsatisfactory outcomes particularly on a subset of patients including senior citizens admitted formally. It is important to identify such patients and take additional precautions in their management as they run the risk of leaving hospital feeling inferior and inadequate. Patients’ specific characteristics, thought processes and past treatment experiences, colour their attitude towards coerced treatment and determine the gains and shortcomings of compulsory care.

Disadvantages

The Mental Health Acts are open to social abuse and elderly patients can be more defenceless in this respect. Specifically they may be: invoked to control behaviour; misused for material gain and implicated in subtle expressions of revenge. They are sometimes invoked to hasten divorce proceedings and to secure the custody of children by a specific parent. They are also used to control the behaviour of children by their parents. Mental Health Acts designed to control psychiatric patients are being enacted and enforced in some underdeveloped countries that lack an efficient tribunal system to monitor their effects.

A patient who has been detained is at risk of repeat detention and someone who has been inappropriately assessed becomes increasingly vulnerable to control on psychiatric grounds. The experience of being detained involuntarily has a reductive effect on behaviour after discharge – it may induce anxiety or post-psychiatric depression. The awareness of being deemed to require compulsory detention generates such negative attitudes as self-denigration, fear and unhealthy repression of anger. It may also impede self-direction and the normal sense of internal control and may encourage the view that in a world perceived as being divided into camps of mutually exclusive ‘normal’ and ‘abnormal’ people, the patient is in the latter category. Compulsory detention may lead to suicide because the patient loses their sense of integration within their own society. Furthermore, the fear and anxiety associated with involuntary admission delays the recovery process. There are other frequently occurring barriers to recovery for those affected such as, loss of capabilities, whether real or imagined, ineffectual medication due to poor elicitation of symptoms because of patient’s lack of cooperation and negative drug side effects.

Depressed patients have a higher suicide risk than the population at large and one of the reasons for detention is suicidality. Some of the subjective symptoms of depression can be ameliorated by denying them, while compulsory detention may reinforce depressive symptoms. Detention gives carers a false sense of security and this may lead them to relax their vigilance towards the patient. The Mental Health Acts increase the stigma associated with psychiatric illness and with the exuberant expression of emotions. Patients who are under section or are frightened of being placed under section may deliberately mask their symptoms in an attempt to have the section lifted or to avoid sectioning.

Trans-cultural studies

Trans-cultural studies show that members of migrated cultures, particularly the elderly, are more at risk of inappropriate sectioning than the rest of the population because of the lack of knowledge on part of professionals about the patient’s culture. For instance, the debate of over diagnosis of schizophrenia among Afro-Caribbean patients is still unsettled. A study conducted in South London has concluded that Black Africans and Black Afro-Caribbean patients with psychosis in that area are more likely than White patients to be detained under the Mental Health Act 1983.3 GreatBritain has become a multicultural society and a significant percentage of professionals working in psychiatric units have been trained overseas, in a wide range of countries. This creates further risk of inappropriate diagnosis. There needs to be more emphasis on the significance of trans-cultural psychiatry in the United Kingdom. In particular, psychiatrists should be aware that psychiatry is a medicine of language and culture as well as of the mind.

Medical Dilemmas

Countries in which Mental Health Acts are widely enforced have not achieved any reduction in suicide rates through their implementation. Sectioning is perceived by many patients affected as a psychological guillotine – a form of psychiatric terrorism. The medical profession is invested by the Acts with undue power over society. This is of particular concern because training in psychiatry does not include the study of free will and allied philosophical issues and also because there is no clear definition or description of mind and consciousness. In psychiatry there is a lack of clinical indicators and psycho-physiological parameters so the criteria for diagnosis are imprecise, with a concomitant risk of the Acts being erroneously implemented. It has been postulated that once a person has been classified as having deviant behaviour, that categorisation has a potent effect on the subsequent actions of the person concerned and those interacting with them.

Is it not justifiable to argue that even if a few mentally ill patients are underdiagnosed and not subjected to psychiatric admission, someone whom we would regard as normal should not be detained in a psychiatric hospital against their will? Such a view is analogous to the judicial view regarding capital punishment where even if ninety-nine murderers escape capital punishment because there is no death penalty, one innocent person should not be sentenced to death. Mental Health Acts may be a necessary evil but they present a dilemma for mental health professionals: the morality of helping patients and protecting the society from the consequences of their illness against the immorality of restricting their freedom. Clinicians become torn between the ideals of curing mental illness and defending the sanity of patients.

Patients’ Perception

A small survey conducted by the author revealed that no sectioned patient in the group studied sent a thank-you card after discharge to the ward in which they were confined. However, many voluntary patients expressed appreciation in that way. This is an indicator of the attitude of sectioned patients towards the Mental Health Acts. One reason must be that a record of being sectioned limits their freedom to travel and also affects their employment opportunities adversely. A patient has commented that it is easier for an ex-convict to gain employment than it is for a once-sectioned psychiatric patient.

There is anecdotal evidence illustrating the panic that may be generated with the word ‘section’ in psychiatric patients. A recovering elderly hypomanic patient explained that he misconstrued the word on hearing it when he was ill, taking it in relation to sectioning in Obstetrics and General Surgery. He remembered that as he resisted entering a taxi while being persuaded to agree to admission, the driver said that he was going to be sectioned if he refused hospital admission. The patient misunderstood this and interpreted it as he was going to be cut into pieces and tried to jump out of the vehicle.

Post-traumatic stress disorder

Any loss of intrinsic importance to an individual constitutes bereavement. Denial, anger and depression experienced in compulsory detention are comparable to bereavement.4 In the case of a detained patient, the loss of self-identity and of social functioning causes a grief reaction. It has been hypothesised that there are high levels of Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) symptoms in detained patients.5 Very few repeat detainees become habituated to the implementation of the Mental Health Acts. The vast majority become increasingly frustrated and develop a pessimistic outlook towards their mental health. There is a high incidence of suicide among patients who have multiple detentions.

Post-hospitalisation Stress Disorder is much more common than generally recognised. Formal admission may lead to fear, anger, frustration, depression or loss of self-esteem, depending upon the individual’s psychological response.6 Involuntary admission may result in pervasive distress in any patient – this kind of hospital admission may be perceived as threatening and even as a catastrophe. Detained psychotic patients are less aware of their environment because of the preoccupation with their symptoms. Non-psychotic patients, when detained for instance because of a risk of suicide, are fully aware of their immediate environment and the chaos they have caused to themselves. They have a high risk of PTSD.

Preventive detention

Fear of liability may lead to compulsory hospitalisation solely to prevent violence on the part of patients who otherwise do not require in-patient care.6 Psychiatrists are not trained to police society and may lack sufficient knowledge and experience to participate in the social control responsibilities that are part of the remit of the criminal justice system - they are sometimes involved in that function. Psychiatry has to be safe and secure in the hands of individual psychiatrists and psychiatrists have to be protected when practising psychiatry. Mentally ill patients are sometimes mistakenly processed through the criminal justice system rather than the mental health system. When that happens, compulsory detention may be perceived as a form of criminalisation of mental illness. Unless there is scrupulous monitoring, mandatory treatment impinges on civil liberties. Preventive detention is legally ambiguous and clinically impractical.

Assessment

Amongst the government’s fundamental powers and responsibilities are, protecting people from injury by another and caring for less able people, whether physically or mentally incapacitated. These functions encompass the welfare and safety of both the individual concerned and the public.

A decision about compulsory detention is made on the basis of three considerations: loss of emotional control; psychotic disorder and impulsivity with serious thoughts, threats or plans to kill oneself or others. Any perceived risk must be imminent and provocative. The clinician is legally required to determine the least restrictive environment to which a patient may be safely assigned for continued care. To fulfil these requirements while implementing the Mental Health Acts, a psychiatrist needs the skills of a physician, lawyer, judge, detective, social worker and philosopher. The decision-making process is influenced by multiple factors such as: the clinician’s propensity to detain patients; the record of past untoward incidents involving the patient; attitude towards risk taking and availability of hospital beds and alternative safe treatment facilities. It is regrettable that in section 5(2) assessments, often it is a junior doctor, the least experienced person in the team, who is called upon to conduct the evaluation.4 A multitude of interviews with mental health staff, a social worker and solicitor will have to be endured by the patient - these are regarded as ordeals by most of them.

Non-detainable patients

Since the introduction of the Mental Capacity Act 2005, the number of assessments that are followed by a decision against compulsory detention is increasing. Patients who are assessed for formal admission but not found to be detainable may develop new risks subsequently as a result of the assessment procedure itself. Before assessment, mental health professionals may place themselves in covert locations around the patient’s house and neighbours may watch eagerly behind their curtains. Thereby the patient’s social image is damaged. After meticulous assessment, it may be a relief for the patient that they are not detained and that euphoria may continue for a short while but all too often damage has been done. The patient who is tormented by psycho-social stressors may find the assessment experience intensifies the injury. The decision about whether it is appropriate to assess someone is therefore an area in which more clarification and some management guidelines are much needed. In situations such as these, untoward incidents have been periodically reported. That may mean that the professionals involved and perhaps also family members who initiated the assessment, blame themselves and endure severe guilt feelings or blame each other. Furthermore, psychiatrists are not mind readers. It is possible that a patient will cleverly deny any suicidal intent during assessment, intending to fulfil a suicidal urge afterwards and that may falsely appear to be a reaction to the assessment. An interview for assessment may be the factor that takes them beyond their limit. Because of all these circumstances, the patient may need intensive home care and counselling after an assessment that does not lead to hospital care. In addition to treating mental illness, it is the duty of the psychiatrist to defend the sanity of patients. The difficulty of defining normalcy is notorious: it is easier to detect psychiatric symptoms than to describe normal behaviour.

Tribunals

Mental health tribunals are demanding and may be humiliating and intimidating. They are highly stressful for the patient and clinician and they involve the breach of patient confidentiality. Tribunals are often emotionally charged scenes for the patient and psychiatrist, they may result in traumatisation. The largely professional make-up of a tribunal is often perceived as intimidating by patients, who tend to be suspicious of collusion between professionals and above all of their reluctance to challenge the decision of a psychiatrist.7 Psychiatrists who are aware of legal profession’s ignorance on psychiatric issues dominate the tribunal scene by flamboyant linguistic expressions, while lawyers question the objectivity of psychiatry and the expertise of psychiatrists in legal matters. Tribunals are concerned with the legality of detention and not with the appropriateness of treatment. However, one study has shown that patients who appear before tribunals find it easy to accept they require compulsory admission. 8 Psycho-geriatric patients find it extremely distressing to attend tribunals. Hospital managers’ review hearings are often arranged and carried out promptly. Managerial hearings involve local people too which may make them less intimidating for detained patients.

Involuntary treatment

Although mental health staff usually have the best of intentions, when mandatory treatment is applied to patients it may prove traumatic and counter-therapeutic. The experience of undergoing forced treatment adds to the patient’s perception of stigma and discrimination. Involuntary psychiatric drug treatment is bound to be less effective than voluntary treatment. An outcome may be misdiagnosis, long-lasting and disabling side effects. Forced treatment potentially violates a person’s right to respect private life under Article 8 of the European Convention on Human Rights. Article 8 is violated only if patients can prove the treatment given is more harmful than the claimed therapeutic benefits, yet the clinician can administer the treatment if he thinks it is therapeutically necessary. Compulsory treatment makes patients feel infantilised, especially because forced psychiatric treatment often involves coercion, emotional intimidation, bullying and threats.

Community Treatment Order (CTO) is being constantly evaluated in terms of its merits and demerits. The results have been inconclusive and warrant more systematic studies. It was Section 41 of the Mental Health Act that inspired the introduction of CTO - the main purpose being to protect the community from the aggressive behaviour of some of the psychiatric patients as in the case of the successful Section 41. There are indications that CTO has fulfilled such a goal. It was also targeted to enhance compliance and concordance with the mental health services and to prevent suicides but studies indicate that those goals were not achieved.9,10 The Oxford Community Treatment Order Evaluation Trial (OCTET) substantiates a lack of any evident advantage in dropping relapse.

The “knee jerk” reaction from part of community service has apparently resulted in spontaneous readmissions of patients under CTO. It has also contributed to prolonged detention of patients awaiting community placement under CTO. This is because detained patients must stay on section 3 or 37 to allow the Mental Health Act to be converted to CTO upon discharge. Obviously, such a scenario curtails liberty. Patients always feel bitter about the “hanging feelings” of continued detention. Coercion runs the risk of weakening therapeutic alliance. It may be true that if fewer conditions are imposed, CTO could serve as a “memory knot” for patients with limited insight. Despite all the controversies surrounding the benefits of CTO, its use is increasing worldwide. 11

Assertive Human Rights

All human beings have individual rights and mental health professionals in particular must be mindful of those rights. Table 2 presents the list of assertive human rights, as modified from Gael Lindenfield (2001). 12

Table 2, Assertive Human Rights

1. The right to ask for what we want (realising that the other person has the right to say “No”).
2. The right to have an opinion, feelings and emotions and to express them appropriately.
3. The right to make statements which have no logical basis and which we do not have to justify (e.g. intuitive ideas and comments).
4. The right to make our own decisions and to cope with the consequences.
5. The right to choose whether or not to get involved in the problems of someone else.
6. The right to know about something and not to understand.
7. The right to be successful.
8. The right to make mistakes.
9. The right to change your mind.
10. The right to privacy.
11. The right to be alone and independent.
12. The right to change ourselves and be assertive people.
13. The right to be neutral.
14. The right to be empathetic and apathetic.

Discussion

Community care is more innovative than compulsory detention in hospital. For majority of patients, the best way forward is having high quality home treatment facilities as it is least restrictive and using compulsory detention should be the last resort. In some cases, forced psychiatric admission is indicative of failure in the supply of quality home treatment. One thing that sometimes leads to in-patient admission is lack of confidence in the service available. The perception of home treatment may be at fault here - it needs to be understood as more than merely staying outside hospital. Forensic patients and treatment resistant psychotic disorders lacking insight may be a different state of affairs. CTOs have serious impact on the autonomy and privacy interests of individuals and should not be applied to compensate for under-resourced community services.

Caring and supportive relationships between mental health staff and patients during involuntary in-patient care have considerable bearing on the outcome of compulsory detention. A recent study has revealed that among patients who have been detained involuntarily, perceptions of self are related to the relationships with mental health professionals during their inpatient stay. 13 Perceived coercion at admission predicts poor engagement with mental health staff in community follows up. When professionals demonstrate their genuineness and encourage patient participation in the treatment options, coercive treatment would be perceived as less of an infringement to the autonomy of patients and their sense of self-value. 14 If patients maintain both positive and negative views about detention, interventions should be designed to enhance positive experiences by focussing on respect and autonomy.Patients admit only compulsory detention gave them an opportunity to receive medication in a time of crisis and report it did not necessarily prevent thoughts relating to self-harm. It simply reduced the opportunities for impulsive acts.

‘Rooming-in’ is worth debating as an alternative to compulsory detention. This is the voluntary participation of so-called confidants, who may be chosen family members or trusted friends. They provide a 24-hour vigil for the patient in a safe hospital environment. An Australian study has suggested this system is highly valued by nursing staff, patients and their families.15 It is an initiative that needs further testing and evaluation. The resolution of angry feelings towards the mental health professionals has a significant bearing on their future compliance. The post-detention period tests the attention given to patients by mental health professionals. Here the staff members have to take the initial steps required to repair damaged relationships which may have developed in particular with angry patients. Detained patients should be offered counselling in post-discharge follow-ups and should be given satisfactory explanation of the circumstances for formal admission. Detained patients should be given the support to enable them to: rewrite their life story; reconstruct a sense of self; achieve healing of the assault of their illness and the treatment procedures inflicted on their personality. Specific interventions should be designed and evaluated in order to deal with any unresolved PTSD symptoms relating to formal psychiatric admission.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JAMES PAUL PANDARAKALAM, Trust Consultant Psychiatrist, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Alternative Futures Group Hospitals, Hollins Park Hospital, Hollins Lane, Warrington WA2 8WA
Corresponding Author Details: 
Dr JAMES PAUL PANDARAKALAM, Trust Consultant Psychiatrist, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Alternative Futures Group Hospitals, Hollins Park Hospital, Hollins Lane, Warrington WA2 8WA
Corresponding Author Email: 
jpandarak@hotmail.co.uk
References
References: 
  1. Moon Graham. Risk and Protection: the discourse of Confinement in contemporary mental health policy. Health & Place. 6:239-250 (2000).
  2. Katakou Christina & Priebe  Stefean. Outcomes of involuntary hospital admission- a review. Acta  Psychitrica Scandinavia.114(4) 232-241(2006).
  3. Davies S, Thornicroft G, Leese M, Higgingbotham A. Ethnic difference in risk of compulsory psychiatric admission among representative cases of psychosis. London. B.M.J. 312:533-537(1996).
  4. Beveridge Allan. Psychology of Compulsory Detention. Psychiatric Bulletin. 22:115-117 (1998).
  5. Morrison, Anthony P. Bowe Samantha, Larkin Warren, Nothard Sarah The Psychological Impact of Psychiatric Admission: Some Preliminary Findings. The     Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease. 187:250-253 (1999).
  6. Appelbaum P.S. The New Preventive Detention: Psychiatrist’s problematic response for control of violence. American Journal Of Psychiatry. 145:779-785 (1998).
  7. Gregory Patricia. Who can best protect patients’ rights? Psychiatric Bulletin. 24:366-367 (2000).
  8. O’ Donoghue Brian, Lyne John, Hill Michael, LRKIN Conall, Feeney Larkin, O’Callaghan Eadbhard. Involuntary  Admission from the Patients’ Perspective. Journal of Mental Health.  18; 152-160 (2009).
  9. Burns Tom, Molodynski Andrew. Community Treatment Orders: background and implications of the OCTET trial. Psychiatric bulletin2014;38(1):3-8.
  10. Churchill R, Owen G, Singh S, Hotopf M. International Experiences of Using Community Treatment Orders. Institute of Psychiatry, 2007.
  11. Kiesly S, Campbell N, Compulsory Community and involuntary outpatient treatment for patients with severe mental disorders. Cochrane Database Syst Rev2011;2 CDOO4408.
  12. Lindenfield Gael. Assert yourself: Simple Steps to Getting what you Want (2nd edition).London: Thorsons (2001).
  13. Hughes Rosallie,Hayward Mark, Finlay WM.L. Patients’ Perceptions of the impact of involuntary inpatient care on self, relationships and recovery. Journal of Mental Health. 18:152-160 (2009).
  14. Katsakou Christina & Priebe  Stefean. Patient’s experiences of involuntary hospital admission and treatment; A review of qualitative studies. Epidemiolgia e Pschiatria Sociale. 16:172-178 (2007).
  15. Richardson Michael. Ernest Rooming-in: an alternative to involuntary detention. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry. 30:263-269 (1996).

Bednar tumour: an infrequent diagnosis

Authors
Manveen Kaur,Varsha Dalal and Anju Bansal
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(4):a836
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Bednar tumour is a pigmented variant of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans (DFSP), constituting 1 to 5% of all DFSPs, which in turn, represent 0.1% of skin malignancies. It is histopathologically characterised by scattered melanosome-containing dendritic cells within an otherwise typical DFSP. Bednar tumour poses a clinical diagnostic challenge and requires histopathological and immunohistochemical examination to arrive at the correct diagnosis. We report a case of Bednar tumour occurring on the shoulder of a 29-year-old male.

Keywords: 
Bednar, DFSP, pigmented tumour

Introduction

Bednar tumour, first described by Bednar in 1957, is a pigmented variant of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans (DFSP).It is a rare entity, constituting1 to 5% of all DFSPs, which in turn, represent 0.1% of skin malignancies. It differs from DFSP by the presence of dendritic cells containing melanin, interspersed between the fusiform cells characteristic of DFSP. The most frequent location is in the trunk followed by upper and lower extremities and the head and neck region. We report a case of Bednar tumour occurring on the shoulder of a 29-year-old male.

Case report

A 29 year old male patient presented with a slow-growing swelling on his left shoulder for the past two years. Physical examination revealed a large, nodular, subcutaneous mass measuring 8x7 cm in left suprascapular region. Clinical impression was of soft tissue tumour and total resection with 3-cm margins was performed. Grossly, tumour measured 9x4.5 cm, with grey white to grey black cut surface (Figure 1a, 1b). Microscopy showed spindled cells arranged in a tight storiform pattern admixed with scattered heavily pigmented cells (Figure 2). On immunohistochemistry, tumour cells were positive for vimentin and CD34 (Figure 3a, 3b) and negative for S100, SMA and desmin. Pigmented cells were found positive for S100 and HMB 45 (Figure 4a, 4b) and negative for other markers. Thus, a final diagnosis of Bednar tumour was rendered.


Figure 1
- Gross appearance of the tumour with cut surface grey white to grey black


Figure 2 -
Spindle cells in storiform pattern admixed with scattered heavily pigmented cells


Figure 3 -
Tumour cells were positive for vimentin (3a) and CD34 (3b)


Figure 4 -
Pigmented cells showed positivity for S100 (4a) and HMB 45 (4b)

Discussion

Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans (DFSP) is a locally aggressive soft tissue neoplasm with intermediate malignant potential, regarded as a low grade sarcoma by the WHO classification of tumours of the skin.1,2,3

It was first described by Darier and Ferrand as a distinct cutaneous disease entity called progressive and recurring dermatofibroma in 1924. The term dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans was officially coined in 1925 by Hoffman.4

Histopathologically, DFSP is characterised by irregular, short, intersecting fascicles of tumour cells arranged in a characteristic storiform pattern. Cells have spindle-shaped nuclei which are embedded fairly uniformly in a collagenous stroma. There are several histological variants of DFSP. These include Bednar tumour, fibrosarcomatous, fibrosarcomatous with myoid/myofibroblastic change, myxoid, granular cell, palisaded, giant cell fibroblastoma, combined and indeterminate.5

Pigmented DFSP (Bednar tumour), first designated as storiform neurofibroma by Bednar, is a clinically and morphologicallydistinct variant of DFSP, constituting 5%-10% of all cases of DFSP.1,5 Clinical presentation is in the form of erythematous blue or brown coloured plaque lesions, with a smooth or irregular surface, often adhering to the deep tissue. The tumour may be exophytic, nodular or multilobulated and is generally firm in consistency.2 The lesions present as a slow growth, over a period of months or years. They have been described in all ethnic groups, with preponderance in blacks. They occur in third and fourth decades of life, however they may also occur in infancy and show a slight male predominance.1,5

The histogenesis of Bednar tumour is controversial. Some authors regard these tumours as being of neuroectodermal origin because of the presence of dendritic melanocytes and cells suggestive of Schwannian differentiation; while others believe attribute the origin to various kinds of local traumas, such as previous burns, vaccination scars, insect bites or vaccination such as BCG.3,6

Histopathologically, Bednar tumour is characterised by scattered melanosome-containing dendritic cells within an otherwise typical DFSP. The number of melanin-containing cells varies from case to case. Abundant pigmented dendritic cells can cause black discoloration of the tumor, whereas scant pigmented cells can be only identified microscopically.3,5 They grow invasively into the dermis and may reach the subcutaneous strata, fascia and musculature, in a manner similar to that of dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans. Occasionally, Bednar tumour may undergo fibrosarcomatous transformation with rare examples of pulmonary metastasis.5 Wang et al have reported a case of Bednar tumour with prominent meningothelial- like whorls.7

Immunohistochemically, most of the tumour cells stain positively with CD 34 and vimentin, and are negative for neuron-specific enolase, HMB-45 and protein S-100. However, cells containing melanin are positive for the usual melanocytic markers such as S-100 protein.5 On electron microscopy, three populations of cells have been identified, most of the cells being represented by fibroblasts. The second population exhibits fine elongations, enclosed in basal membrane while the third population consists of dendritic cells containing melanosomes and premelanosomes.3,5

The differential diagnoses include pigmented (melanotic) neurofibroma, psammomatous melanotic schwannoma, and desmoplastic (neurotrophic) melanoma. Pigmented neurofibroma can be differentiated from Bednar tumour by more extensive storiform growth and strong positivity for CD34 in latter. Psammamatous melanotic schwannoma is circumscribed, heavily pigmented with psammoma bodies, tumour cells being S- 100 positive and CD34 negative. Desmoplastic melanoma shows junctional activity and neurotropism.

Treatment consists of complete excision of the tumour with maximum preservation of normal tissue to maintain function and for optimal cosmesis. Moh’s Micrographic Surgery (MMS) or staged wide excision “Slow Moh’s “(with formal histopathological sectioning and delayed reconstruction for complete circumferential peripheral and deep margin assessment) has become the standard surgical treatment for DFSP.6,8

Bednar tumour presents a diagnostic challenge to the clinician because of resemblance to other commonly occurring pigmented lesions. Histopathological and immunohistochemical examination are necessary to arrive at the correct diagnosis.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
MANVEEN KAUR, MD (Pathology), Senior Resident,National Institute of Pathology (ICMR),Safdarjang Hospital Campus,New Delhi – 110029, India. VARSHA DALAL, MD (Pathology), Senior Resident, National Institute of Pathology (ICMR), Safdarjang Hospital Campus, New Delhi – 110029, India. ANJU BANSAL, MD (Pathology), Scientist D, National Institute of Pathology (ICMR), Safdarjang Hospital Campus, New Delhi – 110029, India.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DR ANJU BANSAL, MD (Pathology), Scientist D, National Institute of Pathology (ICMR), Safdarjang Hospital Campus, New Delhi – 110029, India.
Corresponding Author Email: 
dranjubansal@yahoo.com
References
References: 
  1. Bednar B. Storiformneurofibromas of the skin, pigmented and nonpigmented. Cancer. 1957; 10:368-76.
  2. De Morais PM, Schettini APM, Chirano CA, et al. Bednartumor (pigmented dermatofibrosarcomaprotuberans): a case report. An Bras Dermatol. 2005;80(3):273-6.
  3. Weyers W, Mentzel T, Kasper RC, et al: Dermatofibrosarcomaprotuberans. In: World Health Organization Classification of Tumours. Pathology and Genetics of Skin Tumours. LeBoit PE, Burg G, Weedon D and Sarasain A (eds). IARC Press, Lyon, pp259-261, 2006.
  4. AboudKA. BlahoslavBednar (1916-1998) and the tumour which bears his name. Our Dermatol Online. 2012; 3(3): 239-240.
  5. Weiss SW, Goldblum JR. Bednartumor (pigmented dermatofibrosarcoma protuberance, storiformneurofibroma). Fibrohistiocytictumors of intermediate malignancy. Weiss &Goldblum eds. Enzinger and Weiss’s Soft Tissue Tumours, 5th ed. 2008, Mosby, Inc. P371-402.
  6. Llombart B, Serra-Guillén C, Monteagudo C, et al. Dermatofibrosarcomaprotuberans: a comprehensive review and update on diagnosis and management. Seminars in Diagnostic Pathology 2013; 30: 13-28.
  7. Wang J, Yang W. Pigmented dermatofibrosarcomaprotuberans with prominent meningothelial-like whorls. J CutanPathol 2008; 35 (Suppl. 1): 65–69.
  8. CampbellRM, ReganL, DufresneRG, et al. Bednar Tumor: Treatment With Mohs Micrographic Surgery. Cosmetic Dermatology 2006; 19(6): 422-4.

Comparing the use of traditional sites and alternative sites puncture for determination of blood glucose by glucometer

Authors
Crisafulli Cristiano, Massimo Catanuso, Carmelo Di Gregorio, Adriana Di Gregorio, Gaetano Profeta and Antonino Di Guardo
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(4):a835
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Self-monitoring of blood glucose (SMBG) is important in evaluating the efficacy of prescribed anti-hyperglycaemic therapies and can help the patient better understand the importance of achieving glycaemic control. Pain related to puncture of the fingertip, needed for determination of blood glucose, can notably reduce compliance of patients using self-monitoring devices. The use of glycated haemoglobin, while providing a measure of glycaemic control over the past 2-3 months, is an average of pre- and post-prandial glycaemia and does not take into account glycaemic variability, which is an important cardiovascular risk factor that can be assessed by SMBG. The search for sites as an alternative to the fingertip that are associated with less pain and good reproducibility and accuracy of blood glucose measurements is an area of growing interest. The present study enrolled 5 general practitioners and 70 patients with diabetes and without diabetes-related or neurological/vascular complications that could alter pain perception. Traditional and periungual puncture sites were assessed. In contrast to the fingertip, no pain was perceived at the alternative site, while there was no significant difference in the values of blood glucose obtained using traditional and alternative sites. 

Abbreviations: 
SMBG - Auto Monitoring Glycaemic, HbA1c - Haemoglobin glycated, VAS - Visual Analogue Scale

The increasing collaboration between diabetologists and general practitioners (GPs) (e.g. the IGEA project) has resulted in the GP taking a more relevant role in management of patients with diabetes. Just as measurement of arterial blood pressure has become an important tool in follow-up of patients with hypertension by the GP, SMBG has become a valuable tool to evaluate glycaemic control. In particular, self-monitoring of both blood pressure and glycaemia are important to assess the efficacy of prescribed therapies, and can help the patient to better understand the importance of control of blood pressure and blood glucose.

Several instruments for measurement of blood pressure have been validated by important medical societies involved in hypertension, and much effort has been given to compliance and patient comfort. However, less attention has been dedicated to glucometers. In particular, little consideration has been given to patient compliance, and SMBG is often perceived as an agonising experience. Moreover, hourly pre-visit glucose curves for glycaemic control, even if important, do not have the same value as a standard control over 2 to 3 months between visits. In addition, after an initial period of "enthusiasm" the fear and hassle of pricking oneself and the unpleasant feeling of pain often cause the patient to abandon SMBG.

A literature search on PubMed using the term “self-measurement of blood glucose (SMBG) and pain” retrieved only two publications, demonstrating a general lack of interest of the medical community. However, SMBG can be of important diagnostic-therapeutic value. Pain related to skin pricks on the fingertip, needed for determination of glucometric blood glucose, can significantly reduce compliance to SMBG, thus depriving the physician of a useful tool for monitoring the efficacy of anti-hyperglycaemic therapy and glycaemic control. Moreover, HbA1c has clear limitations, even if it provides a good idea of glycaemic control over the past 2-3 months, as it is a mean value of pre- and post-prandial blood glucose. It does not, therefore, measure glycaemic variability, which is an important cardiovascular risk factor. Thus, more research is needed into puncture sites as an alternative to the fingertip that are associated with less pain, which could favour greater use of SMBG.

Another problem of significant importance concerns the reproducibility and accuracy of blood glucose measurements. In the traditional method, blood samples for self-monitoring are taken from the fingertip of any finger using a lancing device with a semi-rigid prick (Figs. 1 and 2). The large blood vessels in the derma of the fingertip (Fig. 3) are lanced, and a drop of blood is obtained for the glucometer. All lances are optimised to prick the skin at a depth greater than 0.5 mm with a variability of ± 0.2 mm (Fig. 4).


Figure 1. The fingertip as a traditional site of puncture using a lancet.


Figure 2. Traditional method for self-monitoring of blood glucose.


Figure 3. Vascularisation of derma.


Figure 4. Traditional lancet.

Unfortunately, by pricking the fingertip at this depth, numerous tactile corpuscles in the dermis are also touched, causing the unpleasant sensation of pain. In a recent study by Koschinsky1 on around 1000 patients with type 1 (T1D) and type 2 diabetes (T2D), about one-half (51%) referred that they normally pricked themselves on the side of the fingertip because it is less painful. However, almost one-third (31%) used the centre of the fingertip, which is the site associated with the most pain. Other sites of puncture on the fingers are used much less frequently (5%), while 12% used other places on the body. It is also interesting to see how many times patients reused the lancet: 10% once, 19% for 2-4 times, 22% for 5-7 times, 25% for 8-10 times and 21% for more than 11 times. Pricking oneself 2 several times daily for years is not only troublesome for patients, but also leads to the formation of scars and callouses, and reduces fingertip perception and tactile sensitivity. Notwithstanding, alternative sites of puncture such as the arm, forearm and abdomen have not been evaluated in a systemic manner.

The objective of the present study is to compare alternative sites of puncture using a new semi-rigid lancet and determine if blood glucose values are similar to those obtained using traditional methods. A new puncture site was chosen, namely the area proximal to the nail bed of each finger. The sensation associated with puncture (with or without pain) was used to compare the two groups. Pain was assessed with a visual analogue scale (VAS). Blood glucose was measured in the morning after 12 hours of fasting.

Materials and methods

The present study enrolled 5 general practitioners and 70 patients with diabetes and without diabetes-related (micro-albuminuria, retinopathy, arterial disease of the lower limbs) complications. In addition, patients with diabetic neuropathy or neurological/vascular complications that could alter pain perception were excluded. The study population was composed of 20 women and 50 men with a mean age of 47.8 ± 15.3 years and a mean duration of diabetes of 11.4 ± 10.3 years; 34.3% had T1D and 65.7% had T2D. The study was carried out according to the standards of Good Clinical Practice and the Declaration of Helsinki. All patients provided signed informed consent for participation.

Semi-rigid lancets were provided by Terumo Corporation (Tokyo, Japan) and consisted in a 23-gauge needle that was remodelled to permit less painful puncture than a traditional lancet (Fig. 5). Punctures (nominal penetration from 0.2 to 0.6 mm) were made at a depth variation of ± 0.13 mm. In addition, a novel puncture site was used, namely the area proximal to the nail bed of each finger (Figs. 6-8). In this area of the finger, blood flow is abundant and it is easy to obtain a blood sample. Moreover, the area has fewer tactile and pain receptors than the fingertip, and thus when lanced less pain is produced.

Six fingers were used in a random fashion to evaluate puncture of the anterior part of the finger, the periungual zone and the lateral area of the fingertip (depth 0.2-0.6 mm), and compared to fingertip puncture at a depth of 0.6 mm. The sensation provoked by puncture (with or without pain) was used to compare groups. Pain was evaluated using a VAS ranging from ‘no pain’ to ‘worst pain imaginable’. The VAS is a unidimensional tool that quantifies the subjective sensation such as pain felt by the patient and considers physical, psychological and spiritual variables without distinguishing the impact of the different components.


Figure 5. New lancet


Figure 6. Proximal lateral area of the nail bed as a new site of puncture.


Figure 7. Method of lancing.


Figure 8. Site of lancing

Blood glucose was measured in the morning after 12 hours of fasting. The Fine Touch glucometer used was provided by Terumo Corporation (Tokyo, Japan). Statistical analysis was carried out using Fisher’s two-sided test. Differences in blood glucose with the two methods were analysed using Wilcoxon matched pairs signed ranks test. A P value <0.05 was considered statistically significant.

Results

Pain was not perceived in 90% and 94.28% of subjects punctured in the lateral area of the fingertip at a depth of 0.2 and 0.3 mm, respectively. At a depth of 0.4 mm, 67.14% of subjects did not perceive pain, while at 0.5 mm and 0.6 mm, 47.14% and 17.14% of subjects did not feel pain, respectively. There was no significant difference in pain considering punctures at 0.2 or 0.3 mm, while significant differences were seen between 0.2 and 0.4 mm (p <0.05), 0.5 mm (p <0.001) and 0.6 mm (p <0.001). All subjects who performed puncture in the central zone of the fingertip referred a painful sensation.

Using a periungual puncture site, pain was not referred by any subject, although a bothersome sensation was noted by some. The same results were obtained for all fingers used. Blood glucose levels obtained using traditional and alternative puncture sites were highly similar with no significant differences between groups (134.18 mg/dl ± 5.15 vs. 135.18 mg/dl ± 5.71 mg/dl; p = 0.5957).

Discussion

The present study evaluated the use of alternative puncture sites that are associated with less pain. These encouraging results undoubtedly warrant further investigation in a larger cohort, but nonetheless suggest that compliance with SMBG can be optimised. The use of the area close to the nail bed allowed high quality blood samples to be obtained for measurement of blood glucose, with an accuracy that was the same as that seen using the fingertip. The design of the lancet used herein was also associated with a lower perception of pain, which is composed of a hypodermic needle in a rigid casing that prevents accidental needle sticks both before and after use. Thanks to the needle point that was made using a triple-bevel cut, epidermal penetration is less traumatic and as a consequence less painful. This further favours rapid recovery of tactile function of patients with T2D. This allows the use of a larger transversal section using a puncture with less depth, and less involvement of nerves present in skin. In addition, the characteristics of the novel lancing device (Fine Touch, Terumo Corporation, Tokyo, Japan) allows adjusting the depth of puncture to the characteristics of each patient (e.g. in children, adolescents and adults).

The depth of penetration of the lancet can be varied from 0.3 to 1.8 mm with a self-incorporated selector; the maximum deviation of the lancing device in terms of depth is approximately 0.1 mm. Due to the possibility to select a minimal depth of only 0.3 mm, it can be used at alternative sites that allow a reduction in the frequency of samples taken from the fingertip. In theory, compared to traditional lancets, this would allow less perception of pain even at traditional sites as well as at periungual zones, and it was our intention to compare the different types of lancets to reinforce this idea. No puncture-related complications were reported, and another fundamental aspect that is not reported in other studies comparing traditional and alternative puncture sites is that no differences in blood glucose were observed.

In conclusion, it is our belief that a new type of finger lancet that decreases or eliminates pain associated with lancing merits additional consideration. Further studies are warranted on larger patient cohorts to confirm the present results. If validated, this would enable patients with diabetes - especially those who need to take several daily blood glucose samples - to perform SMBG with greater peace of mind and less distress.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
CRISAFULLI CRISTIANO, MASSIMO CATANUSO, CARMELO DI GREGORIO, ADRIANA DI GREGORIO, GAETANO PROFETA, ANTONINO DI GUARDO - Italian College of General Practitioners, Via del Pignoncino 9/11, Florence, Italy.
Corresponding Author Details: 
CRISTIANO CRISAFULLI, Via Livorno, 1 - 95127, Catania, Italy.
Corresponding Author Email: 
cricrisa@tin.it
References
References: 
  1. Koschinsky T1, Jungheim K, Heinemann L. Glucose sensors and the alternate site testing-like phenomenon: relationship between rapid blood glucose changes and glucose sensor signals Diabetes Technol Ther. 2003;5(5):829-42
  2. Heinemann L. Finger Pricking and Pain: A Never Ending Story J Diabetes Sci Technol Vol 2, Issue 5, September 2008 p. 919-921

Causation in medical litigation and the failure to warn of inherent risks

Authors
Jem Barton-Hanson and Renu Barton-Hanson
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(4):a834
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Patients who have not been warned of risks involved in a course of treatment traditionally had to establish that, had they been properly informed, they would have opted for a different path. This paper demonstrates that there has been a shift in judicial attitudes; it is no longer enough that medical professionals satisfy their duties to patients, rather they must ensure their patients have the knowledge required to make an autonomous decision. It further shows that the law on causation has been extended on policy grounds to give remedies to a greater class of patients.

Abbreviations: 
cauda equine syndrome (CES)
Keywords: 
Causation, Failure to warn, Medical Negligence, Inherent Risks, Informed Consent

Introduction

Claimants in medical negligence cases are increasingly making use of negligent failure to warn of risk in claims for compensation following medical mishaps when an inherent risk in a medical procedure has manifested itself resulting in injury. In order to succeed the claimant must establish firstly that the failure to warn was negligent and secondly that the negligence has caused a loss. This paper focuses on causation in failure to inform cases but briefly considers the shift in judicial attitudes to the requirement to give warnings in order to explain how the duty to inform and the available remedies have diverged.

Members of the medical profession commonly believe that to find a negligent failure to inform has caused a loss to the claimant a court must be satisfied that the patient would not have consented to the treatment had they been told of the risk. This was probably true until 2004 when the House of Lords came to a surprising decision which has since received a mixed reception.

The Changing nature of the requirement to give warnings

In the early days of medical litigation whether non-disclosure amounted to negligence was left to the standards of the medical profession. A medical professional was under a duty to at least equal the standards of a reasonably skilled and competent doctor; this would be assumed if s/he had acted in accordance with a body of professional opinion. This is referred to as the Bolam test.[i] There was disquiet amongst academic lawyers that doctors were being allowed to set their own standards and over time the courts have been wrestling back control.[ii],[iii] Following the Recent Supreme Court ruling in Montgomery[iv] there is now no doubt that patient autonomy is paramount and the need to inform will now be judged by reference to a reasonable person in the patient’s position.

In Montgomery the claimant, a diabetic, alleged she had been given negligent advice during her pregnancy.  In particular she was not warned of risk of shoulder dystocia, the inability of the baby’s shoulders to pass through the pelvis, assessed at 9-10% for diabetic mothers and not informed of the possibility of delivery by elective caesarean section. The Consultant responsible for her care gave evidence (at paragraph 13) that she would not routinely advise diabetic mothers of this risk because if mentioned, “most women will actually say, ‘I’d rather have a caesarean section.’” The Supreme Court in finding (at paragraph 87) for the claimant held, “The doctor is therefore under a duty to take reasonable care to ensure  that  the  patient  is  aware  of  any  material  risks  involved  in  any recommended  treatment,  and  of  any  reasonable  alternative  or  variant treatments.  The  test  of  materiality  is  whether,  in  the  circumstances  of  the particular case, a reasonable person in the patient’s position would be likely to  attach significance to the risk, or the doctor is or should reasonably be aware that the particular patient would be likely to attach significance to it.” Although expressed as, “a duty to take reasonable care,” the medical professional is expected to, “ensure,” that the patient has the requisite knowledge. The test in failure to inform cases now focuses, not on the actions of the medical professional but, on the patient’s knowledge of the risks.

Chester v Afshar[v]

On 21st November 1994 Mr Afshar carried out a microdiscectomy at three disc levels on Miss Chester. There was no complication during the operation and the surgeon was satisfied that his objectives had been met. When Miss Chester regained consciousness she reported motor and sensory impairment below the level of L2. A laminectomy shortly after midnight the next day found no cause and the surgeon’s only explanation was cauda equine contusion during the retraction of the L3 root and cauda equine dura during the L2/L3 disc removal. During the legal proceedings Miss Chester brought against Mr Afshar it was found that the operation carried an unavoidable 1-2% risk of cauda equine syndrome (CES) and that the surgeon had not warned the patient about this risk. It was further found that, had the warning been given, Miss Chester would have sought a second (and possibly third) opinion meaning that the operation would not have taken place on 21st November.

The surgeon and the patient did not agree what was said about the risks of the operation before consent was obtained but the issue was decided in favour of the patient: the surgeon had failed to give a proper warning about the risk of CES. In order to succeed in her claim Miss Chester needed to establish that this failure had caused her loss but her lawyers did not argue that she would have refused consent if she had been informed. They took a different approach; the 1-2% risk of CES is not patient specific and is realised at random. If warned of the risk Miss Chester would have sought a second opinion meaning that the operation would have happened at a later date and possibly with a different surgeon. This subsequent operation would have carried the same 1-2% risk of CES. The High Court of Australia had previously accepted (in a different case) that the claimant can satisfy the burden by showing that, if informed, s/he would have chosen a different surgeon with a lower risk of adverse outcome but there was no evidence in this case that by choosing another surgeon Miss Chester could have reduced the risk.[vi]

At the time Mr Afshar failed to advise Miss Chester of the risks two paths should have been open to her. She could choose to have the operation with the defendant on 21st November which resulted in CES or to seek a second opinion and undergo the operation at a later date giving her a 98-99% (a better than balance of probabilities) chance of avoiding CES. Thus the failure to inform did not increase the 2% risk of CES but the court found, as a matter of fact, that it did cause the CES. Although the physical harm that Miss Chester had suffered (because of the inevitable risk) did not fall within the scope of the doctor’s duty to inform (to allow the patient to minimise risk) a majority of the House of Lords felt that the surgeon should be held liable because otherwise the patient would be left without a remedy for the violation of her right to make autonomous decisions about treatment.

There are two leaps in Chester the first is the notion that negligence causes a loss if it induces the claimant to follow a path with an associated risk that is realised when they could have followed another path with exactly the same risk. The second is that violating a patient’s right to make autonomous decisions should, as a matter of policy, make the surgeon liable for personal injury which happens after the patient is deprived of their right to make a decision about treatment. The next two paragraphs will consider these leaps in turn.

Equally risky paths: The first leap

In Wright[vii] the patient had developed a streptococcus pyogenes infection that had seeded into her proximal femur resulting in osteomyelitis. Her admission to hospital was delayed for two days by the defendant clinic’s negligent handling of her first presentation. On admission to hospital the patient had the additional misfortune to receive woefully inadequate treatment resulting in septic arthritis and permanently restricted mobility. The patient took the questionable decision to sue the clinic but not the hospital. One of the patient’s arguments against the clinic was that had she been admitted to hospital without the two day delay she would have been treated by different staff who would, almost certainly, not have been negligent. The claimant argued that, as in Chester, although the clinic’s negligence did not increase the random risk of receiving negligent hospital care it had, as a matter of fact, caused the negligent care. Lord Justice Elias rejected this suggestion precisely because the delay had not increased the risk that the hospital would provide the patient with inadequate treatment. However, the other members of the Court of Appeal found for the patient but for another reason; given two extra days the hospital would probably have realised their mistakes and been able to correct them before any permanent harm resulted.

Violated autonomy and personal injury: The second leap

There have been attempts to expand the scope of the majority reasoning in Chester. In Meiklejohn[viii] the patient was treated for suspected non-severe acquired apastic anaemia with Anti Lymphocyte Globulin and Prednisolone the latter causing an avascular necrosis. At an initial consultation a blood sample was taken from the patient for “research purposes” but possibly to exclude dyskeratosis congenital, the condition from which he was actually suffering. The patient argued he had not given informed written consent to the taking of a blood sample for research purposes and that had he been told about the uncertainty in the diagnosis he would have delayed treatment pending the result of the blood test or asked to have been treated with Oxymetholone instead. He further argued these violations of his autonomy required that he be given a remedy for the injury which had actually occurred through a reasonable misdiagnosis of his rare condition. Lady Justice Rafferty sitting in the Court of Appeal dismissed this argument stating at paragraph 34 that, “Reference to [Chester] does not advance the case for the Claimant since I cannot identify within it any decision of principle.”

Conclusion

Courts deciding failure to warn cases have shifted the emphasis from the reasonable practices of the medical profession to the autonomy of the patient; from the duty of the medical professional to the rights of the patient. Medical professionals are now required to give enough information to allow a reasonably prudent patient to make an informed decision about their own treatment. While this change has been taking place there has been no corresponding revision of the remedies available when a patient’s autonomy is infringed. If autonomous decision making is to be properly protected a remedy should be vested in every patient who has had their autonomy infringed whether or not that patient has suffered physical injury; autonomy infringements should be actionable per se (without proof of loss) and result in the award of a modest solatium (a small payment representing the loss of the right to make an informed decision about treatment.) Under the present arrangements the wrong that the patient complains of (infringement of autonomy) is not what they are seeking damages for (personal injury.)

In a small way, the court in Chester has sought to close this gap between the patient’s right and the remedy available by extending the existing law and widened the circumstances in which damages can be recovered by a patient following an infringement of autonomy. Medical professionals who fail to warn patients of small risks may be held liable if disclosing the risk might cause the patient to delay treatment while further deliberations take place. Paradoxically it could conceivably be argued that medical professionals who fail to disclose significant risks (greater than 50%) should escape liability because the loss was more likely than not to happen anyway!

Both Chester extensions to the law have been tested independently in Wright and Meiklejohn and rejected but this does not mean that it has been overruled. The two subsequent cases were heard by the Court of Appeal which cannot overrule the House of Lords (now the Supreme Court.) Both cases were distinguished meaning that the court was satisfied that they were not factually the same as Chester. Clearly Wright is not concerned with rights to autonomy and Meiklejohn is a failure to warn of uncertainties in diagnosis or failure to obtain written informed consent to research rather than risks inherent in treatment. If the facts of Chester were to come before the Courts again the decision would have to be the same; a surgeon could not necessarily escape liability by proving that, informed of the risk, the patient would have consented to the operation.

Summary points

  • Patients have a right to be informed of material risks inherent in medical treatment
  • An injured patient does not necessarily need to prove they would not have consented to the operation if the risks had been disclosed
  • A legal claim against a health care professional may be successful if the patient would have delayed the operation to a later date
  • This extension of the law has critics but the situation is unlikely to change in the near future
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JEM BARTON-HANSON,BA(CANTAB) & RENU BARTON-HANSON, LLB, LLM; Middlesex University, The Burroughs, Hendon, NW4 4BT, UK
Corresponding Author Details: 
RENU BARTON-HANSON, LLB, LLM, Barrister, Middlesex University, The Burroughs, Hendon, NW4 4BT, UK
Corresponding Author Email: 
r.barton-hanson@mdx.ac.uk
References
References: 

1  Bolam v Friern Hospital Management Committee [1957] 2 All ER 118.
2  Sidaway v Governors of the Bethlam Royal Hospital [1985] AC 871.
3  H Woolf, ‘Are the Courts Excessively Deferential to the Medical Profession?’ (2001) 9(1) Medical Law Review 1.
4  Montgomery v Lanarkshire Health Board [2015] UKSC 11.
5  Chester v Afshar [2004] UKHL 41.
6  Chappel v Hart [1998] HCA 55.
7  Wright (A Child) v Cambridge Medical Group [2011] EWCA Civ 669.
8  Meiklejohn v St George’s Healthcare NHS Trust [2014] EWCA Civ 120.

Tumefactive Multiple Sclerosis Masquerading as Cancer

Authors
Kamran Khan, Susan E. Wozniak, JoAnn Coleman
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(4):a832
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Tumefactive Multiple Sclerosis (MS) is a rare variant of MS that is extremely difficult to diagnose. It can resemble malignancy and perplex the clinician until all diagnostic tests are exhausted. A brain biopsy is not required to treat for the disease, as it is in CNS malignancy. Newer diagnostic tests are available that allow diagnosis to be attained and treated presumptively. Presented is a case of a 48-year-old female that mimicked metastatic malignancy. We were able to use surveillance MRI and CSF analysis to diagnose our patient.

Abbreviations: 
ECG- Electrocardiogram, CSF- Cerebrospinal Fluid, CN- Cranial Nerve, V/Q- Ventilaion/Perfusion, CA- Cancer Antigen, AFP- Alpha Feto Protein,
Keywords: 
Tumefactive Multiple Sclerosis, MS, Demyelinating lesion

Introduction

Multiple Sclerosis (MS) is an inflammatory, demyelinating disease of the central nervous system (CNS) that affects approximately 400,000 people in the United States and 2.5 million worldwide.1 There are rare variants of this disease that can profoundly delay diagnosis and treatment. Examples of such variants include: Tumefactive MS, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Neuromyelitis Optica, Marburg’s MS and Balo Concentric Sclerosis.2 These variants have a uniquely aggressive presentation and do not exhibit classic MS features.2 Classic MS features include relapsing and remitting sensory and motor impairments, optic neuritis and pain. These aggressive variants are more likely to present with symptoms similar to neoplasm such as motor impairments and seizures. When dealing with these aggressive MS variants diagnostic options include Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) scan, MR spectroscopy and Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) analysis.3

Invasive tests such as brain biopsy are not warranted unless absolutely necessary. In MS, a biopsy must not be completed in order to confirm a diagnosis. However, to confirm a diagnosis of cancer a biopsy is required.

We present a rare case of Tumefactive MS that exhibited a clinical picture identical to brain metastasis. This was diagnosed with surveillance MRI and CSF analysis in the absence of a brain biopsy.

Case presentation

A 48-year-old African American female was brought in by emergency medical services after falling with a brief loss of consciousness. Associated symptoms included dull chest pain, diaphoresis and shortness of breath. While in the emergency department she also developed nausea, vomiting and dizziness. The patient reported no similar previous episodes and denied precipitating events. There was nothing else to note on review of systems. The past medical history included hypertension with no previous surgeries and family history included breast cancer of the mother diagnosed at age 47. The patient denied tobacco, alcohol and intravenous drug use. She noted an allergy to iodine.

On physical examination the patient was afebrile, normotensive and tachycardic with an oxygen saturation of 89% on room air. She was alert and oriented but pale and diaphoretic with mild left sided chest pain. Cardiac examination revealed a normal rhythm tachycardia and no murmurs were heard. Her neurological examination showed a normal mental status, normal cognition/comprehension and that Cranial Nerves II-XII were intact.

Laboratory findings included haemoglobin of 9.8 g/dL, 30.8% haematocrit and potassium of 3.3 mmol/L. Electrolytes were otherwise normal. Cardiac workup showed a normal ECG and slightly elevated cardiac enzymes of 0.319 ng/mL.

Given the patients tachycardia and desaturation, a stat Ventilation-perfusion (V/Q) scan was completed (patient had an iodine allergy). The V/Q scan revealed a perfusion defect suggesting pulmonary embolism (PE) as the cause of symptoms. Subsequently the patient was placed on appropriate anticoagulation.

Head CT (computed tomography) showed a left centrum semiovale round hypodense lesion measuring 1.4 cm, a left basal ganglia round hypodense lesion measuring 1.0 cm and a left occipital lobe round hypodense lesion measuring approximately 1.0 cm (Figure 1). No midline shift was seen. MRI showed multiple hypointense T1/hyperintense T2 nonenhancing lesions, mainly within the left cerebrum (Figure 2 A-F). The three largest lesions within the left posterior centrum semiovale (2A), left globus pallidus (2B) and left posterior corona radiata adjacent to the occipital horn (2C) measured 1.5 cm, 1.0 cm and 1.0 cm respectively. Perilesional vasogenic oedema was seen in all except the basal ganglia lesion. There were bilateral cerebral scattered foci of hyperintense FLAIR/T2 signals (D-F). The imaging suggested a differential diagnosis which included metastasis, infection or primary CNS malignancy.

Further work up in search for possible malignancy was completed. Skin map revealed no concerning nevi. Mammogram showed no tumor. CT of the abdomen and pelvis revealed a 2.6 cm indeterminate hypodense lesion in the left lobe of the liver (Figure 3A) along with an enlarged fibroid uterus (17x 7 x 14 cm). Liver biopsy was considered but a repeat MRI and ultrasound showed the lesion to be cystic, so this was deferred following surgical oncology recommendations (Figure 3B). For the hypertrophic uterus found on imaging, gynecology felt no further workup was necessary as they attributed the findings to a fibroid uterus.

Tumor markers CA 27-29, CA 19-9, CA 125 and AFP were all sent and came back negative. Initial lumbar puncture with CSF analysis was not completed secondary to possible complications that could be incurred while on necessary PE anticoagulation.

Due to a non-focal neurological examination, she was discharged on Levetiracetam 500 mg for seizure prophylaxis and Dexamethasone 4 mg for perilesional oedema. Over subsequent months the patient did well without headaches, vision changes or seizure like activity. On subsequent visits to the clinic, she had no evidence of focal neurological deficits except for mild bilateral symmetric hyperreflexia. Given that the metastatic work up remained negative, we considered obtaining a baseline Positron emission tomography (PET) scan to ensure we were not missing any possible metastasis.

She subsequently went back to work full-time and reported no symptoms. Repeat MRI of the head (Figure 4 A-C) showed predominantly T1 hypointense and T2 hyperintense (A-B) lesions with significant decrease in size from MRI done three months ago. These lesions demonstrated no enhancement to incomplete ring enhancement, with diminished vasogenic oedema (A). These findings suggested an inflammatory demyelinating process so a lumbar puncture was obtained after anticoagulation was held. CSF analysis was done using Isoelectric Focusing (IEF) and immunoblotting methodology. This revealed a normal myelin basic protein but with eight oligoclonal bands restricted to the CSF. These findings solidified the suspicion of Tumefactive MS.


Figure 1. Head CT without contrast: left centrum semiovale round hypodense lesions measures 1.4 cm with perilesional vasogenic edema


Figure 2. MRI of brain showing axial T1-weighted (A-C) hypodense lesions of the left centrum semiovale(A), left basal ganglia(B) and left occipital lobe(C). Axial T2-weighted (D-F) views show multiple hyperdense lesions corresponding to the same locations. Perilesional vasogenic edema is seen.


Figure 3A. Thorax CT without contrast. 2.6 cm left lobe liver lesion.


Figure 3B. MRI of abdomen showing coronal T2-weighted half-Fourier acquisition single-shot turbo spin-echo (HASTE) hyperdense lesion. A mildly enlarged liver measuring 18.7 cm in craniocaudal span. Simple 2.8 x2.4 cm cyct in the medial segment of left lobe.


Figure 4. MRI of brain (3 month after initial scans) showing axial T-2 weighted (A-B) hyperdense lesions of the left centrum semiovale(A) and left basal ganglia(B). There is irregular peripheral enhancement. Considerable decrease in size is seen from previous MRI (Figure 2). Left posterior centrum semiovale, left globus pallidus and left occipital lobe lesion measure 1.3 cm, <1 cm and <1 cm respectively. Vasogenic edema is diminished in comparison to previous study.

Discussion

Tumefactive MS lesions are defined as solitary demyelinating plaques greater than 2 cm.5 Lesions are difficult to distinguish between primary or metastatic given similarity of imaging features.5 Imaging features suggestive of Tumefactive MS include incomplete ring enhancement, absence of mass effect and absence of cortical involvement.6 7 Kim describes that CT hypoattenuation of magnetic resonance enhancing lesions was found to be highly specific for distinguishing Tumefactive MS lesions from CNS cancer pathology.6 It has been shown that SPECT using I-IMP is useful for diagnosing CNS malignancy.3 This is because there would be increased uptake in comparison to the MS lesions - implying increased metabolic activity.3 However this study has its limitations in diagnosis. In a few isolated cases I-IMP was found in greater quantities in MS tumor-like lesions.3

The imaging studies for this patient established a concern for metastasis, infection or primary malignancy. Extensive cancer workup was completed as previously discussed. Since all tumor markers were negative a baseline PET scan was considered however, was not done secondary to insurance denial. Due to the asymptomatic presentation of her disease, a primary differential diagnosis of brain metastasis and anticoagulation therapy for PE, a CSF analysis was not considered until much later. We were able to use surveillance MRI and CSF analysis to see some resolution of these lesions and confirm the diagnosis. Brain biopsy was never warranted but in unique symptomatic cases it may have been.6

The cornerstone of diagnosing MS is the demonstration of lesions in both time and space - termed the McDonald Criteria.8 The revised criteria allow a diagnosis of MS, “possible MS” or “not MS”.8 This is what made the diagnosis of our patient difficult, as no clinical symptoms or attacks were evident. It was demonstrated that over the course of three months the lesions seen on MRI evolved. From the size of 1.5 cm, 1.0 cm and 1.0 cm they became 1.3 cm, <1.0 cm and <1.0 cm respectively (Figure 2, Figure 4). This was likely the effects of steroids that the patient was on due to her vasogenic oedema. Here an evolution in time and space is demonstrated which excluded brain metastasis and infection. This brings into discussion the diagnostic value of surveillance MRI, which in our case was helpful and appropriate as the patient did not have clinical symptoms.

Conclusion

The diagnosis of Tumefactive MS can be extremely difficult and time consuming. As seen in our case, it can mimic other conditions. Our patient was able to be diagnosed with MRI surveillance and CSF analysis. The definitive diagnostic test for MS is a brain biopsy but this is not preferred due to the invasiveness of the procedure. With the advent of newer diagnostic tests such as SPECT, MR Spectroscopy, surveillance MRI and CSF analysis, diagnosis can be attained and treated presumptively.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
We would like to acknowledge Dashartha Harsewak MD for interpreting radiological scans, Musarat Shareeff MD for valuable guidance and Anna Lucia Giannone for input on figure design.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
KAMRAN KHAN, Medical Student, Sinai Hospital, Baltimore, MD, USA. SUSAN E. WOZNIAK, MD, MBA, General Surgery Resident, Sinai Hospital, Baltimore, MD, USA. JOANN COLEMAN DNP, ANP, ACNP, AOCN, Acute Care Nurse Practitioner & Clinical Program Coordinator, Sinai Center for Geriatric Surgery, Baltimore, MD, USA.
Corresponding Author Details: 
KAMRAN KHAN, Sinai Hospital, Baltimore, MD, USA.
Corresponding Author Email: 
kamkmd92@gmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Hersh CM, Fox RJ. Multiple Sclerosis [Internet]. Clevelandclinicmeded.com. 2014 [cited June 2015] Available from:  http://www.clevelandclinicmeded.com/medicalpubs/diseasemanagement/neurology/multiple_sclerosis/
  2. Hamed SA. Variant of multiple sclerosis with dementia and tumefactive demyelinating brain lesions. World J clin cases. 2015 June 16; 3(6): 525-532
  3. Sagiuchi T, Oka H, Utsuki S. Increased accumulations of N-isopropyl-p-[123I]- iodoamphetamine related to tumefactive multiple sclerosis. Annals of Nuclear Medicine Vol. 2005;19,No. 7;603-606,
  4. Yamada S, Yamada MS, Nakaguchi H. Tumefactive multiple sclerosis requiring emergent biopsy and histological investigation to confirm the diagnosis: a case report. Journal of Medical Case Reports. 2012;6:104
  5. Fallah A, Banglawala S. Ebrahim S. Tumefactive demyelinating lesions: a diagnostic challenge. Can J Surg. 2010;53, No. 1
  6. Jitawatanarat P, Tingpej B, Deringer P. Tumefactive Multiple sclerosis. BJMP.  2011;4(2):a419
  7. Kim DS, Na DG, Kim KH. Distinguishing tumefactive demyelinating lesions from glioma or central nervous system lymphoma: added value of unenhanced CT compared with conventional contrast-enhanced MR imaging. Radiology. 2009 May;251(2):467-75.
  8. McDonald WI, Compston A, Edan G. Recommended diagnostic criteria for multiple sclerosis: guidelines from the   International Panel on the diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. Ann Neurol. 2001 Jul;50(1):121-7.

The Autoimmune and Infectious Etiological Factors of a Subset of Schizophrenia

Authors
James Paul Pandarakalam
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(4):a831
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Despite progress in neurotransmitter identifications and the emergence of novel antipsychotics, the treatment of schizophrenia remains frustrating. There is now a flurry of research trying to figure out the aetiology of schizophrenia and potential etiological models other than neurotransmitter dysfunction deserve consideration. Recent years have witnessed a revival of interest in the viral and immunity based etiological models of schizophrenia. . A subset of schizophrenia may have a pure biological aetiology. There are several commonalities between schizophrenia and autoimmune disorders. Coexistence of established autoimmune disorders along with schizophrenia is suggestive that the latter could also have an autoimmune component. Antipsychotics may be working on the principle of immune modulatory and neuro- modulatory mechanisms.   The well recognized 1% global consistency of the incidence of schizophrenia indicates that the aetiology of schizophrenia involve an evolutionary genetic vulnerability and universally present environmental factors. There may be a genetic predisposition to the hypothetical “schizovirus” determining the development of schizophrenia in certain individuals. Certain people are genetically vulnerable to microbial infections in the sense that they have a highly sensitive surveillance system to the microbial infection and respond to the microbial adversary in an exaggerated way. Such a vulnerability and anomalous reaction to infection could result in the schizophrenia psycho-pathogenesis.

Keywords: 
schizophrenia, autoimmune disorders, schizovirus, genetic vulnerability

Introduction

A clearer understanding of the aetio-pathogenesis of schizophrenia would ultimately lead to effective treatment strategies and provide the impetus for elucidation. The autoimmune hypothesis promulgates that it is the auto-antibodies that are responsible for schizophrenia and, according to the viral hypothesis, it may be the body’s abnormal response to a slow viral infection or the undefeated viral antigens causing the schizophrenia pathology. The autoimmune and viral hypotheses are interlinked, as autoimmune disorders can be triggered by microbial infection. Viral aetiology is less convincing than the autoimmune model, but from a treatment perspective, the former is more promising than the latter. To gain a detailed understanding of aetiological models of a subset of schizophrenia, herein the author has reported on a review of the literature relating to the immunity- and viral-based aetiological models of schizophrenia. Genetic vulnerability has been highlighted in the schizophrenia literature alongside environmental factors. The veracity and contestability of the immunity- and viral-based aetiological hypothesis of schizophrenia merits further investigation.

Schizophrenic Syndromes

A prerequisite for incorporating autoimmune and viral aetiology into a scientific discussion would be acceptance of the heterogeneous hypothesis of schizophrenias; they may be a cluster of entities with different aetiologies and the end-stage of different disease processes. 1 Autoimmune or viral aetiology may account for one subgroup.

Schizophrenia has diverse signs and symptoms, and a long history of controversy. Nosologists designate it as polythetic, whereas most other mental illnesses are monothetic, seemingly affecting only one brain system. 2 In the second half of the twentieth century, the psychosocial model gave way to evidence that it is a brain disorder. Schizophrenia has a long history of controversies and there has been much contention over the aetiology, psychopathology, nomenclature, and diagnostic criteria. Schizophrenia is currently seen as a neurodevelopmental encephalopathy, in which the cognitive deficits are produced due to the errors during the normal development of the brain 3 or a neuro-degenerative disorder and the cognitive deficits are derived from a degenerative process that goes on unalterably. Modern neuroimaging techniques and an intensification of studies of necropsy tissue have been responsible for this shift. Researchers seem to agree that a neurodevelopmental or degenerative assault precedes the symptoms by several decades.

The aetiology of the cognitive deficits is unidentified and several potential factors, genetic and epigenetic, are envisaged. Environmental factors—including infectious agents and disturbance in utero through malnutrition—account for a few cases. Autoimmunity and viral theories would fit in with the neuro-developmental and neurodegenerative hypotheses. Proponents of viral aetiology view viruses as acting alongside susceptible genes to initiate a trajectory that manifests as psychotic symptoms.

Lessons from Autoimmunity

Disorders of an autoimmune nature are known to occur with increasing frequency in patients with another autoimmune disease. This is somewhat like the coexistence of multiple psychosomatic disorders in a person; as per Halliday’s psychosomatic formula, association of other psychosomatic afflictions justifies the diagnosis of a new psychosomatic condition. 4 It is well recognised that the central nervous system (CNS) may be directly affected by autoimmune processes, as in the case of multiple sclerosis (MS) and autoimmune limbic encephalitis. A physical autoimmune disease, such as systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) and antiphospholipid syndrome are also associated with psychiatric morbidity. Paediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatry disorder is a post-infection (group A Beta-haemolytic streptococcal infection) autoimmune disorder characterised by abrupt onset of obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and Tourette’s syndrome, brought about by molecular mimicry. 5 Nicholson et al observed that 20% of OCD patients were positive for anti-basal antibodies, considered to be part of a post-streptococcal autoimmune reaction. 6

Autoimmunity is a misdirected response occurring when the immune system attacks the body; it is the loss of tolerance to self-antigens. Immunological tolerance to one’s own tissue is probably normally acquired during foetal life, helping to prevent the occurrence of the autoimmune process (see Table1). Some clones of cells that can produce auto-antibodies (forbidden clones) are thought to be produced throughout life, and are suppressed by large amounts of self-antigens or antigen-specific T cells. Auto-antibodies are produced for a wide variety of antigens; some are organ-specific and others are non-organ-specific. Some microorganisms or drugs may trigger changes in individuals who are genetically vulnerable to autoimmunity.

Table 1- Mechanisms preventing and causing autoimmunity

Tolerance to self molecules a. Clonal deletion-removing any lymphocytes that might react to self molecules
b. Clonal anergy-decreasing the responsiveness of lymphocytes that recognise self-molecules.
c. Receptor editing-rearrangement of B-cell receptors.
d. Reduction or inhibition of molecules or antigens that may cause self recognition.
Failure of self tolerance
a. Release of isolated auto antigens-tissue trauma or infection may cause breakdown of anatomic barriers and may expose the hidden antigens for recognition of T cells that were not deleted during development.
b. Structural alterations in self peptides- Once structurally altered by a trigger such as infection , the self-peptides become more antigenic and are subsequently recognised by the undetected T-cells evoking immune response.
c. Molecular mimicry-based on a structural similarity between a pathogen or metabolite and self structures, evoking an immune response against the foreign particles but also an autoimmune response against the self molecules they resemble.
d. Polyclonal activation-Infectious agents activate our immune system, B cells and T cells are stimulated resulting in abnormal production of immunoglobulin specific for self molecules.
e. Genetic predisposition

A human disease may be considered of autoimmune origin on the basis of knowledge from molecular biology and hybridoma technology, 7 along with the Witebsky postulations. It is established by the presence of auto-antibodies and T cells that react with host antigens. Approximately 25% of patients with an autoimmune disease (AD) tend to build up additional auto-antibodies. Strausburg et al (1996) explained several hypotheses for the virally-triggered autoimmune mechanism (see Table 2). 8 Allergy is the consequence of a strong response to a harmless substance, but ADs are caused when the destructive potential of the immune system is misdirected to oneself. ADs share common effect or mechanisms with hypersensitivity reactions and can be classified into three main types corresponding to the type ii, type iii, and type IV categories of hypersensitivity reactions (see Table 3)

Table 2 - Virally triggered autoimmune mechanisms

a. Molecular mimicry -a protein or polysaccharide on the virus may be structurally homologous to a host molecule and the immune system being unable to differentiate between the two, may then cross react with host cells and tissues expressing this molecule. b. The virus may cause release into the circulation of auto antigens that are normally hidden from the immune system.
c. The virus might pick up host proteins from the cell membranes that become immunogenetic since they are present on the virus particle.
d. The virus in the process of replication may structurally change the host proteins that in turn become recognized as foreign to the immune system.

Table 3 - Classification of Autoimmune disorders

Type i-no autoimmune diseases are caused by lgE, the source of type i hypersensitivity reactions. Type ii-caused by antibodies directed against components of cell surfaces or the extracellular matrix
Type iii-caused by soluble immune complexes deposited in tissues
Type iv- caused by effector T cells.

Shared Aetiology

ADs are characterised by shared threads in terms of their propensity to co-exist in a patient or direct relatives. Two major autoimmune clusters have been recognised via, thyrogastric—mostly organ-specific—diseases and lupus-associated—mainly multi systems—diseases. 9 Some ADs are distributed within either cluster and there are also overlaps within each cluster. These patterns of concurrence depend predominantly on genetic determinants.

Poly-autoimmunity is the term proposed for the association of multiple autoimmune disorders in a single patient and such co-occurrences indicate a common origin of the disease. 10 Adriana et al, by grouping diverse ADs in the same patient, demonstrated that they are true associations as part of autoimmune tautology rather than chance findings.

Co-Occurrence of ADs

Theories for autoimmune aspects of schizophrenia raise the concept of early infection by microorganisms with antigens so analogous to CNS tissue that resulting antibodies act against the brain.Some data suggest that an autoimmune process precedes schizophrenia, non-affective psychosis, and bipolar disorder, 11 but do not establish whether this is affected by viral attack, as viral footprints may be hard to detect, especially in the target organ, once the autoimmune process has begun. Psychosis is reported in 25% of SLE cases.

A Danish study revealed that schizophrenia is associated with a large range of ADs. 12 The researchers found that a history of any AD in the patient is allied with a 45% increase in the incidence of schizophrenia. Specifically, nine ADs have a higher prevalence rate among patients and 12 ADs have a higher prevalence rate among their parents than among comparison groups. In comparison with the control group, Thyrotoxicosis, Celiac disease, Acquired haemolytic anaemia, interstitial cystitis, and Sjogren’s syndrome had a higher prevalence rate among schizophrenia sufferers and their family members.

Three of the Ads—namely, celiac disease, thyrotoxicosis, and acquired haemolytic anaemia—have been previously associated with schizophrenia. Celiac disease involves an immune reaction to wheat gluten. This could be due to increased permeability of the intestine, raising the level of antigen exposure, resulting in increased risk of an autoimmune response to brain components or it may be that gluten proteins are broken down into psychoactive peptides. Eaton et al opined that the association of schizophrenia and ADs could be due to common genetic causes, perhaps related to the HLA or other genes, and some cases of schizophrenia may be consequential to the production of autoantibodies that disrupt the brain function.

Researchers for a Taiwan study identified a greater variety of ADs in schizophrenic patients than anticipated and recommended further research. 13 Chen et al. found that 15 ADs are significantly associated with the schizophrenia group. Their studies also confirmed an earlier observation of a negative relationship between schizophrenia and rheumatoid arthritis (RA). It has been observed in a small sample study that mothers of schizophrenia patients have a lower risk for RA.14

Rheumatoid Connection

The negative correlation between schizophrenia and RA is puzzling. 15 Such dissociation was interpreted as the effect of antipsychotic medication. Similarly, the metabolic changes associated with one disease may inhibit another.16 Genes predisposing a person to have one disorder may have a protective influence against another and, in that way, the negative rheumatoid connection with schizophrenia is consistent with an autoimmune model.

RA has a genetic predisposition partly mediated by major histocompatibility complex (MHC) alleles and triggered by infection. Similarly, schizophrenia has genetic and environmental associations and has been cautiously connected with MHC genes other than those perhaps involved in RA. In addition to gene products accountable for antigen presentation, the MHC gene complex holds a multitude of genes-controlling aspects of immune response. Hypothetically, depending on the set of genes an individual has inherited at the MHC complex, a viral assault will lead the immune system to an immune cascade toward the development of RA, or along a genetically-predetermined path with a network of cytokines and immune mediators and directed against CNS components, resulting in schizophrenia. 17

The negative rheumatoid connection may be attributable to two mutually-exclusive alleles of the same gene. Such associations may lead to novel treatment strategies; sickle cell anaemia patients are thought to be less affected by malaria. Of note, the combined research of Karolinska Institute in Sweden and John Hopkins’s University School of Medicine in the United States have recently discovered the genes and the specific deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) sequences that regulate them plot together to the progress of RA; rheumatology may be inching close to an early detection method and effective treatments. Such a development could hopefully happen in the schizophrenia research.

Commonalities

Even though ADs superficially seem different, the vast majority of them share several similarities. Like ADs, schizophrenia, as such, is neither infectious nor congenital. Schizophrenia and ADs have well-established genetic propensities, and a combination of genes, rather than a single gene, is thought to be responsible for their manifestations. Both schizophrenia and ADs can be triggered by environmental toxins and they have a remitting and relapsing course. Worsening of symptoms is observed when patients are exposed to stress and both conditions have a peak increase in late adolescence or early adulthood. These similarities argue in favour of an autoimmune aetiological model of schizophrenia. 18

Apparently, there is an interesting epidemiological dissimilarity between ADs and schizophrenia. The incidence of ADs is on the increase in developed countries, whereas schizophrenia has a consistent incidence of 1% globally. According to the hygiene hypothesis of ADs, the widespread practice of hygiene, vaccination, and antibiotic therapy in rich countries have disabled children’s immune systems to deal with proper infections and are more geared to charge with one’s own tissues in highly-destructive ways. 19 The incidence between the sexes was thought to be almost similar in the case of schizophrenia, but a recent study shows that for every three males with schizophrenia, there are two females with the disease. 20 ADs are slightly higher among the female population.

Immune Modulation of Clozapine

Antipsychotics may have an immunosuppressant effect; plasma levels of IL-6, soluble IL-6R and transferrin-receptor (TfR) were significantly lower after antipsychotic drug treatment. Activation of cell-mediated immunity may occur in schizophrenia; neuroleptic agents may modulate this through suppression of IL-6 or IL-6R-related mechanisms. 21 The antipsychotic effect may involve a counter-effect on the brain-mediated immune system.

Clozapine, the gold standard for refractory schizophrenia, is a dibenzodiazepine and lowers D2 receptor occupancy and is also a 5-hydroxytryptamine antagonist. Studies indicate that among the atypical antipsychotics, clozapine seems to have an immunosuppressant effect along with neuro-modulatory effect. It has been suggested that clozapine may diminish antibody synthesis in hematopoietic cells and also argued that a possible immunosuppressive action may contribute to its superior antipsychotic efficacy. 22 The long-term immunosuppressive effects of antipsychotics may inhibit putative autoimmune responses against neurological sites and could, thus, act synergistically with the direct antagonistic action on brain receptors for the evident improvement of psychotic symptoms. 23 It is also conjectured that the increase of soluble IL-2 receptor levels in Clozapine-treated patients indicates an immunosuppressant mechanism. 24

Haloperidol may also be a neuro-immune-modulating drug. A study of in-vitro effects of clozapine and haloperidol on cytokine production by human whole blood suggested that both drugs, at concentrations within their therapeutic range, may exert immunosuppressive effects through an enhanced production of IL-1 receptor antagonists. 25

It is well recognised that unlike other antipsychotics, clozapine works better over time, as immune modulation may take longer than neuro modulation. In addition to the neuro modulation, antipsychotics may be working on the principles of immune modulation, as well. If a derivative of clozapine, without its haematological and metabolic side effects is discovered, such a drug would become the first line of choice among the antipsychotics, and that could be a significant event in schizophrenia research. The immunosuppressant effects of clozapine seem to have public health awareness that patients on clozapine are advised to have the winter flue jab. Elderly patients on antipsychotic medications are more prone to get pulmonary infections, indicating that such drugs have a delicate immunosuppressant property.

Autoimmune-Neuropsychiatric Disorder?

If schizophrenia is an AD, a higher rate of other ADs may be expected among schizophrenics. Most studies confirm that it is tied to irregularities affecting multiple levels of the immune axis.There are multiple interlinked causative factors in the aetiology of schizophrenia. There are suggestions that the neuro-behavioural changes follow an abnormal response to microbial invasion, but that does not necessarily lead to an autoimmune process. The literature deciphering the role of viruses in neurotransmitter abnormalities linking neurodevelopment assaults and the neuropsychological manifestations of schizophrenia is unhelpful. For those who adhere to the autoimmune model of schizophrenia, the simplest suggestion would be that the pathogenesis of the subset of schizophrenia studied may be caused by antibodies in the plasma and CSF that react with brain proteins, resulting in a neuro-autoimmune process.

Lessons from Viral Infections

The concept that certain psychiatric disorders are the neuro-behavioural sequel of the body’s immune response to viral infections was prevalent in the early part of the 20th century. That was an outcome of research conducted into rabies in the late 1880s, which revealed the affinity of viruses for the nervous system. Research into tertiary syphilis also provided evidence of an infectious aetiology for specific psychiatric disorders. Investigation of the encephalitis lethargica pandemic (1919 - 1928) contributed to recognition of viral causation on account of similarities apparent between the psychotic symptoms associated with encephalitis lethargica and the clinical presentation of schizophrenia. 26

Post-influenza depression, depression following mononucleosis, and hallucination associated with herpes encephalitis are well recognised. Menninger, who studied post-influenza psychosis, promulgated the first acceptable viral hypothesis for schizophrenia. 27 In the mid-twentieth century, psychodynamic studies began to encompass the origins of schizophrenia and viral aetiology lost its novelty. Dementias associated with Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) have reawakened interest in the correlation between virology and psychiatric disorders, and different authors have revisited these hypotheses in the last three decades. 28-36

The immune response to influenza and other viruses involves cell-mediated immunity and cytokine activity, which tend to turn tryptophan into kynurenic instead of serotonin. The outcome of this deviation is mood disturbance. It is the body’s immune response that blocks the conversion of tryptophan into serotonin, thereby resulting in post-influenza depression. It is arguable that there may be other psychiatric disorders consequential to a slow immune response of the body to viral infections. The possibility of viral oncogenesis was originally ridiculed, but now there is some evidence to support the view that viruses are responsible, at some stage, for approximately 20% of human malignant diseases. 31

In theory, a virus could induce schizophrenic symptoms or depression by stimulating antibodies that cross-react with brain tissue, without necessarily gaining entry into the brain. At different developmental stages, the immune response may become less efficient and viral agents may become potentiated, leading to neuropsychiatric conditions. The supposedly inflammation-mediated brain diseases occur at different stages—for instance, schizophrenia in late adolescence or early adulthood, and Alzheimer’s typically at an advanced age. It is well established that the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) may lead to a form of AIDS dementia, and other common viruses that infiltrate the neurons may cause other types of dementia. HIV/AIDS and Borna Disease Virus (BDV) in animals help to bring the infection-based model of schizophrenia to the realm of scientific imagination

Viruses can influence the human genome. After becoming effective, viral sequences are integrated into the genome of brain cells. These sequences are not thought to be inheritable, but may cause mutations that interfere with brain functions and contribute to the development of psychiatric disorders. 37 It may be arguable that the combination of the body’s sustained immune response and the constant release of antigens of a hypothetical slow virus (schizovirus) may account for the neuro-behavioural alterations. In the following paragraphs, the author discusses how viral pathogens and other potential contributors could interact and lead to schizophrenic psychopathology.

Immune Responses

Neuro-developmental theories of schizophrenia fit the hypothesis that viral insult occurs early in sufferers, not proximally to a psychotic episode. The interaction between host and virus is affected by coordinated activity of the immune system and the brain. There is evidence that schizophrenia is accompanied by mutations in the immune system. Innate immunity is the first defence against microbes; infection results in invasion by live microorganisms and their toxic products, stimulating an inflammatory response. Neuronal functions are disrupted by pathogens and the brain’s inflammatory responses. Non-cytolytic viruses may affect neurones without causing cyto-architectural alteration, but disturbing neurotransmitter production and weakening hormones involved in neurodevelopment. 38 In schizophrenia, immune infiltration is absent, as are vital inclusion bodies and minimal gliosis. There is subtle disruption of neuronal function and brain development, but no significant loss of neuronal cells. Thus, the schizophrenia subset may have a viral aetiological origin, bringing about anomalous, specific immune responses, an autoimmune basis, or both. What triggers the autoimmune process is uncertain, but microbial triggers are a strong possibility.

Immune dysfunctions including lymphocytic abnormalities, protein abnormalities, auto-antibodies, and cytokines have been suggested in seriously-ill patients 39. One study showed significantly higher plasma levels of interleukin-6 (IL-6) in schizophrenics, and soluble IL-6R and soluble IL-2R were significantly high in mania. 40 A few early investigators claimed to have microscopically visualised virus-like particles in the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) of patients or in chicken embryos inoculated with CSF. Studies of viral antibodies, viral antigens, viral genomes, the cytopathic effect of specimens on cell cultures, and animal transmission experiments are other avenues for exploring the viral infection hypothesis.

The subset of schizophrenics in question may have a highly-sensitive surveillance system, but a less-discerning immune mechanism than the general population. It could be the over-reaction of the immune system to the microbial adversary that may eventually lead to the schizophrenia pathogenesis. The fault may lie in the surveillance system, as well as in the body’s anomalous response to the microbial invasion. 17 In general, innate and acquired immune mechanisms interact and cooperate, but any derangement can lead to deviant immune responses that may result in neuropsychiatric abnormalities.

From an evolutionary perspective, innate immunity is less evolved and the mammalian brain is endowed with a complex immune response system, implying that the neurobehavioral aberrations of schizophrenia could be more linked with deviant and vigorous specific immune responses. 17 It is possible that the proposed subset of schizophrenia may have either an autoimmune basis or a viral aetiological origin, bringing about anomalous, specific immune responses, or both. It has been argued that a gene family involved in the specific immune system and autoimmunity is involved in schizophrenia. 41 The genome-wide association studies (GWAS) have been disappointing in schizophrenia, whereas the major histocompatability complex (MHC) region continues to be the best replicated.

Epidemiological Findings

Epidemiological studies offer useful supporting evidence for viral aetiology (see Table 4). Epidemiological studies characterised by certain broad patterns of incidence and distribution of schizophrenia offer evidence to suspend the scepticism of the viral causal hypothesis. In a study of adults at risk of exposure in utero to the 1957 influenza A2 epidemic in Helsinki, those at risk during the second trimester had significantly more hospitalisations for schizophrenia than those potentially exposed during the other trimesters or immediate years. 42 Researchers for nine subsequent epidemiological studies scrutinised the risk of schizophrenia after possible intrauterine exposure to influenza in Europe and the USA; these identified a small majority claiming to find an association.43 Falsifying the influenza link with the origin of schizophrenia does not altogether make the viral aetiology null and void. There could still be an unknown virus (schizo-virus) as the causative agent. The Hepatitis C virus came to medical attention only 15 years ago. At least these epidemiological studies illustrated that viruses can help set the stage for schizophrenia as a long-term sequel

Table 4 - Suggested Evidences for Viral aetiology

A. Direct evidences: 1.Neuropathology
2.Transmission to laboratory animal
3.Detection of viral genome
4. Sero-epidemiological studies-Detection of Antigen or antibody
B. Indirect evidences:
1.Seasonality of schizophrenic births
2.Prevalence studies
3. Immune alterations
4.Antiviral effects of antipsychotic drugs
5.Possible immunosuppressant effect of antipsychotic drugs
6.Studies of identical twins
7. Migration and high risk
8. Gender differences-males are younger at disease onset and have a more severe course.

A worldwide average of 1% prevalence of “core schizophrenia” is generally accepted, 44 even though such a concept of universal distribution and gender equality has opposition. 45 However, there is evidence to assume that there may not be gross variations in this global prevalence. Cross-culturally stable rates, despite decreased fecundity in affected individuals, support an external biological aetiology. These point toward biologically-interlinked and multifactorial causation including an evolutionary genetic factor, as a single biological factor would be insufficient. The preservation of susceptibility genes for schizophrenia in the human gene pool is an evolutionary enigma; gene carriers or first-degree relatives may have some compensatory evolutionary advantage. 46 In a multifactorial aetiological model of schizophrenia, infectious theories are contestable. 17

Such a consistent prevalence, if true, could also be argued in favour of a biologically-inter-linked and multi-factorial causation of schizophrenia, as it is obvious that a single biological factor would be insufficient to maintain a delicate and consistent global prevalence of a disease. Many viruses are relatively constantly distributed, while genetic diseases present distinct geographical clustering due to inbreeding. One may hypothesise that where viral loading is high, genetic input may be less and vice versa. The consistent global incidence points toward universal microbes, a readily-available environmental factor, or, more specifically, a “schizovirus.” The interaction of vulnerable host genes with a virus could yield epidemiology like that of schizophrenia.

Birth patterns rank highly among epidemiological observations in schizophrenia. 47 Many more schizophrenics are born in winter and spring than in summer and fall. 48 Infectious aetiology is a plausible explanation, as many viruses show a surge in the same months and viral aetiology is a more convincing explanation of the consistency in question. While gene coding for particular proteins is inherited, environmental and developmental factors are undoubtedly implicated in modulating genes’ expression.

Exposure to prenatal infections and other obstetric complications are neuro-developmental assaults that increase vulnerability to schizophrenia. 49-52 In obstetrics, infection in the mother generates antibodies transmitted to the foetus, producing auto-antibodies that upset neural development and increase the schizophrenia risk. 53

Schizo-Virus or any Microbe?

It is not certain whether it is body’s abnormal response to any virus and other microbes or a specific unknown virus that results in “schizophrenic reactions.” It is even unclear that the unbeatable antigens of this hypothetical virus alone are capable of inducing the neuro-behavioural changes associated with schizophrenia. The hepatitis C virus came to medical attention only 15 years ago. The rotavirus was isolated in 1973 and the HIV virus was isolated in 1983. Non-detection of a pathogen does not exclude its role in the pathogenesis. If a specific virus is responsible for schizophrenia, it should have been with human society for a very long time, as the illness has been reported from the beginning of recorded human history. Some people may have a genetic vulnerability to the hypothetical schizovirus; inheritability would lie in contracting the specific virus. Poliomyelitis has a concordant rate of 36% among monozygotic twins; the rest are attributed to environmental factors. The majority of children exposed to the polio virus may not develop poliomyelitis and a genetic propensity may be required for the viral manifestation. It is even reported that 10% of the world population rarely catch influenza, in spite of its yearly mutation.

Cardiac disease due to endocarditis (caused by an autoimmune process affecting many parts of the body), a sequel to acute rheumatic fever, is an analogy to demonstrate how, theoretically, a microbial infection may lead to impaired neurodevelopment and psychiatric disorders in a different scenario. Endocarditis is triggered by a reaction to streptococcal bacteria, not a bacterial infection. It may begin a chronic process, leading to valvular cardiac disease. Generally, rheumatic heart diseases are diagnosed 10 - 20 years following rheumatic fever. Similarly, schizophrenia could be an autoimmune complication of a subtle microbial infection; finding and countering the antigenic triggers of ADs may lead to an effective cure.

HIV/AIDS

Patients with HIV are at risk for developing psychiatric symptoms and disorders similar to those seen in the general population, as well as those that are direct effects of HIV. HIV is a neurotropic and lymphotropic virus that causes immune suppression and allows the entry of opportunistic pathogens with an affinity for the CNS. There is some evidence that HIV may trigger a psychotic episode and contribute to first-onset schizophrenia. 54 Serious CNS complications occur late in the course of HIV infection, when the immunity function has diminished considerably. The viral load is closely associated with the degree of cognitive impairment. HIV-associated dementia (AIDS dementia complex) is defined as acquired cognitive abnormality in two or more domains and is associated with functional impairment and acquired motor or behavioural abnormality in the absence of other aetiology. It is estimated that 30% to 60% of patients experience some CNS complications during the course of their illness and 90% reveal neuropathological abnormalities at autopsy.

Pearce argued that HIV-related encephalitis could engender a scenario for a viral aetiology of schizophrenia. 17 HIV produces symptoms after being latent for several years. HIV was not identified as the aetiological agent of AIDS until the conditions for viral replication in lymphoid cell lines were identified. Prior to the evolution of PCR serology techniques, it was debatable whether the virus was in circulation at all. This indicates that the absence of a demonstrable virus does not mean the absence of a subtle virus-induced disease process. No virus, as such, is currently detectable in the schizophrenia disease process. Even in the absence of opportunistic infections, HIV infection of the brain causes severe neuro-behavioural syndromes, such as AIDS dementia, without infecting neurons, but by complex interaction with host molecules and non-neuronal cells. All these suggest that a rare or unknown infectious agent is involved; it would not be identified unless it was specifically tested for.

The finding that the neurophysiological and psychological stress of HIV infection can aggravate an underlying psychotic illness implies that viruses, without being a direct causative agent in psychotic episodes, can unmask pre-existing psychiatric vulnerabilities, acting on the brain physiology through unknown pathways. A curious aspect of HIV-related psychosis is that it responds to anti-psychotic treatment and to anti-retroviral drugs. Several anti-psychotic drugs have been shown to have antiviral properties, both in vitro 55 and in vivo. 56 The deduction is that a virus could initiate events resulting in psychosis, and anti-psychotic drugs can interrupt that sequence. All these features of HIV infections are consistent with the idea that a virus can cause neurobehavioral abnormalities after several years.

Borna Disease Virus

It has been recognised that Borna disease virus (BDV) could cause neuropsychiatric complications including neurological, behavioural, and mood alterations in animals. 57 A ribonucleic acid (RNA) virus from the family Bornaviridae, it is a neurotropic virus with an affinity to a variety of hosts, particularly hoofed animals, and can cause persistent infection of the CNS. Such an infection may be either latent or chronic and slow, but BDV presents with the latent type, characterised by a lack of viral particles. It may resemble the alleged pathogens in non-affective psychosis. The severity of clinical symptoms depends on the immune response of the host.BDV can directly influence the CNS through the binding of viral proteins with neurotransmitter receptors and indirectly through immune response and inflammatory reactions.

Depending on the host’s age and the integrity of the immune response, an infection may be asymptomatic or involve a broad spectrum of behavioural disorders. The severity of clinical symptoms depends on the immune response of the host.58, 59 Unusual features of BDV biology include nuclear localisation of replication and transcription, varied strategies for the regulation of gene expression, and interaction with signalling pathways, resulting in subtle neuropathology.60 BDV can directly influence the CNS through the binding of viral proteins with neurotransmitter receptors and indirectly through immune response and inflammatory reactions. The issue of human BVD infection has been recently questioned by American researchers who reported an absence of association of psychiatric illness with antibodies to BDV or with nucleic acids in serially-collected serum and white blood cell samples from 396 participants. 61 However, BDV in animals helps to bring the infection-based model of schizophrenia to the realm of the scientific imagination.

Neurotransmitters

It is an overstatement to say that schizophrenia is a neurotransmitter disease, although it is well established that it incorporates a derangement of dopamine activity. Some viruses have been shown to alter dopamine metabolism. 62 The literature deciphering the role of viruses in bringing about neurotransmitter abnormalities linking neurodevelopment assaults and the neuropsychological manifestations of schizophrenia is unhelpful. 63 It has been reported that in rodents, BDV could crash neurotransmitter systems, including dopamine, neuropeptides, and glutamate. 64 How viruses alter neurotransmitters is a central issue. Communication between the immune system and the brain is crucial to defend against viral infection; this is mediated through neurotransmitters. Viruses are bound to tamper with the intrinsic communication system as part of their cellular offensive. Some viruses have been shown to alter dopamine metabolism. 65

Genetics

The undisputed genetic factor in schizophrenia may be posited to discount the viral hypothesis. However, genetic factors do not exclude environmental contributions. Monozygotic twins have a concordance rate of only 48%. Brief reactive psychosis due to acute sequels to viral infection, though regarded as unrelated to schizophrenia, may still be schizophrenic reactions and they do not progress to schizophrenia only because the sufferers are not genetically predisposed to schizophrenia. Genetic predilection may be attributable to genes that determine idiosyncratic differences in immune responsiveness to common viral pathogens.

Susceptibility and immune response to infectious agents are known to be subject of genetic control and may involve multiple interacting susceptibility genes. 66 The genetic component of schizophrenia may engross multiple interacting susceptibility genes. These together or singularly may moderate the virus, and the virus and gene product may act at different points. Many cases would have a genetic foundation and it may be extremely rare to develop schizophrenia independently of a genetic anomaly. A small subset of patients may have a purely genetic form. Research should also be directed at identifying risk genes and why they assert themselves and cause the disease. Any future research which sheds more light on some people are affected more readily than others would bring researchers closer to more effective treatments and early intervention (see Table 5).

Table 5 - Future Directions

1. Critical research studies should target in establishing the viral and autoimmune aetiology of a subset of schizophrenia as the illness may be due to both factors. Detection criteria/ tests are vital in isolating this subset from the rest of schizophrenia syndromes 2. Robust epidemiological studies to be conducted to find putative infectious agents and possible models of transmission.
3. Developing new methods for detection of viral agents, directed at the analysis of previously identified pathogens and identification of novel viruses. Vigorous studies with PCR and other sensitive methods for nucleic acid detection to be carried out for the detection of viral nucleic acids in the body fluids of schizophrenia sufferers.
4.To find a method to turn off autoimmune attacks from the body or selectively disable the immune response
5. Identify risk genes and to find the specific DNA molecules and their tagging patterns vital for the progress of the illness.
6. To develop drugs to target specific genes which would mean they would be far more effective and have fewer side effects.
7. Finding psycho-physiological parameters for early detection to minimise the damage.
8. In the event of future discovery of effective antiviral agents, the subset of schizophrenia in question could take advantage of the clinical benefits of such discoveries.
9. Viral aetiology, if proven true, could lead to finding a vaccine against the disease.
10. Selective immune-suppressants could be a future addition into the psychiatric armamentarium.
11. A derivative of cloazapine without its haematological and metabolic side effects would be highly promising.

Summary

There are multiple interlinked causative factors in schizophrenia and viral infection may be only a trigger. Viral infections may be the cause of vigorous immune responses or triggering an autoimmune process that lead to neuro-behavioural aberrations and a subset of schizophrenia would emerge as viro-immuno-neuropsychiatric disorder or autoimmuno-neuro-psychiatric disorder. If such a subset of schizophrenia contains an autoimmune component, either triggered by infectious agents or due to unidentified intrinsic factors, the disease process would be determined by genetic vulnerability. There is not sufficient evidence established to identify viruses as being implicated in the aetiology of schizophrenia, but researchers have reason to anticipate further laboratory studies, as newer, more sensitive laboratory technologies are evolving. A viral or autoimmune model of schizophrenia may illuminate its pathogenesis, but not necessarily the diversity of psychiatric symptomatology. In the last few decades, schizophrenia research has been focussed on neurotransmitter derangements and neuro-developmental anomalies. The cause of a tsunami is not in the sea water, but due to the tectonic shifts under the sea bed; the aetiology of schizophrenia may be similarly due to immune alterations.

Pellagra psychosis due to niacin deficiency was hidden under the schizophrenia umbrella. 67 There may be other psychotic disorders grouped under schizophrenia, and they may have a pure biological aetiology—chemical or infectious—but with genetic vulnerability. No one can be sure whether it is the toxic chemical of the pathogens or the immune response of the host, or both, that may lead to the psychopathology. Searching for this hypothetical virus is a challenging task, but if researchers found it, the benefits would be enormous. A viral aetiology of certain types of schizophrenia, if demonstrable, could affect radical changes in treatment and management. In fact, the hypothesis of viral aetiology is more promising than any other biological hypothesis, as it gives a message of potential drug cure. In this contest, it is interesting to note that the antigenic similarity between components of the streptococcus and cardiac tissue resulted in rheumatic heart diseases, but with the advent of penicillin, this disease has virtually disappeared. Only time will determine the validity and therapeutic prospects of the viral and autoimmune aetiology of schizophrenia.

Davison opined that as evidence accumulates about the autoimmune basis of at least a subset of psychiatric disorders, clinicians should keep abreast of immune-neuropsychiatric research. 68 Psychiatry must constantly expand to meet the growing needs with the emergence of novel ideas in other medical specialities and it is high time to introduce a new terminology—“Psycho-immunovirology”—to study the viral aetiological mechanisms involved in psychiatric disorders like schizophrenia. Neuro-virology and psycho-immuno-virology could develop as an interdisciplinary field which represents a melding of virology, psychiatry, the neurosciences and immunology.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JAMES PAUL PANDARAKALAM, Trust Consultant Psychiatrist, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Warrington WA2 8WA.
Corresponding Author Details: 
JAMES PAUL PANDARAKALAM, Trust Consultant Psychiatrist, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Hollins Park Hospital, Hollins Lane, Warrington WA2 8WA.
Corresponding Author Email: 
jpandarak@hotmail.co.uk
References
References: 
  1. Kirpatrick B. Buchanan RW, Ross DEA separate disease within the syndrome of schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry. 58:165-71 .( 2001). 
  2. Andreassen Nancy C. Symptoms, signs and diagnosis of schizophrenia. Lancet, vol 346, 477-478 (1995).
  3. Wienberger Daniel R. From neuropathology to neurodevelopment. Lancet 346: 552-57 (1995).
  4. Halliday L James. A study of the sick Society, Psychosocial Medicine. New York: Norton(1948)  
  5. Snider L.A., Swedo SE. Post streptococcal autoimmune disorders of the central nervous system. Current Opin  Neurol, 16:359-65 (2003).
  6. Nicholson R.J. Timothy, Ferdinando Sumudu, Krishnaiah B Ravikumar, Anhoy Sophie et al. Prevalence of anti-basal ganglia antibodies in adult obsessive- compulsive disorder: cross sectional study. BJP, 200:381-386 (2012).
  7. Moller E. Mechanisms for induction of autoimmunity in humans. Acta Paediatrica .Supplement; 424: 16-20 (1998).
  8. Strausburg CP, Obermayer Straub P, Manns MP. Autoimmunity in hepatitis C and D Viral Infection .Journal of Viral Hepatities; 3: 49-59(1996). 
  9. Mackay IR. Clustering and Commonalities among Autoimmune diseases. Journal of Autoimmune disorders 33(3-43): 170-177 (2009).
  10. Adriana Rojas-Villaraga, Jenny Amaya- Amaya, Alberto Rodriguez-Rodriguez, Ruben D Mantilla and Jean-Manuel Anaya. Introducing Poly autoimmune Diseases: Secondary Autoimmune Diseases  No Longer Exist. Journal of Autoimmune Diseases Vol 2012, Article ID 254319, 9 PAGES, 2012 DOI:10.1155?2012/254319 (2012).
  11. Eaten WW, Pedersen MG, Nirlsen OR, Moiensen PR. Autoimmune diseases , bipolar disorder and non affective psychosis. Bipolar Disorder 12(6)638-46 (2010)
  12. Eaton W. William, Byrne Majella, Ewald Henrik, More Ole, Chen  Chuan-ye.  Association of schizophrenia and Autoimmune  Diseases: Linkage of Danish National Registers. American Journal of Psychiatry. 163: 521-528 (2006).
  13. Chen-0 Ji Shaw , Chao-Loin YU, Chang- Ming Chia, Wu- Hsuan Chia Erin, Wu- Shin Chi.Yeh- Han Hsueh, Chen- Hsiang  Chia and Tsai- Ju Hsui. Prevalence of autoimmune diseases in in-patients with schizophrenia; nationwide population-based study. British Journal of Psychiatry 200: 374-380 (2012).     
  14. Gioia Mura,Donatella Rita Petretto, Krishna M Bha, Mauro Giovanni Carta. Schizophrenia from Epidemiology to Rehabilitation. Clinical Practice  and Epidemiology in Mental Health. 8:52-66 (2012).
  15. Torrey EF, Yolken RH. The schizophrenia-rheumatoid arthritis connection; infectious, immune, or both/ Brain, Behaviour& Immunity 15:401-10 (2001).
  16. Torrey EF, Yolken RH. The schizophrenia-rheumatoid arthritis connection; infectious, immune, or both/ Brain, Behaviour& Immunity 15:401-10 (2001).
  17. Peacrce  D.Bradley. Can A Virus Cause Schizophrenia? London: KUWER Academic Publishers (2003).
  18. Pandarakalam J.PIs Autoimmunity involved in the aetiology of Schizophrenia? Journal of progress in Neurology and Psychiatry.17:24-28 (2013).
  19. Parham Peter. The Immune System. London: Taylor & Francis (2009).
  20. Aleman  A, Kahn RS, Selten JP. Sex differences in the risk if schizophrenia: evidence from meta-analysis. Arch Gen Psychiatry.60:565-71 (2003). 
  21. Wright P.,Nimgaonker VL, Donaldson PT. Schizophrenia and HLA: a review. Schizophrenia Research. 47:1-12 (2001).
  22. Jones P, Barnes T, Dunn C, Lloyd H, Mayhurst K, et al. Randomised controlled trial of the effect on quality of life  of second versus first generation antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1079-1087 (2006).
  23. Hinz-Selch D, Becker W, Stein MG, Berg PA,Mullington, J,Holsboer F,Pollmacher T. Effects of clozapine on In Vitro Parameters: A Longitudinal Study in Clozapine –Treated Schizophrenic Patients, Neuropsycho[pharmacology 19:114-122 (1998).
  24. Goldsmith W. Carroll-Ann, Rogers F. Donald. The Case for Autoimmunity in the Etiology of Schizophrenia. Pharmacotherapy 26(6): 730-741(2008).
  25. Leykin I, Mayer R, Shinitzky M. Short and Long term Immunosuppressive Effects of Clozapine and Haloperidol. Immunopharmacology 37(1): 66-75 (1997).
  26. Lishman WA. Organic Psychiatry. Oxford: Blackwell (1987).
  27. Menninger KA. Influenza and Schizophrenia, An analysis of Post influenza ‘dementia praecox’ as of 1918, and five years later. American Journal of Psychiatry. 5:469-529 (1926).
  28. Brown S , Susser ES.   In utero infection and adult schizophrenia. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews. 8:51-7 (2002).
  29. Johnstone-Wilson NL.Bouton CM, Pevsner J.  Emerging technologies for large scale screening of human tissues and fluids in the study of severe psychiatric disease. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology 4: 83-92 (2001).  
  30. Carter C.J. Schizophrenia: A Pathogenetic Autoimmune Disease caused by Viruses and Pathogens and dependent on Genes. Journal of Pathogens, Volume
  31. Epstein MA (2001) Historical background. Philosophical transactions of the Royal Society of London-Series B: Biological Sciences; 356:413-20 (2011).
  32. Torrey EF. Paterson MR. Slow and latent viruses in Schizophrenia. Lancet 2:22-4 (1973).
  33. Torrey EF. Stalking the Schizovirus. Schizophrenia Bulletin.14:223-9 (1988).
  34. Crow TJ. Viral causes of psychiatric disease. Post graduate Medical Journal,54:763-7 (1978).
  35. Hare EH. Schizophrenia as an infectious disease. British Journal of Psychiatry 135:468; 70 (1979).
  36. Mednick SA ,Huttunen MO, Machon RA. Prenatal Influenza Infections and Adult Schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 20:263-7 (1994).
  37. Feschotte C. Borna virus enters the genome. Nature 463: 39-40 (2010).
  38. De la Torre JC, Oldstone  MBA. Anatomy of viral persistence: mechanisms of persistence and associated disease. Advances in virus research. 46:311-43 (1996).
  39. Mednick SA, Machon RA, Huttunen MO, Bonnet D. Adult schizophrenia following prenatal exposure  to an influenza epidemic Arch Gen Psychiatry 45: 189-92 (1988).
  40. Maes M,Bosmans E, Calabrese J. Smith R, Meltzer HY. Interlukin-2 and Interlukin-6 in schizophrenia and mania: effects of neuroleptics and mood stabilisers. J.Psychiatr Res 29(2) :141-52 (1995).
  41. Jiansin Shi, Douglas F. Levinsin, Jubao Duan et al. Common variants in chromosome 6p22.1 are associated with schizophrenia. Nature 460: 753-757 (2009).
  42. Mednick SA, Machon RA, Huttunen MO, Bonnet D.  Adult schizophrenia following prenatal exposure  to an influenza epidemic Arch Gen Psychiatry 45: 189-92 (1988).
  43. Weinberger Daniel R. Schizophrenia as neurodevelopment disorder. In: Hirsch SR, Weinberger DR, eds. Schizophrenia. London: Blackwood, 295-323 (1995).  
  44. Goldberg D, Huxlu P. Common mental diseases: a biological model. London: Routledge (1992). 
  45. Messias L Eric, Chen Yu Chaun, Eaten W William. Epidemiology of Schizophrenia; Finding and Myths. Psychiatr  Clin North Am 30(2): 323-38 (2007).
  46. Brune Martin. Schizophrenia-an evolutionary enigma? Neuroscience and Behavioural Reviews.28:41-53 (2004).
  47. TorreyEF, Miller J, Rawlings R. Seasonality  of births in schizophrenia and bipolar disorder: a review of the literature. Schizophrenia Research.28:1-38 (1997).
  48. Rose NR, Bono C. Defining criteria for autoimmune diseases (Witebsky’s postulations revisited). Immunology Today. September 14(9):426-430. (1993).
  49. Brown S Alan, Vinogradow Sophia, Kremen William, Poole H. John et al. Prenatal Exposure to Maternal Infection and Executive Dysfunction in Adult Schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry 166:683-690 (2009).
  50. Canon M, Jones PB, Murray RM. Obstetric complications and schizophrenia: historic and meta-analytic review (2002).
  51. Brown AS. Prenatal infection as a risk factor for schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bull. 32:200-202 (2006).
  52. Brown AS. Serologic studies of prenatal infection and schizophrenia, in Neuropsychiatric disorders and infection. Edited by Fatemi SH. London: Martin Dunitz Taylor& Francis Group,pp43-50 (2005).
  53. Swedo SE,Leonard HL, Garvey M, Mittleman B, Allen AJ,Perlmuller S, Daws Zamnoff J, Dubbert BK, Lounge L. Paediatric autoimmune disorder associated with Streptococcus infection: Clinical description of the first 50 cases. American Journal Psych 155: 264-2712 (1998).
  54. Sewell D. Schizophrenia and HIV. Schizophrenia Bulletin 22-:465-473 (1996).
  55. Kristansen JE, Anderson LP,Vesterguard BF, Ilvidberg ef. Effect of neuroleptic agents and stereo-isomeric  analogues on virus and eukaryotic  cells. Phamacol.Toxicol. 69:399-403 (1991).  
  56. Amsterdam JD, Maislin G ,Rybakowski J. A possible antiviral action of lithium carbonate in herpes simplex virus infection Biol Psychiatry 27: 447-453 (1990).
  57. Allmang U, Hofer M, Herzog S. Low avidity of human serum antibodies for Borna disease virus antigens questions their diagnostic value. Molecular Psychiatry. 6: 329-33 (2001). 
  58. Dietrich DE, Schedlowiski M, Bode L, Ludwig M, Emrich HM. A viro-psycho-immunological disease model of a subtype of affective  diseases. Pharmacopsychiatry. 31:77-82 (1998).
  59. Solbrig M, Kooh V, George FNeuropharmacological squeal of persistent CNS viral infections: Lessons from Borna disease virus (2003). 
  60. Volmer R,PRAT ChMA, Masson G, Garenne A, Gonzales-Dunn A (2007) Borna disease virus infection impairs synaptic plasticity. J. Virology. 81 (16) 8831-8837.
  61. Horning Mady, Briese Thomas, Lipkin Ian W. Borna Disease Virus. Journal of Neuro-virology. 9; 259-273 (2003).
  62. Homing M, Briese T, Licinio J, Altshuler LL, Potkin SG, Schwemmie M et al. Absence of evidence for bornavirus infection in Sc hizophrenia, bipolar disorder and major depressive disorder. Molecular psychiatry17: 486-493(2012).
  63. Duncan GE, Sheitman BB, Lieberman JA. An integrated view of patho-physiological models of schizophrenia. Brain Research Reviews 29:250-264 (1999).
  64. osztonyl G. The mechanism of neuronal damage in virus infections of the central nervous system Heidelberg: Springer (2001).
  65. Roos RP. Schizophrenia and Viral and Autoimmune issues. Psychopharmacology Bulletin.20:515-518 (1985).
  66. Jablensky A. Schizophrenia: Epidemiology. Current opinion in psychiatry.12: 19-28 (1999).
  67. Miller R.S ,Glasg MD, Ismail Chafick Ahmed. Pellagra and Pellagra psychosis: A study of 757 Insane Egyptian Pellagrins. The Lancet, 2:788-789  (1920).
  68. Davison Kenneth. Autoimmunity in psychiatry.  British Journal of Psychiatry 200: 353-355  (2012).

Acute reversible cardiomyopathy due to methamphetamine overdose

Authors
Ashok Raj Devkota, Alix Dufrense and Premraj Parajuli
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(4):a830
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Methamphetamine abuse is associated with various cardiac complications like acute coronary syndrome, cardiomyopathy and sudden cardiac death. We report a case of patient who presented with cardiomyopathy and acute heart failure due to intravenous methamphetamine abuse. His cardiac function recovered fully after medical management. 

Abbreviations: 
EKG: Electrocardiogram, ECHO: Echocardiogram, CT: Computed tomography, LVEDP: Left ventricular end diastolic pressure
Keywords: 
Methamphetamine, cardiomyopathy, heart failure

Introduction

Methamphetamine and related compounds are the most widely abused drugs in the world after cannabis 1. Methamphetamine is a synthetic stimulant which acts both on central and peripheral nervous system. It causes the release and blocks the reuptake of dopamine, norepinephrine, epinephrine and serotonin in neuronal synapse. Methamphetamine can be smoked, snorted, injected or ingested orally. Methamphetamine is more potent, and its effects last longer than cocaine 2, 3.

Methamphetamine intoxication causes various systemic complications like sympathetic over activity, agitation, seizure, stroke, rhabdomyolysis and cardiovascular collapse. Acute cardiac complications of methamphetamine like chest pain, hypertension, arrhythmias, aortic dissection, acute coronary syndrome, cardiomyopathy, and sudden cardiac death have been reported 4, 5. Chronic methamphetamine use is associated with coronary artery disease, chronic hypertension and cardiomyopathy 6.

Here we present a case of methamphetamine overdose, which presented with cardiomyopathy and severe systolic heart failure whose cardiac function was normalized after treatment.

Case presentation

A 38-year-old male presented with shortness of breath, chest tightness and sweating which started after he used intravenous crystal meth the day before presentation. He was an active poly substance abuser and used different drugs like marijuana, alprazolam, amphetamine, cocaine, percocet (oxycodone and acetaminophen) and clonazepam regularly. He was on methadone maintenance program as well. The patient did not have any cardiac problem in the past. He had a seizure disorder but he was not on medication. He had an episode of a seizure after methamphetamine use. His review of system was otherwise unremarkable.

On presentation he was tachycardic, his pulse was 128/min and his temperature was 98 degree Fahrenheit. He had bilateral diffuse crackles on lung bases. Troponin I was high 4.23 ng/ml (reference 0.01-0.05 ng/ml) and BNP was high 657 pg/ml (reference 0-100pg/ml). His electrolytes, renal function, liver function and creatinine kinase were normal. Urine toxicology was positive for opiate, methadone, amphetamine, benzodiazepine, cocaine and cannabinoid. Electrocardiogram showed sinus tachycardia at rate 130/min and QTc was prolonged at 488ms (Figure 1).


Figure 1 - Electrocardiogram: Sinus tachycardia at 130/min with prolonged QTc

Subsequently the patient became tachypnoeic and hypoxic, was intubated, put on a mechanical ventilator, and sedated with versed, fentanyl and propofol. Arterial blood showed respiratory acidosis and hypoxia. The patient was in cardiogenic shock and dopamine drip was started and intravenous Lasix was given. A subsequent chest X-ray showed newly developed pulmonary congestion. Echocardiogram showed left ventricular dilatation with diffuse hypokinesis and depressed systolic function. The left atrium was dilated. He had moderate diastolic dysfunction, mild mitral regurgitation and tricuspid regurgitation with a pulmonary artery pressure of 38mmHg. There was global left ventricular function was reduced and ejection fraction was 25-30%. His CT head was negative for an infarct or hemorrhage. He was managed in the cardiac care unit and responded very well to treatment. He became haemodynamically stable and dopamine was discontinued; aspirin, clopidogrel and carvedilol were started. The patient gradually improved and was extubated. Cardiac catheterization showed normal coronaries and normal left ventricular function. LVEDP was 18mmHg. His repeat echocardiogram one week later showed normal left ventricular systolic and diastolic function with an ejection fraction of 70%. The patient was discharged to drug rehab after eight days of treatment.

Discussion

This patient used intravenous crystal meth after which his problem started, so the most likely culprit was methamphetamine. Although he used multiple drugs including cocaine and amphetamine, which have acute and chronic effects on the heart, his cardiac function was normal before. Different mechanisms for cardiac injury due to methamphetamine have been proposed which include catecholamine excess, coronary vasospasm and ischaemia, increase in reactive oxygen species, mitochondrial injury, changes in myocardial metabolism, and direct toxic effects 3.Methamphetamine use is known to cause acute and chronic cardiomyopathy and the reversal of cardiac failure has been documented after discontinuing the drug. In one case report, a patient with chronic methamphetamine-associated cardiomyopathy did not demonstrate late gadolinium enhancement, consistent with an absence of significant fibrosis, and had left ventricular function recovered with 6 months of medical therapy and decreased drug abuse 7. Another case of a female 42 year old methamphetamine user who had transient left ventricular dysfunction and wall motion abnormalities and an index ventriculogram showed apical ballooning consistent with Takotsubo cardiomyopathy; her left ventricular function significantly improved after 3 days of medical treatment 8. In our patient, acute cardiomyopathy resolved quickly with intensive medical management. It is not clear how long it takes for cardiomyopathy to revert to normal after discontinuing the drug, or at what stage cardiac damage is irreversible. Many patients who use methamphetamine also ingest other drugs as well. It is unclear to what extent the use of multiple drugs play synergistic role in the cardiac complications that occur. Among patients who present with cardiomyopathy and cardiogenic shock, the usage of drugs like methamphetamine and co-ingestion of other drugs should be considered. Further study is needed to recommend treatment for methamphetamine and related drugs induced cardiomyopathy.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
None
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
ASHOK RAJ DEVKOTA, MD, Resident, Department of Internal medicine, Interfaith medical Center, Brooklyn, NY. ALIX DUFRENSE, MD, Chair, Department of Cardiology, Interfaith Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY. PREMRAJ PARAJULI, MD, Resident, Department of Medicine, Interfaith Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY.
Corresponding Author Details: 
ASHOK RAJ DEVKOTA, MD, Resident, Department of Internal medicine, Interfaith medical Center, 1545 Atlantic Ave, Brooklyn, NY 11213.
Corresponding Author Email: 
ashokdevkota@hotmail.com
References
References: 
  1. World Drug Report 2012  8/21/2014; Available from: http://www.unodc.org/documents/data-and-analysis/WDR2012/WDR_2012_web_small.pdf.
  2. Drug Abuse Warning Network, 2011: National Estimates of Drug-Related Emergency Department Visits. 2011; Available from: http://samhsa.gov/data/2k13/DAWN2k11ED/DAWN2k11ED.htm#3.2.
  3. Won, S., et al., Methamphetamine-associated cardiomyopathy. Clin Cardiol, 2013. 36: p. 737-42.
  4. Hawley, L.A., et al., Cardiac complications of adult methamphetamine exposures. J Emerg Med, 2013. 45: p. 821-7.
  5. Yeo, K.K., et al., The association of methamphetamine use and cardiomyopathy in young patients. Am J Med, 2007. 120: p. 165-71.
  6. Kaye, S., et al., Methamphetamine and cardiovascular pathology: a review of the evidence. Addiction, 2007. 102: p. 1204-11.
  7. Lopez, J.E., et al., Recovery of methamphetamine associated cardiomyopathy predicted by late gadolinium enhanced cardiovascular magnetic resonance. J Cardiovasc Magn Reson, 2009. 11: p. 46.
  8. Srikanth, S., R. Barua, and J. Ambrose, Methamphetamine-associated acute left ventricular dysfunction: a variant of stress-induced cardiomyopathy. Cardiology, 2008. 109: p. 188-92.

BJMP September 2015 Volume 8 Number 3

BJMP September 2015 Volume 8 Number 3

Full Issue Booklet   PDF

Research Articles

A rarity that can lead to a casualty - A retrospective study of 12 cases of Dermatomyositis
Matilda Naesström, Monika Kakol, Victoria Kamkar, Wioletta Baranska-Rybak, Malgorzata Sokolowska-Wojdylo, Marta Stawczyk and Roman Nowicki
Full Text  PDF

Case Reports/Series

Generalized Lymphadenopathy : an unusual presentation of syphilis
Naziha Khammassi, Asma Gargoura, Haykel Abdelhedi, Youssef Kort, Manel Mabrouk and Ouahida Cherif
Full Text  PDF
Intractable Yawning and Fluoxetine
Gursharan Lal Kashyap, Jitendra Kumar Nayar, Soosamma Varghese and Rizwana Jaffry
Full Text  PDF

Clinical Practice

Physical health of people with severe mental illness: Don’t just screen… intervene!
Javed Latoo, Oladipupo Omodunbi, David Hindley, Amanda Derbyshire and Rachael Kane.
Full Text  PDF

Medical Images

Retinitis Pigmentosa
M Suresh Babu, C R Venkatesh, P K Kiran, S Sunil Kumar and K Prabhath Kiran Reddy
Full Text  PDF

Miscellaneous

Acute Oesophageal Necrosis: A Case Report and Review Of The Literature

Authors
Sabina Beg and David Rowlands
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a829
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Here we present a case of Acute Oesophageal Necrosis, a rare but increasingly recognised endoscopic finding. At gastroscopy distal necrosis of the oesophagus is observed. This condition is associated with a poor prognosis and therefore diagnosis should prompt aggressive correction of abnormal physiology.

Abbreviations: 
AON - Acute Oesophageal Necrosis

CASE

A 79 year old lady presented to the accident and emergency department with severe abdominal pain. On admission she was hypotensive and hypothermic. Blood tests demonstrated raised inflammatory markers and white count, but were otherwise unremarkable. A CT scan revealed no abnormalities. She was treated with intravenous fluids and empirical antibiotics.

She had multiple co-morbidities, including ischaemic heart disease, hypertension and chronic kidney disease.


Figure 1 – Upper Oesophagus


Figure 2 – Distal Oesophagus


Figure 3 - Gastro-eosophageal Junction


Figure 4 – Stomach (in retroflexion)


Figure 5 - Duodenum

Three days into her admission she had a single episode of hematemesis and a gastroscopy was arranged. Endoscopic features were as per figures 1- 5. Histology taken at the time showed necrotic tissue with evidence of candidiasis. Her treatment was optimised with a two-week course of fluconazole with the dose adjusted for her renal function and parenteral nutrition, with good clinical response. She was discharged after a two week hospital admission. A repeat gastroscopy 10 weeks later showed complete resolution of endoscopic features with no evidence of perforation or stricture formation.

DISCUSSION

The images seen at endoscopy demonstrate a region of oesophageal ulceration progressing to a diffuse, circumferential, black discoloration of the distal esophageal mucosa, with an abrupt transition to normal mucosa at the gastro-esophageal junction (Figs. 1-3). These endoscopic features, in the absence of a history of ingestion of caustic substances, are diagnostic of Acute Oesophageal Necrosis (AON), also known as ‘Black Oesophagus’. Whilst histology confirming necrosis is not necessary to make the diagnosis, it is confirmatory.

AON was first described in 1990 by Goldberg et al, since which over one hundred cases have been reported in the literature1. Population studies have suggested the incidence of this condition to be between 0.08% and 0.2%, although interestingly one post-mortem series of 1000 patients failed to reveal any cases2-4. There is a male preponderance, with an incidence four times greater than that for women and a peak incidence during the sixth decade of life5, 6.

The aetiology of this condition is not entirely clear; however case reports to date suggest that this is almost exclusively observed in those who are systemically unwell, usually in the context of multi-organ dysfunction5-7. It has been postulated that necrosis most commonly occurs as a consequence of hypo-perfusion caused by a low flow state in those with underlying vascular disease. This is likely to account for the predilection for the distal third of the esophagus, which is relatively less vascular5. Individual cases have occurred in association with bacterial, viral and fungal infections, whilst malnutrition, malignancy and immune-compromise appear to be important factors3, 5, 6.

The most common indication for the gastroscopy that makes the diagnosis of AON is hematemesis and melena, accounting for over 75% of cases6. It is therefore likely that AON is significantly under reported as endoscopy is often precluded in those who are clinically unstable. Further it is not clear whether hematemesis is a universal symptom of this condition; it is conceivable that AON may go undiagnosed in those in whom this is not a feature.

Whilst AON has no specific treatment, its presence is indicative of significant systemic compromise and predicts a poor prognosis. This diagnosis should alert physicians that close monitoring and aggressive treatment is required to optimise patient outcomes. There is no clear role for the use of anti-acid therapy, however this is commonly used in management due to patient symptoms, which usually includes hematemesis. Similarly, candidiasis may occur in conjunction with AON, whilst it is not thought to be causative, treatment is considered prudent given the poor prognosis associated with this condition.

For those that recover from their acute systemic insult the prognosis appears to be good. The long-term sequale of this condition includes oesophageal stenosis due to structuring. Evaluation with a repeat gastroscopy if therefore indicated if dysphagia develops.

CONCLUSION

The clinical course of AEN is variable, with an associated mortality of 32%5. The severity of the underlying clinical condition appears to be the most important factor in determining prognosis. There is no specific treatment for AON. The current body of experience suggests aggressive management of abnormal physiology optimises outcomes5, 6. Antibiotics, antifungals and nutritional support should be considered on an individual basis.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
SABINA BEG, BSC MBBS MRCP, North East Hertfordshire Trust, UK. DAVID ROWLANDS MBBS FRCP, North East Hertfordshire Trust, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
SABINA BEG, Lister Hospital, North East Hertfordshire NHS trust, Correy Mill lane, Hertfordshire, SG1.
Corresponding Author Email: 
sabina.beg@nhs.net
References
References: 
  1. Goldenberg SP, Wain SL, Marignani P. Acute necrotizing esophagitis. Gastroenterology 1990; 98: 493 – 6.
  2. Ben Soussan E, Savoye G, Hochain P, e t al. Acute esophageal necrosis: a 1-year prospective study. Gastrointest Endosc 2002; 56: 213 – 17.
  3. Augusto F, Fernandes V, Cremers MI, e t al. A cute necrotizing esophagitis: a large retrospective case series. Endoscopy 2004; 36: 411 – 15.
  4. Postlethwait RW, Musser AW. Changes in the esophagus in 1,000 autopsy specimens. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg. 1974; 68:953–956.
  5. Gurvits GE. Black esophagus: acute esophageal necrosis syndrome. World J Gastroenterol 2010; 16: 3219 – 25.
  6. Grudell AB, Mueller PS, Viggiano TR. Black esophagus: report of six cases and review of the literature, 1963-2003. Dis Esophagus. 2006;19(2):105-10
  7. Gurvits GE, S hapsis A, Lau N, e t al. Acute esophageal necrosis: a rare syndrome. J Gastroenterol 2007; 42: 29 – 38.

 

Do thalidomides have a role in the treatment of multiple sclerosis?

Authors
G.V. Sherbet
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a828
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Angiogenesis is pivotal component of many normal biological programmes as well as of pathogenetic processes involved in tumour growth and progression and of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis (MS), a demyelinating disease of the CNS. Many angiogenic factors are expressed in MS and in the animal model of MS known as experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Inhibition of angiogenesis by suppressing these angiogenic effectors or inhibiting the elements of angiogenic signalling might provide a viable way to target therapy to manage MS. The focus of this article is on the ability of thalidomide and its analogues to inhibit angiogenic signalling systems. Thalidomide is a highly toxic drug but its analogues, lenalidomide and pomalidomide, show reduced toxicity and greater efficacy of growth suppression and inhibition of angiogenesis. The thalidomides are highly efficient suppressors of canonical and non-canonical angiogenic signalling by PI3K (phosphoinositide-3 kinase)/Akt, NF (nuclear factor)-κB and mTOR (mammalian target of rapamycin). Here a postulate is presented that the perceived potential synergy between the thalidomides and modulators of angiogenic signalling might deliver benefits of thalidomides more effectively and at lower dosages compatible with greater safety of administration.

Keywords: 
Multiple sclerosis; angiogenesis signalling; thalidomides

Angiogenesis is an integral process in biological programmes of embryonic development, tissue damage and regeneration, tumour growth and progression and pathogenesis of inflammatory and autoimmune diseases. MS (multiple sclerosis) is a demyelinating disease of the CNS (central nervous system). Angiogenesis has been a consistent feature of demyelinating plaques of MS1-3. Many inducers of angiogenesis are expressed in these plaques. They are also closely associated with the animal model of MS viz. EAE (experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis)4 (Table 1). This has led to the suggestion that inhibition of angiogenesis by suppressing these effectors or inhibiting the elements of angiogenic signalling pathways might provide a viable way to target therapy to manage MS.

Table 1. Angiogenic mediators of MS

Angiogenic agent/mediator
Vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF)/VEGF receptor 2 (VEGFR2)
Nitric oxide (NO) and NOS (NO synthase)
Transforming growth factor-β (TGF-β)
Basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF) ↓
Matrix metalloproteinases (MMP)
Hepatocyte growth factor (HGF)

[Note: Inhibitory effects of thalidomides were described by Sherbet4; D’Amato et al.6; Kenyon et al.7; Lu et al.8]

Multiple sclerosis is an autoimmune inflammatory condition and so immunomodulators have been used in treatment. It is recognised that aberrant activation of the immune system and the associated network of its regulation are important events in the pathogenesis of the disease. This is the rationale for using immunomodulatory agents in disease control. Among immunomodulators of note are Fingolimod which prevents infiltration of auto-destructive lymphocytes into the CSF, Teriflunomide which reduces lymphocyte infiltration of the CNS, axonal loss and inflammatory demyelination, and dimethyl fumarate, which modulates the immune system by many mechanisms. Furthermore, much attention has been devoted to the immunomodulatory properties of MSCs (mesenchymal stem cells) 4,5. Thalidomides are also capable of modulating the function of key element of the immune system related to the pathogenesis of MS, but this brief article is intended to emphasise the potential of thalidomide and its analogues as potent inhibitors of angiogenesis and the latent possibility of their use as a therapeutic agent in the control of MS.

Thalidomide was introduced over four decades ago to treat respiratory infections and to combat morning sickness in pregnant women. It was withdrawn when it was found to be highly teratogenic. The teratogenic effects are a result of the binding of thalidomide to cereblon, a protein found in both embryonic and adult tissues. Cereblon is required for normal morphogenesis. It is inactivated by binding to thalidomide and this leads to teratogenesis9. Thalidomide possesses immunomodulatory, anti-inflammatory, anti-angiogenesis and cell proliferation inhibitory properties and this has suggested its use in the treatment of cancer5. Analogues of thalidomide, viz. lenalidomide and pomalidomide, have been synthesised and these possess reduced toxicity and greater efficacy10, 11. Recently, many studies have elucidated the signalling pathways which thalidomides inhibit and thereby suppress cell proliferation, promote apoptosis and inhibit angiogenesis. These have led to the suggestion of combining the modulators of these signalling pathways to synergise with thalidomides to deliver the suppressor effects with enhanced efficacy and at lower concentrations thus reducing the side effects5 (Figure 1).

Most of the work on the efficacy of thalidomide and the analogues has been carried out in preclinical models. Quite understandably, in the clinical setting very little effort is seen to check whether thalidomide or the analogues provide any beneficial effects in MS or neuro-inflammation. Clinically orientated investigations so far relate mainly to multiple myeloma and some other forms of haematological malignancies but not solid tumours5. Any perceived beneficial effects are probably outweighed by the side effects. We need to expend more effort and design and develop new analogues with reduced toxicity. In this context one should emphasise that pre-clinical exploration of the potential synergy between the thalidomides and the acknowledged modulators of the signalling pathways would be worthwhile. This might enable the delivery of benefits more effectively and at lower dosages. It is needless to say that safety of drug administration is of paramount importance.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
G.V. SHERBET, DSc, FRSC, FRCPath, Institute for Molecular Medicine, Huntington Beach CA, USA and University of Newcastle upon Tyne UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
G.V. SHERBET, Institute for Molecular Medicine, Huntington Beach CA, USA and University of Newcastle upon Tyne UK.
Corresponding Author Email: 
gsherbet@immed.org
References
References: 
  1. Holley, JE., Newcombe, J., Whatmore, JL, Gutowski NJ. Increased blood vessel density and endothelial cell proliferation in multiple sclerosis cerebral white matter. Neurosci Lett 2010; 47: 65-70.
  2. Lengfeld, J., Cutforth, T., Agalliu, D. The role of angiogenesis in the pathology of multiple sclerosis. Vasc cell 2014; 6: 23-9.
  3. Girolamo, F., Coppola, C., Ribatti, D., Trojano M. Angiogenesis in multiple sclerosis and experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Acta Neuropathol Commun 2014; 2: 84.
  4. Sherbet, GV. Molecular approach to targeted therapy for multiple sclerosis (submitted). (2015).
  5. Sherbet, GV. Therapeutic potential of thalidomide and its analogues in the treatment of cancer. Anticancer Res 2015; in press.
  6. D’Amato, RJ., Loughnan, MS., Flynn, E., Folkman, J. Thalidomide is an inhibitor of angiogenesis, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  1994: 91: 4082–4085.
  7. Kenyon, BM., Browne, F., D’Amato, RJ. Effects of thalidomide and related metabolites in a mouse corneal model of neovascularization, Exp Eye Res 1997; 64: 971–978.
  8. Lu, L., Payvandi, F., Wu, L., Zhang, LH., Hariri, RJ., Man HW. et al. The anti-cancer drug lenalidomide inhibits angiogenesis and metastasis via multiple inhibitory effects on endothelial cell function in normoxic and hypoxic conditions. Microvasc Res 2009; 77: 78-86.
  9. Ito, T., Ando, H., Suzuki, T., Ogura, T., Hotta, K., Imamura, Y. et al, Identification of a primary target of thalidomide teratogenicity, Science 2010; 327: 1345-1350.
  10. Botting, J. The history of thalidomide, Drug News Perspect. 2002; 15: 604-611.
  11. Bartlett, JB., Dredge, K., Dalgleish, AG. The evolution of thalidomide and its IMiD derivatives as anticancer agents, Nature Rev Cancer 2004; 4: 314-322.

Generalized Lymphadenopathy : an unusual presentation of syphilis

Authors
Naziha Khammassi, Asma Gargoura, Haykel Abdelhedi, Youssef Kort, Manel Mabrouk and Ouahida Cherif
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a827
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

This report describes a case of secondary syphilis represented by generalized lymphadenopathy . Histopathological analysis of biopsy specimen revealed the presence of a well-developed epithelioid granuloma  including  central  areas of caseous necrosis . As granuloma formation can be seen in numerous diseases, additional clinical and laboratory  diagnoses are necessary aids in the diagnosis of the granuloma aetiology .In this case  granulomatous lesion with caseous necrosis was highly suggestive of tuberculosis , but the identification by Ziehl-Neelsen staining was negative.However,  the   serologic tests of syphilis (VDRL and TPHA)  confirmed the diagnosis of syphilis. As illustrated by this case, syphilis should also be considered as a possible cause of generalized lymphadenopathy. Awareness by the clinician of such a presentation would make it easy to diagnose syphilis at an earlier stage.

Keywords: 
Syphilis; Granuloma; Diagnosis; Lymphadenopathy; Caseous necrosis.

Introduction

As syphilis is a notable clinical and pathological imitator, its diagnosis remains challenging. Physicians should be vigilant to suspect syphilis in cases of non-specific signs, such as lymphadenopathies, even in patients with no apparent risk for sexually transmitted infections or a history of primary syphilis.

Case Report

We report the case of a seventy-year old woman with a medical history of arterial hypertension. She had neither smoked cigarettes nor drunk alcohol and she had no significant medical family history. The patient presented with a history of swelling in the left axilla of one year duration. The swelling gradually increased in size and was painless. There was a history of occasional low-grade fever and weight loss, but no cough or night sweats.

On initial examination, the patient was thin with generalised lymphadenopathy: she had an axillary adenopathy that measured 4 cm in diameter in the right axilla and one measuring 3 cm in the left axilla. She also had two cervical lymph nodes that were less significant, and one enlarged right inguinal lymph node of about 3 cm in diameter. The existing lymph nodes were painless, mobile, mildly tender and smooth. Otherwise, breasts, limbs and other regions were essentially normal. No skin rash or suspect lesions were noticed. All her family members were well, with no contributory medical history, and none of them had similar symptoms.

A complete blood count revealed a white blood cell count of 5300/l (neutrophils 40%, eosinophils 19%, lymphocytes 30%, monocytes 10%), and a C-reactive protein of 14 mg/l. The remaining results of her full blood count, electrolytes, liver enzymes, lactate dehydrogenase and urine analysis were within normal limits. Calcium and phosphate levels were normal in both blood and urine analyses. Both human immunodeficiency virus screening and the serological tests for hepatitis B and C were negative. Mantoux test did not show any indurations. Smear and culture of the sputum were negative. Her chest x-ray and abdominal ultrasound were normal.

A CT scan of the patient’s neck and chest showed a marked anterior mediastinal mass of about 50 mm diameter with multiple calcifications. Several small lymph nodes were also noticed in the cervical and axillary areas. An axillary lymph node biopsy was performed. Histopathological examination of the biopsy specimen revealed a granulomatous lesion with epithelioid and multinucleated giant cells (Fig.1) associated with calcifications and central areas of caseous necrosis (Fig.2), which were highly suggestive of tuberculosis.

Fig 1: Epithelioid granuloma with giant cell

Fig 2: Eosinophilic granuloma with acellular caseous necrosis

According to these clinical and pathological findings, the most common granulomatous diseases are mycobacterial diseases such as tuberculosis, hence why the diagnosis of tuberculous lymphadenitis was highly suspected, and the patient was given anti-TB drugs. However, other differential diagnoses were considered, including bacterial infections like syphilis or actinomycosis, protozoal infections such as toxoplasmosis, and miscellaneous diseases such as sarcoidosis, Crohn's disease and Wegener's granulomatosis. To distinguish disease processes and make a definitive diagnosis, further investigations, such as special stains, culture methods and serologic tests, were indicated.

Additional histological stains, including Ziehl-Nielsen, were performed and returned negative, excluding the diagnosis of tuberculosis. In the meantime, the serological tests showed a positive venereal disease research laboratory test (VDRL: 1/8) and Treponema Pallidum haemagglutination assay (TPHA: 1/350). As a result, the diagnosis of secondary syphilis was confirmed and tuberculosis treatment was ceased.

The patient received intramuscular injections of 2.4 million units of benzathine penicillin every three weeks. Additional clinical and laboratory examinations were performed for both the patient and her family. She did not present with any manifestations of cardiovascular or neurological syphilis. Her husband’s VDRL and TPHA tests were negative. After a nine-month follow-up, the patient had no clinical or laboratory evidence of syphilis.

Discussion

Syphilis is predominantly a sexually-transmitted disease with both local and systemic manifestations. The causative organism is the spirochete Treponema Pallidum (TP) which was first demonstrated on the 17th of May 1905 1.

Syphilis has many non-specific signs and symptoms that may be overlooked by the physician, because in some cases it may simply be indistinguishable from other more common diseases. In fact, syphilis can share clinical manifestations with other treponemal and non-treponemal diseases, and it may be asymptomatic in some stages. Unfortunately, undiagnosed and untreated syphilis may lead to life-threatening complications such as hepatitis, stroke and neurological damage 2. Therefore its clinical diagnosis must be supported by laboratory tests.

Several older methods can be used to confirm syphilis diagnosis such as direct identification of TP by dark-field microscopy or direct fluorescent antibody tests, but such tests are not practical in a routine clinical setting and these methods can only be performed on lesion exudate or tissue 3.

As a consequence, the diagnosis in most patients is based on serological tests. Guidelines from the United States of America (USA) and Europe recommend a combination of two tests: the first one is a non treponemal (cardiolipin, reaginic) test, essentially Venereal Disease Research Laboratory (VDRL) or rapid plasma reagin (RPR); and the second is a treponemal test, essentially TP haemagglutination assay (TPHA), TP particle agglutination, or the fluorescent treponemal antibody absorption (FTA-abs) test 3,4.

In our patient, the most significant clinical finding was lymphadenopathy. This case presented diagnostic difficulties because of its clinical and histopathological resemblance to other pathological conditions. In fact, the presence of generalised lymphadenopathy and the finding of granulomatous lesions with epithelioid cells in the biopsy were highly suggestive of tuberculosis. As a matter of fact, tuberculosis tops the list of aetiological causes of granulomatous infections5. Worldwide it is considered the leading cause of contagious disease leading to approximately 1.4 million deaths per year 6. Its prevalence is still extremely high in certain populations especially in low-and middle-income countries such as Tunisia where the disease is endemic.

Tuberculosis is caused by Mycobacterium tuberculosis (M. tuberculosis) and M. bovis, an acid and alcohol fast organism 7,8. Histopathology is characterized by the presence of epitheloid granuloma with Langerhans giant cells and central caseous necrosis 7.

Lymphadenitis is the most common extra-pulmonary manifestation of tuberculosis but its diagnosis is difficult, often requiring biopsy. In such granulomatous disease, and in cases of persisting doubts, it is necessary to identify the specific etiological agent by further investigations such as special stains, culture methods and molecular techniques like polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and serological tests, as in the case of syphilis.

In the case of tuberculosis infection, demonstration of the mycobacteria can be done with Ziehl-Neelsen staining or by immunofluorescence using auramine-rhodamine. Mycobacterial culture and detection of mycobacterial DNA using PCR are also used 7,9. Since the growth of mycobacterium in culture requires a long time, additional histological stain with Ziehl-Nielsen was performed, but returned negative in the case of our patient. As a consequence, the diagnosis of tuberculosis was excluded and syphilis was considered as a definitive diagnosis.

Conclusion

Granulomatous lesions can be seen in numerous diseases. A definitive diagnosis cannot be made on the basis of the history and physical examination alone, confirmatory testing should be performed in order to identify the specific etiologic agent correctly. Diagnosis of the disease in the initial stages would be beneficial not only to allow the patients to receive early treatment, but also to prevent the spread of the disease to others.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
NAZIHA KHAMMASSI, ASMA GARGOURA, HAYKEL ABDELHEDI, YOUSSEF KORT, MANEL MABROUK and OUAHIDA CHERIF, Department of Internal Medicine, Razi Hospital, 2010- Manouba, Tunisia.
Corresponding Author Details: 
NAZIHA KHAMMASSI, Doctor, Department of Internal Medicine, Razi Hospital, 2010- Manouba, Tunisia.
Corresponding Author Email: 
naziha.khammassi@rns.tn
References
References: 
  1. Schaudinn F, Hoffmann E, Vorläufiger Bericht über das Vorkommen von Spirochaeten in syphilitischen Krankheitsprodukten und bei Papillomen, Arbeit Kaiser-Klin.  Gesundheits 1905; 22: 527.
  2. Markle W, Conti T, Kad M. Sexually transmitted diseases. Prim Care. 2013; 40(3):557-87.
  3. Workowski KA, Berman SM. Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines, 2006. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2006; 55: 997.
  4. Carol R. Emerson. Syphilis: A Review of the Diagnosis and Treatment. The Open Infectious Diseases Journal, 2009, 3, 143-147.
  5. Kumar SN, Prasad TS, Narayan PA, Muruganandhan J. Granuloma with langerhans giant cells: An overview. J Oral Maxillofacial Pathol. 2013; 17:420-3.
  6. World Health Organisation. Global tuberculosis report, WHO Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data. Switzerland. 2012. p. 3 [chapter 1].
  7. Diagnostic Standards and Classification of Tuberculosis in Adults and Children. AM J Respir Crit Care Med. 2000; 161(4 Pt 1):1376-95.
  8. Hernandez-Pando R, Bornstein QL, Aguilar Leon D, Orozco EH, Madrigal VK, Martinez Cordero E. Inflammatory cytokine production by immunological and foreign body multinucleated giant cells. Immunology. 2000; 100:352–8.
  9. Baek CH, Kim SI, Ko YH, Chu KC. Polymerase chain reaction detection of Mycobacterium tuberculosis from fine-needle aspirate for the diagnosis of cervical tuberculous lymphadenitis. Laryngoscope. 2000 Jan;110(1):30-4.

A stroll down memory lane-All sciences end as poetry!

Authors
James Paul Pandarakalam
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a826
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

This article is a book review of :

Title: Gushing Fountain: A Collection of Poems
Author: Dr Javed Latoo
Publisher: Partridge Publishing, India
ISBN: Paperback 978-1-4828-4156-5

Poetry is a way of expressing the subjective experiences that spill over the rational mind and it permits spontaneous overflow of subjective feelings. The ability to express oneself through poetry, and share that experience, is one of the unique human experiences that distinguish us from lower biological forms. The strife and struggle of modern men have made them miserable wretches on the face of this beautiful cosmos, and the technological revolution has taken the poetic sense from them; a time old coping mechanism. Those not capable of expressing their own sorrows and joys of everyday life in poetic words could find a surrogate writer in The Gushing Fountain.

In his collection of poetry, Dr Latoo (who is currently working as a Consultant Psychiatrist in United Kingdom) has catered poems for every mood and occasion: love, parting and sorrow, inspiration, rapture, memory, nature, solitude, and contemplation. Some of them are deeply personal and the author is trying to unearth a time capsule he had left in his native country of Kashmir. Dr Latoo appears to be searching for inner truths and making a self exploratory pilgrimage in his collection of poetry. Poetry has the power to describe and dramatize one’s own life, and Dr Latoo has done it well. The themes generally move from childhood to old age, love to grief, sorrow to joyfulness, aggressive nationalism to corrupted politicians, and depression to psychosis. There are pearls of mystical wisdom embedded in the poetry:

“Be choreographed by a great master for our sustenance
Rather than just be a part of random unplanned accident?”

There are wise statements in “Divine Justice”:

“Anything like fatalism shall be a contradiction
Of the Divine justice, free will and Lord’s will.”

All poetries have some hidden messages, and the book as a whole stands for immense moral values. “Woman” stands for women’s rights and dignity. The thoughts about the forgotten orphans are heart touching. “Behold a Man - Judging others” points towards the fallacy of judging other people without correcting oneself. Mental health professionals are particularly prone to this error because they are often professionally bound to assess their clients; we are only supposed to assess others and not judge others. We should not even judge ourselves, but only do self-assessment - God is the only Judge. The author writes about very ordinary humble human beings like the barber, Rupa, Ayesha, Ahmed, Puja etc. “Marriage” highlights the sanctity of wedlock. These poetries reflect the world view of the author. “Hold fast to thy dreams” may be inspired by Langston Hughes (1902 - 1967) and reminded me of my father who liked the verses of Hughes on dreams. “A raven who wants to be a dove” refers to people who pretend to be what they are not - wearing borrowed garments.

There are also poems about the author’s travelling experiences. A century ago, if a poet wrote about airport, he would have been frowned upon by the peer group, but in the 21st century it is appropriate to write such poetry. “Noisy airport and my mind” illustrates the hustle and bustle of contemporary life and gives the book a modern flavour. “By the Dal Lake” is nostalgic and the author is trying to recapture and share his lost Kashmiri literary Empire with the readers. Born in Kashmir, there is no surprise that the author renders beautiful nature in his poems. One wonders, if William Wordsworth were born in Kashmir, what would have been the content of his writings. Dr Latoo’s dual identity is evident when he writes about Kashmir and London.

In these days of global union through mere technology, poetry may have a serious role in the “international soul-union.” The days of regional poetry are over. Poets like Dr Latoo may be able to contribute to the formation of a healthier global village; poetry penetrates beyond the psychic realm into the spiritual dimension. There is a mission of peace and love in the Gushing Fountain, and the author is not enforcing any strong convictions on the readers. There is a poet-philosopher in the author of the Gushing Fountain.

The author has used rhyming and free verse styles of poetry. Metaphors and similes are appropriately embedded in various situations:

“A smile on our face blooms the gardens of her innocent soul
A tear in our eyes arises from the blood of her bruised heart.” (From the poem, “Mother”)

Lyrical poetries are ravishingly harmonious and there are no repetitions. The thoughts are clear and there is an exotic element in all the poetry. On the whole, all the poems are cerebral and riveting. The works are relevant to the present century and can be appreciated by scholar and casual readers alike. Every poem is an experience to be savoured and memorised. Let these pieces of poetry echo and reverberate not only in the conflict-ridden valleys of Kashmir, but all around the world until they find rest in the minds of the waiting millions.

Psychiatry is going through an identity crisis because the newer medications are not as effective as expected to be and clinicians are turning to different forms of psychotherapy. Poetry/lyric therapy could be another form of psychotherapy that needs attention in the field of soft psychiatry. Dr Latoo’s book could be an inspiration and encouragement in this line of treatment. Hypnotherapists readily recognize that words are like loaded bullets and are highly potent. To an extent, poetry therapy involves the principles of both hetero- and self- hypnotherapy. Primitive and modern religions take advantage of the potentials of different forms of poetry in religious rituals for healing and promoting health.

A study of the mechanism of poetry writing is helpful in developing better conceptual models of creativity and deeper understanding of mental process. Sudden flashes of creative insight and other intuitive leaps, which arise from states of mind through intermediate steps that remain hidden beneath consciousness, and such ultrafast processing involving a concealed intermediate step, is consistent with quantum computations. A poet who enjoys superior mental health is capable of swinging from the unconscious quantum logic to the classical logic of consensus consciousness with an ultrafast speed. In psychotic states, “the quantum gates” do not shut swiftly as in normal mental states and the sufferers get trapped in the quantum logic. The usefulness of poetry therapy in psychotic patients, who get stuck in the quantum logic of the unconscious mind back to the classical logic of ordinary consciousness, needs further analytical studies. The primary aetiology of psychotic disorders may be biological, but secondary symptoms are quantum-linked and the new generation of psychotherapists have to learn the quantum meta-languages to communicate with psychotic and depressed patients. Poetry is such a source of quantum meta-language.

Poetry therapy promotes abstract thinking and develops imaginative powers. It is also a means of relieving and revealing innermost sentiments; it helps to ventilate overpowering emotions and hidden tensions. It is a form of self-expression and aids to build greater self-esteem; useful in strengthening interpersonal skills and communication skills. It would be valuable in repairing the assault of psychosis on the personalities of the sufferers. Quoting from my own memory lane, I became interested in poetry therapy when I comprehended the core problem of a patient who wrote:

“Moon, you shine at the centre of the sky,
Catching attention from all over the world,
Don’t you know that I am lonely?”

Poetry is of the heart and imagination whereas science is about reason and logic and may be grounded on contradictory principles. If science is about objectivity, poetry is essentially about subjectivity and to blend those human experiences harmoniously is a hard task; Dr Latoo has successfully achieved this goal. A man of science, when he writes poetry, has to liberate himself from the shackles of rationalism so that he can be a wholly free human: to be a poet one has to be a natural human being. To quote from Jean-Jacques Rousseau: “Man is born free and everywhere he is in chains.” Let us hope that the Gushing Fountain will have a part two and even more!

All sciences end as poetry!

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JAMES PAUL PANDARAKALAM, Consultant psychiatrist, 5 Boroughs partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Hollins Park Hospital, Hollins Lane, Warrington, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
JAMES PAUL PANDARAKALAM, Consultant psychiatrist, 5 Boroughs partnership NHS Foundation Trust, Hollins Park Hospital, Hollins Lane, Warrington, UK.
Corresponding Author Email: 
jpandarak@hotmail.co.uk

Retinitis Pigmentosa

Authors
M Suresh Babu, C R Venkatesh, P K Kiran, S Sunil Kumar and K Prabhath Kiran Reddy
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a825
Abstract / Summary
Abbreviations: 
RP- Retinitis pigmentosa
Keywords: 
Retinitis pigmentosa

A 19 year old male presented with a history of recurrent respiratory tract infections and progressive diminution of vision. Fundoscopy was performed and showed the changes in image below.

What is the finding suggestive of?

1. Retinitis pigmentosa

2. Drug toxicity

3. Congenital rubella

4. Syphilis

Answer: Retinitis Pigmentosa

Retinitis pigmentosa (RP) is a bilateral inherited progressive retinal degeneration presenting in the first to second decades of life.1 The inheritance can be autosomal dominant, autosomal recessive or X-linked recessive. Hallmark symptoms of RP are nightblindness and visual field constriction. Fundus changes in retinitis pigmentosa include waxy pallor of optic disc (black arrow), arteriolar attenuation (white arrow head) and bony spicule pigmentation (white arrow) in the mid-peripheral fundus, which is predominantly populated by rods. Vessel attenuation is the earliest feature seen clinically. Although intraretinal pigmentary migration is relatively easy to observe, it requires years to develop, so early RP may only exhibit vessel attenuation without pigmentation (previously known as RP sine pigmento). Prognosis is variable and tends to be associated with the mode of inheritance.

Drug toxicity with chloroquine can result in visual disturbances. History of drug usage prior to vision disturbance can be present. Fundus examination shows a subtle bulls eye macular lesion characterized by a central foveolar island of pigment surrounded by a depigmented zone of RPE atrophy, which is itself encircled by a hyperpigmented ring.2 In congenital rubella, a history of maternal infection will be present. Fundus findings include salt and pepper pigmentary disturbance involving the periphery and posterior pole with normal vessels, RPE mottling and no intraretinal pigmentary migration. Syphilitic retinopathy may have sectorial or generalised pigmentation.3 The onset can be from adulthood to old age. History of genital ulcer may be present.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
Department of Ophthalmology,JSS Medical College&Hospital,JSS University, Mysore, India.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
M SURESH BABU, Professor of Medicine, JSS Medical College, JSS University, Mysore, India. C R VENKATESH, Senior Resident, Dept of Medicine, JSS Medical College, JSS University, Mysore, India. P K KIRAN, Senior Resident,Dept of Medicine, JSS Medical College, JSS University, Mysore, India. S SUNIL KUMAR, Senior resident, Dept of Medicine, JSS Medical College, JSS University, Mysore, India. K ORABHATH KIRAN REDDY, Post-Graduate Trainee, Dept of Medicine, JSS Medical College, JSS University, Mysore, India.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Dr M SURESH BABU, Professor of Medicine, JSS Medical College, JSS University, Mysore, India.
Corresponding Author Email: 
drmsureshbabu@yahoo.co.in
References
References: 
  1. Jack J Kanski Brad Bowling Clinical Opthalmology 7th Edition
  2. Parsons Diseases of the Eye 21st Edition
  3. The Sankara Nethralaya Atlas of Retinal Diseases 1st Edition

Intractable Yawning and Fluoxetine

Authors
Gursharan Lal Kashyap, Jitendra Kumar Nayar, Soosamma Varghese and Rizwana Jaffry
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a824
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Yawning is found in almost all animals including reptiles.  Various theories have tried to describe yawning as a reflex to increase arousal & alertness in an exhausted and tired state. Several Medications are known to give rise to excessive yawning. This unusual, under recognised and usually ignored side effect can cause the sufferers to have severe problems. SSRI’s which are a well-established first line treatment for depression can lead to intractable yawning .We hereby present a case of intractable yawning in an individual on an SSRI namely fluoxetine. There was a clear temporal relationship i.e. starting Fluoxetine led to intractable Yawning and its discontinuation relieved it. 

Abbreviations: 
SSRI-Selective Serotonin Re-uptake Inhibitor
Keywords: 
Depression, Fluoxetine, Intractable yawning

Background

SSRIs (Selective Serotonin Uptake Inhibitors) are very commonly used in Depression and Anxiety. Though considered as safest antidepressants, they have some common side effects which include gastrointestinal side effects, headache and at times sexual dysfunction. Yawning is one of the rare side effects of SSRIs. SSRIs were found to be the commonest cause of not so common drug induced yawning in a meta-analysis1. Isolated cases of intractable yawning have been reported with citalopram2 fluoxetine, citalopram and sertraline3 in the literature .Excessive yawning can cause injury to Temporo-Mandibular Joint (TMJ) 4. Paroxetine has also been shown to cause intractable yawning5. Yawning possibly helps in thermoregulation and is an unconscious effort by the body to cool the brain 6, 7. It is known that yawning can be contagious. Reading, talking, seeing someone yawn or even thinking about yawning can induce yawning in the subjects8. Susceptibility to contagious yawning is different for different individuals depending upon their ability to process information about self9.

Case

A 60 year old postman presented with his first episode of depression. He attended the GP who started him on sertraline (an SSRI). He developed serious headaches and did not notice any therapeutic benefit. He was then referred to the psychiatric services for further management. He was assessed, Sertraline was stopped and Cipramil 20mg was introduced. He was reviewed after 2 months and the dose was increased to 40 mg to which he responded partially but relapsed within 4 months. There were no changes in his psycho- social circumstances. Cipramil was stopped and he was started on fluoxetine 20 mg. Once again the response was partial and was overshadowed by midnight insomnia and increased sleepiness in the daytime. Fluoxetine was increased to 40 mg and he was reviewed after 4 months when he reported clear and significant improvement in his depression but complained of “excessive yawning spells” causing him problems at his work place. The psychiatrist was surprised at the number of times he yawned at the Out Patient Clinic review. On further discussion it became clear that this side effect had become highly troublesome. He complained that his jaw was in severe pain. He was unable to do his delivery rounds and was having clear episodes of attention lapses leading to letters being put to wrong addresses. He was transferred to “sorting” the post at sorting counters and was taken off delivery rounds. Even here the intractable yawning continued and he was committing sorting errors. By now it was affecting his colleagues too and they also started yawning (it is known to be contagious).It was affecting his self-confidence and was extremely embarrassing in all social situations to an extent that he started avoiding social interactions. He was drowsy all the time. He was clearly suffering more due to excessive yawning than due to depression. He was unable to perform his employment duties and was signed off sick. At that point the dose of fluoxetine was reduced to 20 mg .After a couple of weeks his yawning reduced significantly but was still disruptive to his routines. He was advised to slowly taper off fluoxetine over next 4 weeks. Unfortunately his depression relapsed and his GP restarted him on Fluoxetine 20 mg. He was reviewed by the psychiatrist after a couple of weeks. Once again he reported return of intractable yawning.

Fluoxetine was stopped once again and he was started on Mirtazapine 15 mg. There was very little response. The dose was increased to 30 mg after around two weeks. This led to him to experience nausea and vomiting. Unfortunately Mirtazapine too had to be stopped.  He was then tried on amitriptyline 50 mg which improved his sleep and symptoms of Depression. He was reviewed in the outpatient clinic after a couple of months .He did not develop any side effects and responded quite well. He then started his job starting from part time to full time within 6 weeks. After 6 months on the same dose of amitriptyline, did not have any symptoms of depression and was finally discharged from the mental health services.

Discussion

SSRI is the first line antidepressants used in the treatment of depression and Anxiety disorders. They are known to have least side effects and safest when it comes to overdosing. Intractable Yawning is quite an unusual and uncommon side effect.  One has to be conscious of the fact that it may cause yawning that can be pathological and can cause severe disruption of patient’s life. It can contribute to poor compliance. It is quite easy to overlook and ignore this side effect as yawning usually seems to represent sleep problems which is also a significant feature of the associated depression itself.

Excessive yawning can cause Jaw/facial pain. It can even cause dislocation of temporo-mandibular-joint. It can cause severe problems with one’s work and self-esteem. The sufferer might be misunderstood for being inattentive, indolent and sluggish. It might affect relationships with spouse/friend/relatives and especially at place of work. It can be misunderstood by doctors and lead to unnecessary tests and investigations. One has to be aware when prescribing SSRIs in patients who are driving or are involved in handling heavy machinery, athletes, airline pilots, surgeons, life guards, air traffic controllers and many other professionals. Due to its contagious nature, it’s not only the patient who is affected but also others around him. Excessive yawning can adversely affect the level of arousal, the level of concentration and work efficiency leading to poor performances in tasks requiring undiverted attention.

Hence excessive or intractable yawning has to be kept in mind while prescribing the so called most safe anti-depressant class of medication, the SSRIs, in this case fluoxetine.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
GURSHARAN KASHYAP, Consultant Psychiatrist, Crisis Resolution and Home Treatment Team, Northampton, Northamptonshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust, UK. JITENDRA KUMAR NAYAR, Consultant Psychiatrist, East London NHS Foundation Trust., UK. SOOSAMMA VARGHESE, Consultant Psychiatrist, UK. RIZWANA JAFFRY, Staff Grade Psychiatrist, Crisis Resolution and Home Treatment Team, Northamptonshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
GURSHARAN KASHYAP, Consultant Psychiatrist, Crisis Resolution and Home Treatment Team, Northampton, Northamptonshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust, UK.
Corresponding Author Email: 
kashyapg1967@yahoo.co.uk
References
References: 
  1. Sommet A, Desplas M, Lapeyre-Mestre M, Montastruc JL; French Network of Pharmacovigilance Centers. Drug-induced yawning: a review of the French pharmacovigilance database.Drug Saf. 2007; 30(4):327-31.
  2. Sarita Pal ,Prasad R. Padala; A Case of Excessive Yawning With Citalopram;Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2009; 11(3): 125–126.
  3. Beale MD, Murphree TM. Excessive yawning and SSRI therapy. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2000; 3(3):275–276.
  4. Injured temporomandibular joint associated with fluoxetine-monotherapy-induced repeated yawning Pae CU, JJ Kim et al General Hospital Psychiatry 2003; 25; 217-218
  5. Ken-Ichi Harada; Paroxetine-induced excessive yawning: Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, Volume 60, Issue 2 April 2006, page 260,
  6. Gallup AC, Gallup GG Jr. Yawning and thermoregulation, Physiol Behav. 2008 Sep 3; 95(1-2):10-6. Epub 2008 May 13.
  7. Andrew C. Gallup ;Yawning as a Brain Cooling Mechanism: Nasal Breathing and Forehead Cooling Diminish the Incidence of Contagious Yawning; Evolutionary Psychology.www.epjournal.net – 2007; 5(1): 92-101
  8. Provine  R.R. ; Yawning. American Scientist, 2005 ,93, 532-539.
  9. Platek  S.M., Critton S.R., Myers T E, Gallup, Jr. G.G; Contagious yawning: the role of self-awareness and mental state attribution. Cognitive Brain Research, 2003;17, 223-227.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hypertensive Crises – the Acute Take

Authors
Andrew Kristian Grech
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a823
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Despite chronic hypertension affecting over one billion individuals worldwide, presentation with acute hypertensive crises has been associated with low rates of appropriate management. According to established guidelines this includes lowering of pressure by 25% over the first hour following diagnosis, with target definition and treatment options described hereunder. Oral treatment can prove sufficient in many instances, with potential precipitous pressure drop and inherent detriment to patients borne in mind.

Female gender, coronary artery disease and history of antihypertensive therapy (particularly with poor adherence to the latter) are thought to represent risk factors for acute crises. Presenting symptomatology includes headache, chest pain and shortness of breath, dizziness and nausea and emesis. End organ damage is a distinguishing feature in the subtypes of hypertensive crises, with investigation of presenting crises focusing on making this distinction.

Keywords: 
hypertension crisis emergency acute

Introduction

The Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure has long reported chronic hypertension as affecting over one billion individuals worldwide1. While the role of primary care providers in the long term management of this ubiquitous condition cannot be overstated, the hypertensive patient can also present challenges to an acute physician when the control of arterial blood pressure reaches crisis level.

The What

The clinical entity extravagantly referred to as a hypertensive crisis describes an elevated systolic blood pressure of >180mmHg with diastolic pressure of >120mmHg. Within this category of acute presentations, two subcategories are defined – the hypertensive urgency and the hypertensive emergency. Flamboyant terminology aside, what distinguishes the latter ‘emergency’ from the former ‘urgency’ is evidence of acute end-organ damage. Emergencies therefore include various incipient pathologies of the cardiovascular, renal and central nervous systems. Fortunately these are less common encounters for receiving physicians, with a recent large multicentre study identifying acute pulmonary oedema (30.9%), myocardial infarction (17%), acute aortic dissection (7.9%), acute kidney injury (5.9%), cerebrovascular accident (22%) and hypertensive encephalopathy (4.9%) as features of hypertensive emergencies in 25.3% of hypertensive crises, with the remainder of the presenting population demonstrating a hypertensive urgency with inherent lack of evidence of end organ damage2.

The Why

The pathophysiology of acute hypertension remains yet to be fully elucidated, however authors in the field of hypertensive crisis3,4 appear to converge on the point of two common proposed pathophysiological events. A sharp elevation in systemic vascular resistance is thought to be one precipitating factor, with an aberrance of cerebral autoregulation of blood flow being another.

For the purposes of an acute clinician faced with a bleeping blood pressure monitor, what is perhaps more applicable to everyday clinical practice is the potential role of non-adherence to regular antihypertensive medications5,6as discussed below.

The Who

A longitudinal study carried out in Switzerland and led by Saguner7identifies several potential risk factors for manifestation of a hypertensive crisis. Female gender, obesity and concurrent somatoform disorder accompany hypertensive and coronary artery related cardiac disease as potential red flags. Perhaps unsurprisingly, a history of multiple antihypertensive therapies was also associated with greater likelihood of presentation with hypertensive crises, as was non-adherence to the same therapeutic regimen. The latter compliance related issue was identified as the most significant by the study’s authors.

Elderly patients and also those of African American ethnicity have been shown to demonstrate higher rates of hypertensive crises in general8, while Caucasian patients are reported to have higher rates of emergencies as opposed to the more benign urgency equivalent9.

The When

The findings of a comparatively small Italian hospital-based study10utilising 360 patients were recently supported by a larger United States-based analysis11of over 400,000 patients, with a seasonal variation in presentation of hypertensive crises noted. A winter peak and summer trough was reported by both groups of authors, suggesting transcontinental extrapolation of a potential seasonal phenomenon.

Evaluation

Comprehensive disposition notwithstanding, acute physicians are urged to adopt a targeted approach when considering a presentation with alarming blood pressure readings.

Present…

By nature of definition, the presentation of a hypertensive crisis encompasses a wide variety of symptomatology depending on whether a hypertensive urgency or incipient emergency is manifested.

The symptomatology of a patient demonstrating hypertensive urgency can be fairly non-specific to acute blood pressure elevation. A 2014 study into clinical presentation of hypertensive crises reported headache as the most prevalent symptom (74.11% of patients), followed by chest discomfort and dyspnoea (62.35%), vertiginous dizziness (49.41%), nausea and emesis (41.47%)12 as demonstrated in Figure 1.


Figure 1. Symptomatology in hypertensive crises (adapted from Salkic S, Batic-Mujanovic O, Ljuca F, et al12)

While all of these common presenting complaints can bring a patient to a physician’s attention, what often alerts the attending physician to the particular possibility of an acute hypertensive condition is the blood pressure reading obtained on initial assessment of the patient (for instance for triage purposes) even in the absence of overt symptomatology as reported above. Indeed, patients with minimal symptomatology may be prompted to present themselves for acute medical care by no more than the sounding of an ominous alarm on a home blood pressure reader or the disconcerted look of a perturbed primary care physician, sphygmomanometer in hand!

…and Past

The history taking process of an acute physician faced with a hypertensive crisis should target several key areas which may prove essential in differentiating a case of urgency from an evolving emergency. With the potential for end organ heart, kidney and brain-related complications in mind, a physician should probe the possibility of chest discomfort, dyspnoea and signs of congestive cardiac failure (as indicators for incipient cardiovascular complications), headache, visual changes, dizziness and altered consciousness (potential harbingers of neurological complications) as well as recent history of oliguria as a marker of possible related renal insult.

Having conducted an interrogation for worrisome symptomatology, evaluation should proceed to a ‘hypertension history’. Prior diagnosis of hypertension and hypertensive crises in particular should be elaborated on, with this including a history of any prescribed regular antihypertensive therapy and both the adherence to and effect of the latter. Relevant to the notorious polypharmacy patients, any history of concurrent medication use must be clarified so as to give an indication of potential interactions.

Of historical note is the potential for hypertensive crisis following interaction of tyramine with mono-amine oxidase inhibitors (the so-called cheese effect), while a provoked hypertensive crisis more relevant to modern medicine is the potential effect of illicit substances including cocaine and amphetamine-based products13.

Examination

As with the evaluation of the hypertensive crisis patient’s history, examination should place particular emphasis on distinguishing urgency from emergency.

Parameters

Assessment of vital signs can provide valuable indicators. Whilst initial systolic pressure is not necessarily a predictor of the ability to achieve a prespecified target range pressure within thirty minutes14, the presence of tachycardia has been shown to be an ominous sign more prevalent in emergency than urgency, with a strong statistical association demonstrated with hypertension-related left ventricular failure15.

Physical

Cardiovascular examination should assess for the presence of signs of cardiac failure (including an elevated jugular venous pressure, added S3 heart sound or pulmonary rales) as well as the feared asymmetric pulses or new mid-diastolic murmur associated with aortic dissection. Auscultation for renal bruits should be performed, and a neurological assessment for possible stroke indicators undertaken.

Whilst chronic hypertension patients will often have subtle fundoscopic abnormalities, ophthalmological review for evidence of acute changes including new retinal haemorrhages or exudates together with papilloedema should be carried out.

Investigation

The unique circumstances of individual presentations aside, the prompt acute medical investigation of a hypertensive crisis should include a minimum number of bedside, laboratory and imaging investigations16as suggested in Figure 2. Comparison of each of these to pre-existing baseline investigations may be invaluable in giving an indication of level of acute pathology and therefore care required.


Figure 2. Investigations in hypertensive crises

Bedside

Electrocardiography affords rapid exclusion of major acute ischaemic cardiac events, as well as providing an indication of chronic hypertrophic changes and a quantitative indicator of heart rate elevation. Simple dipstick urine testing can assist in exclusion of significant proteinuria pending formal urinalysis studies16.

Laboratory

Full blood count analysis will give an indication of haemoglobin level where dissection is suspected, while serum markers of renal profile including creatinine level in particular may suggest varying degrees of acute kidney injury where present. Cardiac biomarkers may complement electrocardiography in exclusion of acute events.

As ever, a metabolic panel and blood gas analysis represent valuable tools in the acute physician’s arsenal where acute and evolving physiological disturbances are suspected.16

Imaging

Presence of pulmonary congestion in keeping with left ventricular failure as well as the mediastinal widening of an aortic dissection may be assessed via simple chest radiography. More complex imaging such as computerised tomographic (CT) scanning may be indicated as dictated by clinical presentation, as in the event of neurological manifestations16.

Treatment

Established guidelines1 suggest definitive management of a hypertensive emergency should involve lowering of blood pressure by 25% in the first hour and then to 160/100-110mmHg thereafter if stable, as indicated in Figure 3. Meticulous and continuous monitoring in an intensive care setting for parenteral administration of antihypertensive agents including labetalol17, clevidipine18–20 and fenoldopam21 is beyond the scope of most practising acute physicians.


Figure 3. Broad management of a hypertensive emergency (adapted from Chobanian A V, Bakris GL, Black HR, et al1 and Börgel J, Springer S, Ghafoor J, et al26

Hypertensive urgency, however, need not require such invasive interventions, with oral therapy utilising labetalol, captopril or clonidine followed by a period of vigilant observation usually proving sufficient1,17. A once popular practice of oral nifedipine is advised against, owing to the precipitous drop in pressure with inherent risk of tissue ischaemia observed on administration of this agent1. Emergent pharmaceutical options including novel felodipine formulations22 may also be considered.

A pitfall of physicians, perhaps, panicked by the jargon ‘hypertensive urgency’ has been observed, with inappropriate management in such cases reported in multiple independent studies in recent years23–25, with a 42.6% appropriate treatment rate in one study25. A chief consideration when faced with hypertensive crises therefore, may be to avoid rash intervention.

Worthy of mention is the potential for common co-prevalent secondary causes of hypertension including sleep apnoea, renal artery stenosis or a state of hyperaldosteronism; present in 15% of cases in one series26, recommendations have been made for consideration of these prior to therapeutic intervention26.

Outcome

There…

Indicators of greater likelihood of admission in patients presenting with severe hypertension may include presence of age >75 years, dyspnoea, altered mental status or creatinine elevation27.

…And Back Again

Following discharge after an admission for acute severe hypertension, a 90-day readmission rate of up to 35% has been reported28; this includes a multiple readmission rate of 41% with similar re-presentation accounting for 29% of this data. Curiously, dyspnoeic initial presentation is emphasised by the same data source as a risk factor for readmission, with additional risk factors including ictal phenomena at initial presentation and history of both drug abuse and prior severe hypertensive admission.

Key Points

Definition

  • A hypertensive crisisinvolves pressures of >180mmHg systolic and >120mmHg diastolic
  • Ahypertensive urgency does not include end organ damage
  • A hypertensive emergency implies end organ damage

Symptomatology

  • The commonest symptoms are headache (74.11%), chest discomfort & dyspnoea (62.35%), vertiginous dizziness (49.41%) and nausea & emesis (41.47%)

Investigations

  • Bedside should include urinalysis and echocardiography
  • Laboratory should include creatinine level
  • Imaging should include plain chest radiography

Management

  • Blood pressure should be lowered by 25% over the first hour
  • In hypertensive urgency, oral therapy is often sufficient
  • Consider co-prevalent secondary causes
Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
ANDREW GRECH, M.D. (MELIT.), Department of Emergency Medicine, Mater Dei Hospital, Msida MSD 2090, Malta.
Corresponding Author Details: 
ANDREW GRECH, Department of Emergency Medicine, Mater Dei Hospital, Msida MSD 2090, Malta.
Corresponding Author Email: 
andrew-kristian.grech@gov.mt
References
References: 

 

  1. Chobanian AV, Bakris GL, Black HR, et al. Seventh report of the Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure. Hypertension 2003;42(6):1206-52. doi:10.1161/01.HYP.0000107251.49515.c2.
  2. Pinna G, Pascale C, Fornengo P, et al. Hospital admissions for hypertensive crisis in the emergency departments: a large multicenter Italian study. PLoS One 2014;9(4):e93542. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0093542.
  3. Smithburger PL, Kane-Gill SL, Nestor BL, et al. Recent advances in the treatment of hypertensive emergencies. Crit. Care Nurse 2010;30(5):24-30; quiz 31. doi:10.4037/ccn2010664.
  4. Varon J. Treatment of acute severe hypertension: current and newer agents. Drugs 2008;68(3):283-97. Available at: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18257607. Accessed December 2, 2014.
  5. Lip GY, Beevers M, Potter JF, et al. Malignant hypertension in the elderly. QJM 1995;88(9):641-7. Available at: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7583078. Accessed December 4, 2014.
  6. Varon J, Marik PE. The diagnosis and management of hypertensive crises. Chest 2000;118(1):214-27. Available at: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10893382. Accessed December 4, 2014.
  7. Saguner AM, Dür S, Perrig M, et al. Risk factors promoting hypertensive crises: evidence from a longitudinal study. Am. J. Hypertens. 2010;23(7):775-80. doi:10.1038/ajh.2010.71.
  8. Varon J, Marik PE. Clinical review: the management of hypertensive crises. Crit. Care 2003;7(5):374-84. doi:10.1186/cc2351.
  9. Vilela-Martin JF, Vaz-de-Melo RO, Kuniyoshi CH, et al. Hypertensive crisis: clinical-epidemiological profile. Hypertens. Res. 2011;34(3):367-71. doi:10.1038/hr.2010.245.
  10. Marchesi C, Dentali F, Maresca AM, et al. Seasonal and monthly variation in occurrence of hypertensive urgency. Intern. Emerg. Med. 2013;8(3):269-71. doi:10.1007/s11739-012-0878-6.
  11. Pant S, Badheka AO, Mehta K, et al. Seasonal and monthly variation in occurrence of hypertensive urgency. Intern. Emerg. Med. 2013;8(3):273. doi:10.1007/s11739-013-0905-2.
  12. Salkic S, Batic-Mujanovic O, Ljuca F, et al. Clinical presentation of hypertensive crises in emergency medical services. Mater. Sociomed. 2014;26(1):12-6. doi:10.5455/msm.2014.26.12-16.
  13. Varon J, Polanski M. Hypertensive Crises: Recognition and Management. Internet J. Anesthesiol. 1997;Vol I.
  14. Farias S, Peacock WF, Gonzalez M, et al. Impact of initial blood pressure on antihypertensive response in patients with acute hypertension. Am. J. Emerg. Med. 2014;32(8):833-6. doi:10.1016/j.ajem.2014.03.021.
  15. Al Bannay R, Böhm M, Husain A. Heart rate differentiates urgency and emergency in hypertensive crisis. Clin. Res. Cardiol. 2013;102(8):593-8. doi:10.1007/s00392-013-0570-5.
  16. Stewart DL, Feinstein SE, Colgan R. Hypertensive urgencies and emergencies. Prim. Care 2006;33(3):613-23, v. doi:10.1016/j.pop.2006.06.001.
  17. Varon J. The diagnosis and treatment of hypertensive crises. Postgrad. Med. 2009;121(1):5-13. doi:10.3810/pgm.2009.01.1950.
  18. Varelas PN, Abdelhak T, Corry JJ, et al. Clevidipine for acute hypertension in patients with subarachnoid hemorrhage: a pilot study. Int. J. Neurosci. 2014;124(3):192-8. doi:10.3109/00207454.2013.836703.
  19. Ndefo UA, Erowele GI, Ebiasah R, et al. Clevidipine: a new intravenous option for the management of acute hypertension. Am. J. Health. Syst. Pharm. 2010;67(5):351-60. doi:10.2146/ajhp080692.
  20. Awad AS, Goldberg ME. Role of clevidipine butyrate in the treatment of acute hypertension in the critical care setting: a review. Vasc. Health Risk Manag. 2010;6:457-64. Available at: http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?artid=2922306&tool=pmcentrez&rendertype=abstract. Accessed December 2, 2014.
  21. Rodriguez MA, Kumar SK, De Caro M. Hypertensive crisis. Cardiol. Rev. 18(2):102-7. doi:10.1097/CRD.0b013e3181c307b7.
  22. Basalious EB, El-Sebaie W, El-Gazayerly O. Rapidly absorbed orodispersible tablet containing molecularly dispersed felodipine for management of hypertensive crisis: development, optimization and in vitro/in vivo studies. Pharm. Dev. Technol. 18(2):407-16. doi:10.3109/10837450.2012.659258.
  23. Devlin JW, Dasta JF, Kleinschmidt K, et al. Patterns of antihypertensive treatment in patients with acute severe hypertension from a non-neurologic cause: Studying the Treatment of Acute Hypertension (STAT) registry. Pharmacotherapy 2010;30(11):1087-96. doi:10.1592/phco.30.11.1087.
  24. Fursov AN, Potekhin NP, Chernov SA, et al. [Hypertensive crisis: problems of diagnostics and paradigm of the treatment]. Voen. zhurnal 2012;333(7):11-5. Available at: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23038954. Accessed December 2, 2014.
  25. Monteiro Júnior F das C, Anunciação FAC, Salgado Filho N, et al. Prevalence of true hypertensive crises and appropriateness of the medical management in patients with high blood pressure seen in a general emergency room. Arq. Bras. Cardiol. 2008;90(4):247-51. Available at: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18516384. Accessed December 2, 2014.
  26. Börgel J, Springer S, Ghafoor J, et al. Unrecognized secondary causes of hypertension in patients with hypertensive urgency/emergency: prevalence and co-prevalence. Clin. Res. Cardiol. 2010;99(8):499-506. doi:10.1007/s00392-010-0148-4.
  27. Kleinschmidt K, Levy P, Wyman A, et al. Emergency department patients with acute severe hypertension: a comparison of those admitted versus discharged in studying the treatment of acute hypertension registry. Crit. Pathw. Cardiol. 2014;13(2):66-72. doi:10.1097/HPC.0000000000000014.
  28. Gore JM, Peterson E, Amin A, et al. Predictors of 90-day readmission among patients with acute severe hypertension. The cross-sectional observational Studying the Treatment of Acute hyperTension (STAT) study. Am. Heart J. 2010;160(3):521-527.e1. doi:10.1016/j.ahj.2010.06.032. 

                            

A rarity that can lead to a casualty - A retrospective study of 12 cases of Dermatomyositis

Authors
Matilda Naesström, Monika Kakol, Victoria Kamkar, Wioletta Baranska-Rybak, Malgorzata Sokolowska-Wojdylo, Marta Stawczyk and Roman Nowicki
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a822
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Aims: Lesions of the skin are omnipresent in Internal Medicine practice. The varying etiopathology when facing multiple system involvement may pose a challenge when it comes to diagnostics and management, especially when faced with less common skin diseases. Dermatomyositis is a rare skin disorder that manifests on the skin and in muscle; it also comes with a higher risk of comorbid cancers. Therefor we present the cases of dermatomyositis diagnosed at our departmet during the last 17 years, with the specific attention to ocurrance of oncological processes.
Method: A retrospective study was performed on 12 cases hospitalized between 1996 to 2011 due to dermatomyositis. The analysis was based on the course of the disease, clinical picture, treatment and frequency of neoplasms.
Results: Within those 12 patients (in addition to dermatomyositis) five patients had concomitant oncological process. The tumors of these five patients were located in discrete anatomical locations. The oncological process occured before, during, or after the appearance of dermatomyositis.
Conclusions: The combination of hallmark signs and symptoms seen in dermatomyositis are specific for the disease. Physicians need to be better informed about this rare, yet important disease, because it can be considered a paraneoplastic process.

Abbreviations: 
DM - Dermatomyositis, EMG - Electromyography, ANA - Antinuclear antibodies, CK - Creatine kinase, LDH - Lactate dehydrogenase, AST- aspartate transaminase, ALT - Alanine transaminase, CT - Computer tomography
Keywords: 
skin diseases; neoplasms; dermatomyositis

Introduction

Dermatomyositis (DM) is a rare autoimmune process with not yet fully understood aetiology. It is characterised by a combination of striated muscle inflammation and cutaneous changes. The pathogenesis of the cutaneous manifestations of DM is not well understood either. DM occurs in all age groups. Therefore, two clinical subgroups of DM are described: adult and juvenile. The adult form is predominant among female patients with a clinical presentation which includes a Heliotrope rash (Fig. 1), Gottron’s papules (Fig. 2), nail fold telangiectasia and other various cutaneous manifestations in association with inflammatory myopathy.1 In addition to the previous mentioned symptoms, juvenile patients also commonly suffer from ulcerative skin and recurrent abdominal pain due to vasculitis. An increased occurrence of oncological processes in combination with adult DM has been observed with a slight predominance for the female gender.2 These patients carry a higher risk for comorbid cancers. The most common ones include malignant processes of the ovary, lung, pancreas, stomach, urinary bladder and haematopoietic system.3 The significance of these observations is that the development of DM should raise suspicion with regard to a possible parallel oncological process.

Figure 1

Figure 2

Materials and Methods

A retrospective consecutive case series was performed on a group of 12 patients that were hospitalised at the Department of Dermatology, Venereology and Allergology at the Medical University of Gdansk between 1996 and 2013. The diagnostic criteria for DM included: hallmark cutaneous lesions of DM, clinically significant muscle weakness evaluated by electromyography (EMG), indicative laboratory findings - muscle enzymes, muscle biopsy, autoantibodies. All 12 cases had muscle biopsy, serum studies and EMG performed. The retrospective study analysed the age and sex of the patients, course of the disease, accompanying diseases, clinical picture and treatment. The patients with malignancies were analysed by the primary organs of origin, and the period between the diagnosis of DM and that of malignancy (Table 1).

Table 1. Patient characteristics

No. Sex Previous medical history Age of onset of DM Clinical picture Diagnostics Treatment Malignancy and age at diagnosis
1 F Chronic eosinophilic leukaemia 54 Muscle weakness of shoulder and hip area, facial oedema and erythema, palmar erythema CK 2550, ANA Hep-2 1:640, LDH 901, AST 69, ALT 143, X-ray = N, USG = N, EMG = N Azathioprine, Prednisone Stage IIA ovarian cancer at 55
2 F Peptic ulcer disease 66 Facial erythema, Gottron’s papules on the hands, muscular weakness creating difficulty in movement, weight loss, decreased appetite ANA Hep-2 1:1280, CT = N, EMG = N Glucocortico- steroids Small cell carcinoma at 66
3 F None 23 Muscular weakness of shoulder and hip area; difficulty in standing up and walking up stairs, Gottron’s papules, Heliotrope rash, upper chest erythema ANA Hep-2 1: 2580, CPK 12022; AST 595, ALT 210, CK-MB 534; Jo 1 = N, Mi = N Azathioprine, Prednisone Methotrexate None
4 F Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease 42 Muscular weakness of shoulder and hip area, facial oedema and erythema   Cyclo- phosphamide, Methyl- prednisolone Stomach tumour at 43
5 F None 22 Muscle weakness, painful extremities, facial oedema and erythema ANA Hep-2 = N, CT = N Cyclo- phosphamide, Prednisone None
6 F None 42 Muscle weakness, paraesthesia of hands, facial oedema and erythema ANA Hep-2 1:640 Cyclo- phosphamide, Prednisone None
7 F Hypertension, diabetes type II, osteopenia, leiomyoma. 65 Muscle weakness of shoulder and hip area, facial oedema and erythema ANA Hep-2 1:1280, LDH 650 Cyclo- phosphamide, Prednisone None
8 F Hyper-thyroiditis 46 Muscle weakness; difficulty in moving, facial oedema and erythema ANA Hep-2 1:160 Cyclosporine A, Prednisone None
9 F Autoimmune hepatic disease, leiomyoma. 45 Muscular weakness of shoulder and hip area, facial oedema and erythema ANA Hep-2 1:2560, CK 3700, Mi-2 = P Azathioprine, Methyl-prednisolone None
10 F Hypertension, diabetes type 2, hypo-thyroidism, ovarian cysts 57 Muscle weakness of shoulder and hip area, facial oedema and erythema, upper chest erythema, Gottron’s papules, Gottron’s papules, fatigue, dysphagia ANA Hep-2 1: 640, CK 747, LDH 363, AST 78, Ro52 = P, Mi 2 = N, Jo 1 = N, PM/Scl = N, CT= two pulmonary lesions that were biopsied and diagnosed as pneumoconiosis Prednisone, Methotrexate Cervical Carcinoma at 51, Breast Cancer at 57, Pulmonary Metastasis at 58
11 F hypertension 80 Muscle weakness, Heliotrope rash

.

ANA Hep-2 = P; Mi = N, CK 171.5, AST 45.22 Azathioprine, Prednisone None
12 F hypertension, diabetes Type 2, hypo-thyroidism 42 Muscle weakness, Heliotrope rash, upper chest erythema ANA Hep-2 1:320, Jo 1(-), M(-), CT=N Cyclosporin A, Methyl- prednisolone, Methotrexate None

No. = number (patient), DM = dermatomyositis, F = female, M = male, CK = creatine phosphokinase, ANA = antinuclear antibodies, LDH = lactate dehydrogenase, AST = aspartate transaminase, ALT = alanine transaminase, N = negative, P = positive, USG = ultrasonography, EMG = electromyography, CT = computerised tomography

Limitations

The small sample size is a significant limitation in this retrospective analysis. DM is a rare disease with a prevalence of 1:1000. Increasing sample size, by combining cases from multiple institutions, and implementing control would further strengthen the presented material.

Results

The average age of onset of the disease was 48 years. All 12 subjects were female. Previous medical history included chronic eosinophilic leukaemia, diabetes mellitus type II, hypertension, leiomyomas, hypo- and hyper- thyroid disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, peptic ulcer disease, autoimmune hepatitis and osteopenia. The two most common are diabetes mellitus type II and hypertension. The clinical picture of each case was similar in that all of the patients presented with some form of muscle weakness. In addition, typical features of DM with Gottron’s papules, periorbital oedema, facial oedema and erythema were noted in five patients. Antinuclear Antibodies (ANA) Hep-2 of values >1:160 were identified in nine patients. Additional laboratory markers such as creatine kinase (CK), lactate dehydrogenase (LDH), aspartate transaminase (AST) and alanine transaminase (ALT) were elevated in five patients. Two patients had muscle biopsies performed. The immunohistopathology picture consisted of Immunglobulin G (IgG), fibrinogen, C1q, and C3 deposition around the perimysium and granular deposits of Immunoglobulin M (IgM) in the dermal epidermal junction. Of the 12 patients, four had neoplasms in addition to the diagnosed DM. The primary cancers were originating from the cervix, breast, stomach and ovary. Of these four patients, all had the diagnosis of DM prior to the diagnosis of a malignancy.

Discussion

The diagnosis of DM is made by combining the clinical picture with the results of various laboratory findings: skin and muscle biopsies, EMG, serum enzymes and ANAs.

The clinical picture varies. The typical dermatological presentation consists of a erythematous and oedematous periorbital rash - the Heliotrope rash (Fig. 1). Symmetrical redness and flaking can be observed on the elbows and dorsal sides of the phalanges, especially over the distal metacarpal joints - Gottron’s papules (Fig. 2). Erythematous lesions can also be found on other locations such as the face, upper chest and knees.4 The dermatitis heals with atrophy, leaving behind areas that resemble radiation-damaged skin. The striated muscle inflammation most often involves the shoulder and hip area, leading to muscle weakness and atrophy. The intercostal muscles and the diaphragm may be involved causing alarm with regards to respiratory compromise. Dysphagia can be present due to inflammation of the smooth and skeletal muscles of the oesophagus. These inflammatory processes often lead to muscle calcification.5 The sum of all these changes clinically is seen most often as weakness, weight loss and subfebrile temperatures. All patients in our study had co-existing muscle and cutaneous symptoms, with variation in severity and localisation. Five patients had the classical picture of shoulder and hip area weakness. The rest of the patients had a more general muscle weakness. Two patients had atypical complaints of hand paraesthesia and extremity pain respectively.

Subtypes of DM exist for the purpose of epidemiological research and sometimes prognosis. They are categorised by the clinical presentation and presence or absence of specific laboratory findings. These subtypes are as follows: Classic DM, Amyopathic DM, Hypo-amyopathic DM and Clinically Amyopathic DM. These subtypes have little impact on routine diagnosis. Common laboratory findings in DM are enzymatic elevation of CK, AST, ALT and LDH; these mainly reflect the muscle involvement. Amyopathic DM lacks both abnormal muscle enzymes and weakness.6 Enzymatic elevation may sometimes precede the clinical symptoms of muscle involvement. Hence, an enzymatic raise in a patient with a history of DM, should raise suspicion of recurrence. Positive ANA findings are frequent in DM but not necessary for diagnosis. More myositis-specific antibodies include anti-Mi 2 and anti-Jo 1. A typical histopathological examination shows: myofiber necrosis, perifascicular atrophy, patchy endomysial infiltrate of lymphocytes and occasionally the capillaries may contain membrane attack complexes.7

Cutaneous changes and muscular complaints can correspond to: 1. Systemic scleroderma which often has a positive ANA; 2. Trichinosis, in which periorbital swelling and myositis occurs, but there is a prominent eosinophilia and a history of consuming undercooked swine or bear meat; 3. Psoriasis with joint involvement which may give a clinically similar picture to DM. However, the skin changes in psoriasis have a more flaking pattern. In doubtful cases, a skin and muscle biopsy together with an electromyography will set the diagnoses apart. A facial rash may also be observed in systemic lupus erythematosus together with nail fold telangiectasia. They are usually distinguished by a clinical picture with more organ system involvement in systemic lupus and by serological studies. A drug-induced picture of DM exists and is particularly associated with statins and hydroxyurea.8

It is estimated that around 25% of DM cases are associated with a neoplastic process that can occur prior, during or after the episode of DM. The risk of developing a malignancy is highest in the first year of DM and remains elevated for years after diagnosis. 9, 10, 11 This was the case with patient number 1, 2 and 4 in our study, where the malignant process appeared in the first year following onset of DM. Risk factors seen in DM patients include male gender, advanced age and symptoms of dysphagia.12 The age range of the four patients in our study with malignancy was between 43 and 66. Symptoms that clinically raised suspicion of a malignant process included weight loss, lack of appetite and dysphagia. All neoplasms were discovered within one year after the diagnosis of DM was made. One patient had a previous history of cervical cancer, six years prior to the onset of DM.

The most common neoplasms seen in patients with DM vary in the world. In Europe the malignancies are located mainly in the ovaries, lungs, and stomach. The cancer types associated with the DM correlate with common cancers seen in the same area. For instance, in Asia, nasopharyngeal carcinoma (which is a rare malignancy in Europe) is a frequent occurrence in DM.1, 3 The location of neoplasms seen in our study varied from gastric, breast, ovary and pulmonary. The screening in regards to malignancies in patients with DM is individualised and should be based on risk factors such as previous malignancies, alarming symptoms such as weight loss or dysphagia, or abnormal findings on physical exam. This was the case with patient number 10 in our study who had a previous history of cancer, and patient number 2 who had symptoms of weight loss and decreased appetite. Initial screening was negative for patient number 1 and 2, where the malignancy developed first after the onset of DM. Age-appropriate screening with mammography, faecal-occult blood test and Papanicolaou smear should be considered. Additional investigations with chest films, computerised tomography (CT) scanning of chest, abdomen or pelvis; colonoscopy, cancer antigens; and gynaecological ultrasonography should be done when indicated.

The main objective of treatment in DM is to improve muscle strength and obtain remission, or at least clinical stabilisation. No specific protocol exists with regard to treatment of DM. Treatment is individualised and adapted to the specific condition of the patient. High-dose corticosteroids are the basis of treatment. However, randomised placebo clinical trials failed to show their efficacy. Clinical efficacy of corticosteroid therapy demonstrates itself and hence is the initial treatment of choice. Doses start at around 1 mg/kg/day depending on the corticosteroid of preference. This dosing is maintained for approximately two months until clinical regression is achieved, followed by approximately 10 mg decrease in dose for the coming three months. A maintenance dose of approximately 5-10 mg should be achieved. The exact parameters are patient-specific. In the case of a severe flare of dermatomyositis, 1 g per day for three days of methylprednisolone intravenous pulses can be administered. The systemic effects of long term therapy with corticosteroids have to be kept in mind. Hence, yearly dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry bone scans can be administered to monitor the development of osteopenia.

Further treatment options are offered in situations where the initial disease presentation is severe, involves internal organs, if relapse occurs during steroid dose reduction, and steroid side-effects. It has been proposed that combination therapy is a better method of approach due to lower reported relapse rates and lower need to use high-dose corticosteroids. Methotrexate is second-line therapy when steroids fail alone. Methotrexate is used with a maximum dose of 25 mg per week plus folate supplementation. The limitations of Methotrexate are immunosuppression and pulmonary fibrosis. Methotrexate is considered preferable to Azathioprine because the latter has a longer onset of efficacy. Azathioprine is administered at doses ranging from 1.5 - 3 mg/kg/day and has a side-effect profile is similar to that of other immunosuppressants. Cyclosporin A is a T-cell cytokine moderator that has a similar efficacy profile to Methotrexate. Side-effects include renal impairment, gingival hyperplasia, and hypertrichosis. Dosing of Cyclosporin A ranges from 2 - 3 mg/kg/day.

An expensive but effective and rather low side-effect alternative is intravenous immunoglobulins. The dosage of this medication has not been officially established in the treatment of DM, but options are: 2 g/kg given either in 1 g/kg/day for two days every four weeks; or 0.4 mg/kg/day for five days initially, and then for three days monthly for three to six months. Other alternatives include Mycophenolate Mofetil, Cyclophosphamide, Chlorambucil, Fludarabine, Eculizumab, Rituximab.9 Further options might be treatment targeted toward malignancy when associated with DM. This was observed in our patient number 10, where full remission of DM was obtained first after lobectomy and chemotherapy for the mammary carcinoma.

Conclusion

DM mainly affects women and all 12 cases presented in our study were female. One third of our cases had malignancies associated with their course of DM. We conclude that it is reasonable to screen these patients, especially in those with already established cancer risk factor. Age-appropriate screening and beyond is indicated by high risk factors or clinical presentation. High suspicion should be raised in patients with a previous history of oncological treatment since DM can be the first clinical sign of cancer recurrence.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
MATILDA NAESSTRÖM, M.D., Department of Clinical Dermatology, Venerolgy and Allergology, Medical University of Gdansk, Poland. MONIKA KAKOL, M.D. , Department of Clinical Dermatology, Venerolgy and Allergology, Medical University of Gdansk, Poland. VICTORIA KAMKAR, M.D. , Department of Clinical Dermatology, Venerolgy and Allergology, Medical University of Gdansk, Poland. WIOLETTA BARANSKA-RYBAK, M.D PhD, Department of Clinical Dermatology, Venerolgy and Allergology, Medical University of Gdansk, Poland. MALGORZATA SOKOLOWSKA-WOJDYLO, M.D. , Department of Clinical Dermatology, Venerolgy and Allergology, Medical University of Gdansk, Poland. MARTA STAWCZYK, M.D. , Department of Clinical Dermatology, Venerolgy and Allergology, Medical University of Gdansk, Poland. Prof ROMAN NOWICKI, M.D. , Department of Clinical Dermatology, Venerolgy and Allergology, Medical University of Gdansk, Poland.
Corresponding Author Details: 
MATILDA NAESSTRÖM, Department of clinical Dermatology, Venerology and Allergology Medical University of Gdansk, M. Skłodowskiej-Curie 80-210, Gdansk, Poland.
Corresponding Author Email: 
matilda.naesstrom@hotmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Liu WC, Ho M, Koh WP et al.. An 11-year review of dermatomyositis in Asian patients. Ann Acad Med Singapore 2010;39:843-847.
  2. Ohashi M, Shu E, Tokozumi M Fujioka K et al. Anti-p155/140 antibody-positive dermatomyositis with metastases origins from an unknown site. Acta Derm Venereol 2011;91:84-85.
  3. Chen YJ, Wu CY, Huang YL et al. Cancer risks of dermatomyositis and polymyositis: a nationwide cohort study in Taiwan. Arthritis Res Ther2010;12:R70.
  4. Callen JP. Dermatomyositis. Lancet. Jan 1 2000;355(9197):53-7
  5. Wananukul S, Pongprasit P, Wattanakrai P. Calcinosis cutis presenting years before other clinical manifestations of juvenile dermatomyositis: report of two cases. Australas J Dermatol. 1997 Nov;38(4):202-5.
  6. Sontheimer RD. Would a new name hasten the acceptance of amyopathic dermatomyositis (dermatomyositis siné myositis) as a distinctive subset within the idiopathic inflammatory dermato myopathies spectrum of clinical illness?. J Am Acad Dermatol. Apr 2002;46(4):626-36
  7. Smith ES, Hallman JR, DeLuca AM et al. Dermatomyositis: a clinicopathological study of 40 patients. Am J Dermatopathol. Feb 2009;31(1):61-7.
  8. Seidler AM, Gottlieb AB. Dermatomyositis induced by drug therapy: a review of case reports. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2008 Nov;59(5):872-80.
  9. Callen JP, Hyla JF, Bole GG Jr et al. The relationship of dermatomyositis and polymyositis to internal malignancy. Arch Dermatol. Mar 1980;116(3):295-8.
  10. Buchbinder R, Forbes A, Hall S et al.. Incidence of malignant disease in biopsy-proven inflammatory myopathy. A population-based cohort study. Ann Intern Med. Jun 19 2001;134(12):1087-95.
  11. Chow WH, Gridley G, Mellemkjaer L et al.Cancer risk following polymyositis and dermatomyositis: a nationwide cohort study in Denmark. Cancer Causes Control. Jan 1995;6(1):9-13.
  12. Chen D, Yuan S, Wu X et al. Incidence and predictive factors for malignancies with dermatomyositis: a cohort from southern China. Clin Exp Rheumatol. Jul 28 2014
  13. Cordeiro AC, Isenberg DA. Treatment of inflammatory myopathies. Postgrad Med J 2006;82:417-424

Physical health of people with severe mental illness: Don’t just screen… intervene!

Authors
Javed Latoo, Oladipupo Omodunbi, David Hindley, Amanda Derbyshire and Rachael Kane.
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a821
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Introduction: A growing number of studies suggest a causal relationship between antipsychotic treatment and metabolic disturbances. The most frequent problems linked to antipsychotic drugs have been abnormalities of glucose metabolism such as insulin resistance, hyperglycaemia or new onset diabetes mellitus and dyslipidemia, including increased levels of total cholesterol, LDL-cholesterol and triglycerides. The study was aimed at reviewing the practice regarding the routine monitoring of physical health of service users on antipsychotic treatment. The study set out to reduce the cardio-metabolic effect of antipsychotic medication in service users. The study was also aimed at contributing to a reduction in the mortality rates in people with severe mental illness as well as testing out approaches to improve the physical health of people with serious mental illness who are receiving care from the Early Intervention in Psychosis Teams.  The promotion of a more integrated approach to the physical health care of people with a SMI was also targeted.
Methods:  In November 2012, the Warrington and Halton Early Intervention in Psychosis service (EIP) conducted the initial audit, designed by AQuA as a baseline measure of the current standard of physical health screening amongst the Early Intervention patients in the two boroughs. The recommendations from the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) and Maudsley prescribing guidelines were the frameworks for the AQuA design. The Research and Audit Governance Group in the 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust approved the audit. A retrospective review of the clinical records of all patients opens to the EIP, who were prescribed antipsychotics, was undertaken. Six physical health parameters were examined and these include; serum lipid profile and blood glucose levels. Others measures were body weight, height, Body Mass Index (BMI) and blood pressure. These parameters were entered into the survey monkey audit tool developed by AQuA. Recommendations were made following the initial audit. A re-audit was carried out in May 2013. 
Results: The re-audit in May 2013 showed an increase in the number of service users being screened and monitoring for the six identified parameters A robust and comprehensive recording system has been developed, resulting in more service users receiving appropriate screening and physical health monitoring. Better links and working relationships have been established with primary care services and there is increased awareness of the need for physical health monitoring in professionals and service users. Regular and well-equipped physical health clinics with well-trained staff have beenestablished acrossboth localities. Other secondary care agencies within the Trust are now more aware of the requirements for physical health screenings.

An audit and re-audit on the monitoring of the physical health of patients on antipsychotic medication in the Early Intervention in Psychosis Service of the 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust

Introduction

A growing number of studies suggest a causal relationship between antipsychotic treatment and metabolic disturbances. The most frequent problems linked to antipsychotic drugs have been abnormalities of glucose metabolism such as insulin resistance, hyperglycaemia or new onset diabetes mellitus and dyslipidemia, including increased levels of total cholesterol, LDL-cholesterol and triglycerides.1

Developing effective models of identifying and managing physical ill health among mental health service users has increasingly become a concern for psychiatric service providers. Individuals with Serious Mental Illness (SMI) defined as any Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) mental disorder leading to substantial functional impairment, have higher than expected risks of physical morbidity and mortality in comparison with members of the general population.2 People with mental health problems such as Schizophrenia or Bipolar Disorder have been shown to die on average 16 to 25 years sooner than the general population.3 One set of explanations for these vulnerabilities points to the lifestyles of people with serious mental illnesses, which are often associated with poor dietary habits, obesity, high rates of smoking, and the use of alcohol and street drugs.4 Illness related factors have also been cited. It has been suggested that individuals with serious mental illness are less likely to spontaneously report physical symptoms.5 Poor physical activity has also been shown to be a common occurrence in people with serious mental illness.6, 7

A greater inherent predisposition to develop metabolic abnormalities coupled with metabolic adverse effects of antipsychotic drug treatments may negatively influence physical health.8 Many of these problems can be avoided if close attention is paid to the physical health of patients on antipsychotic treatment. A longstanding debate persists concerning who is responsible for the physical care of patients with serious mental illness. Psychiatrists and physicians are advised to play an active role in ensuring that patients with mental illness are not disadvantaged.9

The Warrington and Halton Early Intervention in Psychosis Team is based in the 5 Boroughs Partnership (5BP) NHS Foundation Trust in the North West region of the United Kingdom, and in collaboration with Advancing Quality Alliance (AQuA), they embarked on a joint audit between November 2012 and May 2013 with the aim of reviewing the practice regarding the routine monitoring of physical health of service users on antipsychotic treatment. The study set out to reduce the cardio-metabolic effect of antipsychotic medication in service users. The study was also aimed at contributing to a reduction in the mortality rates in people with severe mental illness as well as testing out approaches to improve the physical health of people with serious mental illness who are receiving care from the Early Intervention in Psychosis Teams. The promotion of a more integrated approach to the physical health care of people with a SMI was also targeted.

Method

In November 2012, the Warrington and Halton Early Intervention in Psychosis service (EIP) conducted the initial audit, designed by AQuA as a baseline measure of the current standard of physical health screening amongst the Early Intervention patients in the two boroughs. The recommendations from the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) and Maudsley prescribing guidelines were the frameworks for the AQuA design. The Research and Audit Governance Group in the 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust approved the audit.

A retrospective review of the clinical records of all patients opens to the EIP, who were prescribed antipsychotics, was undertaken. Six physical health parameters were examined and these include; serum lipid profile and blood glucose levels. Others measures were body weight, height, Body Mass Index (BMI) and blood pressure. These parameters were entered into the survey monkey audit tool developed by AQuA.

Other items audited were the frequency of screening, the number of physical health parameters evaluated at each period of recording and the smoking status of the service users. Clinical records were checked for documented history of physical illness in all patients. The number of service users receiving physical health interventions as a result of the screening and the number of service users who were offered physical health interventions at the screening but either refused treatment or did not respond to the referral was also recorded. The results were presented at a Trust-wide forum and recommendations were made, and disseminated shortly afterwards. A re-audit was done in May 2013.

Results

Table 1, summarises the demographic details of patients at baseline and re-audit. 55 patients were involved in the baseline audit and 52 patients were involved in the re-audit. No significant differences were observed in both audits in terms of gender distribution and age. Majority of the patients involved in both audits were of white British ethnicity.

Table 1: Demographic details of patients at baseline audit and re-audit

  Nov 2012 May 2013
Total number of patients    
Male : female 35:20 22:30
Age 14-36 15-36
White British Ethnicity 52 48

Baseline audit: November 2012

Screening and monitoring

The table below indicates the number of service users receiving a screening for weight, height, BMI, glucose blood levels, lipid blood levels and blood pressure at the 4 week, 3 month, 12 month and 24 month assessments.

Table 2: Physical health screening of service users at baseline

  4 weeks recorded screening 3 months recorded screening 12 months recorded screening 24 months recorded screening
1 type of screening 5 (9.1%) 12 (21.8%) 18 (32.7%) 18 (32.7%)
2 types of screening 14 (25.5%) 17 (30.9%) 5 (9.1%) 5 (9.1%)
3 types of screening 4 (7.3%) 4 (7.3%) 3 (5.5%) 6 (10.9%)
4 types of screening 5 (9.1%) 3 (5.5%) 5 (9.1%) 3 (5.5%)
5 types of screening 4 (7.3%) 0 1 (1.8%) 4 (7.3%)
6 types of screening 4 (7.3%) 3 (5.5%) 4 (7.3%) 2 (3.6)

There was no screening recorded for 19 (34.5%) patients at 4 weeks, 16 (29%) patients at 3 months, 19 (34.5%) patients at 12 months and 17 (30.9%) patients at 24 months.

Smoking status of service users

Based on the analysis of those referred to the smoking cessation service, it was concluded that around 35% of service users within the EIP Service smoke. The findings from this data also indicate high refusal rates to smoking cessation programmes (at over 80% of those service users who confirmed that they smoke).

Documented history of physical illness

The presence or absence of physical illness was documented in the records of 35 patients. Where physical health problems were identified, patients were offered a number of interventions. These include referral to the dietician/exercise programmes, smoking cessation and referral to primary care services for illnesses such as, hypertension, diabetes and hyperlipidemia.

Table 3, summarises the types of interventions available for patients when physical health issues were identified. A number of patients (N/A) required no interventions, as physical problems were not identified.

Number of service users receiving physical health interventions

Table 3: Physical health interventions

  Yes No N/A
Referral to dietician/exercise programme 15 (28.8%) 26 (50%) 14 (25.5%)
Treatment for Diabetes 0 22 (45.8%) 33 (60%)
Treatment for

Hyperlipidemia

2 (4.2%) 23 (47.9%) 30 (54.5%)
Treatment for

Hypertension

0 22 (45.8%) 33 (60%)
Help with smoking

cessation

12 (24.5%) 19 (38.8%) 24 (43.6%)

Re-audit: May 2013

Screening and monitoring

The table below indicates the number of service users receiving a screening for weight, height, BMI, glucose blood levels, lipid blood levels and blood pressure at the 4 week, 3 month, 12 month and 24 month assessments. The table shows that 29 patients had their screening recorded at 4 weeks, 19 (66%) of which had 6 types of screening. At 24 months, out of the 16 patients who had their screening recorded, 15 (95%) had 6 types of screening. Patients with no screening parameters were omitted.

Table 4: Physical health screening of service users at re-audit

  4 weeks recorded

screening

3 months recorded screening 12 months recorded screening 24 months recorded screening
1 type of screening 2 (7%) 0 0 0
2 types of screening 2 (7%) 2 (8%) 1 (4%) 1 (5%)
3 types of screening 1 (3%) 1 (4%) 3 (11%) 0
4 types of screening 3 (10%) 3 (12%) 1 (4%) 0
5 types of screening 2 (7%) 1 (4%) 1 (4%) 0
6 types of screening 19 (66%) 18 (72%) 21 (77%) 15 (95%)


Smoking status of service users

The overall data confirms that 25 patients, who were identified as smokers, were offered smoking cessation, 19 of which refused, thus giving an overall refusal rate of 76%

The table below compares the results of both audits with respect to “6 types of screening” done at 4 weeks, 3 months, 12 months and 24 months. The result shows an overall improvement over the audit period.

Comparing results of both audits with respect to “6 types of screening”

Table 5: Comparison of screening results

  November 2012 May 2013
4 weeks 4 (7.4%) 19 (66%)
3 months 3 (5.5%) 18 (72%)
12 months 4 (7.4%) 21 (77%)
24 months 2 (3.7%) 15 (95%)

Discussion

The first audit revealed a suboptimal screening of the 6 targeted parameters at 4 weeks, 3 months, 12 months and 24 months in the service users audited when compared to the recommendations of the Maudsley guidelines (See Table 3). Some of the issues identified are summarised in the table below;

Table 6: Issues identified following the first audit

Sporadic health and wellbeing sessions

Ad-hoc physical health checks prior to commencing antipsychotics

Physical health screening was not perceived as priority

Physical screening were unsystematic and erratic

Poor referral links with local health promotion programmes

Poor attendance to physical health screening appointments

Poor recording of screening tests

Inadequate links with primary care services

Psychiatric clinics poorly equipped with instruments for basic health screening

No clarity about who takes responsibility for screening: Psychiatrists or GP?

Patients’ lack of interest and motivation in the screening process

SMI register not up-to-date

Recommendations made following the initial audit are outlined in the table below;

Table 7: Recommendations following the first audit

Need to find a comprehensive screening tool

Development of a documentation system

Building an alert system to remind when physical health checks are due

Improvement of links with primary care services

A more robust approach to ensure patient’s attendance at screening clinics

Improvement of links within secondary care agencies

Identification of further skills needed within the team e.g. venipuncture, ECG

A Plan, Do, Study, Act (PDSA) model was used which was useful in clarifying issues and actions needed.10 It helped us to identify issues and actions needed including:

1. Establishing physical health as a priority within the EIP

2. Involvement of primary care and health promotion

3. Establishing a database for physical health monitoring

4. Making physical health monitoring part of care planning

To tackle the identified issues a local project group was constituted. This group was made up of a consultant psychiatrist, business manager, nurse consultant, team manager, an occupational therapist (OT), a support worker (STR), a pharmacist, social services, public health leads, wellbeing nurses, a service user representative, and a locally based General Practitioner. The group had monthly meetings.

Patients in the Warrington and Halton Early Intervention in Psychosis Service were screened using the 5 Boroughs Partnership (5BP) Comprehensive Physical Health Assessment tool. This tool covered the 6 parameters targeted in the audit and other relevant health information such as, smoking, diet, exercise, sexual health, sleep, dental and optical health, ECGs, and other routine bloods checks. An in-house database in which results could be recorded was devised and implemented. A notification list which alerted on computer when a screening is due was developed; a GP DVD and information leaflet for the GP website and the Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG) Newsletter were produced. Wellbeing Nurse-led clinics were held in Halton and a STR-led physical health clinic was initiated in Warrington. Access into the path labs for both localities was established to help facilitate prompt access to blood results. Regular AQuA meetings took place in Salford, Manchester, and links were established with the Medical Director and the Clinical Commissioning Group, who were regularly, provided progress reports.

The re-audit in May 2013 showed an increase in the number of service users being screened and monitoring for the six identified parameters (see Table 8).A robust and comprehensive recording system has been developed, resulting in more service users receiving appropriate screening and physical health monitoring. Better links and working relationships have been established with primary care services and there is increased awareness of the need for physical health monitoring in professionals and service users. Regular and well-equipped physical health clinics with well-trained staff have been established across both localities. Other secondary care agencies within the Trust are now more aware of the requirements for physical health screenings.

Why should we be doing regular physical health monitoring? The benefits of monitoring the physical health of individuals with serious mental illness cannot be overemphasised; it allows early identification and subsequent management of cardiovascular and other risk factors in a timely manner.11 The Maudsley Guidelines recommend monitoring of blood lipids at baseline, at 3 months and yearly. Similar recommendations are made for the weight, which includes BMI and waist size when possible. Plasma glucose measurements are recommended at baseline, at 4 to 6 months and yearly. Blood pressure measurements are recommended at baseline and frequently during dose titration. Full blood count and electrolyte measurements are recommended at baseline and yearly.12 In the last few years, agencies worldwide have also developed clinical guidelines. In the United States, the American Diabetes Association, American Psychiatric Association, American Association of Clinical Endocrinologist and the North American Association for the Study of Obesity have released joint guidelines.13

Even though the side effects of antipsychotics are well established, many mental health services today have yet to adopt a practice of regular blood monitoring as recommended by international guidelines.14 The issue of responsibility for monitoring metabolic abnormalities remains a much debated topic today.9 The primary responsibility for managing the physical health of individuals with severe mental illness has been said to lie with primary care.7 Another side of the debate, however, exists, and two consensus conferences have called on mental health care providers to take responsibility for the physical health of their patients.8 It is widely recognized that mental health teams have a role to play in the monitoring of the physical health of their service users; however, many psychiatrists still consider psychiatric symptom control as their primary responsibility.14 15 Studies have also shown that Individuals with Serious Mental Illness do not readily access primary care.16 Despite the availability of Clinical Guidelines, screening for and monitoring of metabolic problems in patients with serious mental illness remains suboptimal.11

The usual practice in most centers for monitoring physical health parameters and guidelines used vary and are rarely regulated. Local resource availability is likely to play a significant role in guideline selection. Physical equipment, staffing levels and other resource issues may need to be taken into consideration prior to devising a local guideline. Development of a specialised phlebotomy service, for example, to the outpatient clinics will be a welcome addition, introduction of a key worker system as seen in the Warrington and Halton Early Intervention in Psychosis Team and consideration of the physical health needs of patients as part of the key worker’s duties, a simple one-page monitoring prompt attached to the patient’s medical file, educational intervention and oversight by the senior clinicians may all increase the adherence to routine blood testing guidelines. Regular liaison with General Practitioners regarding a joint approach to physical health monitoring would also help improve adherence to the guidelines.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JAVED LATOO, Consultant Psychiatrist and Honorary Lecturer, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, UK. OLADIPUPO OMODUNBI, ST6 General Psychiatry, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, UK. DAVID HINDLEY, Team Manager Early Intervention in Psychosis, Warrington and Halton Team, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, UK. AMANDA DERBYSHIRE, Support Worker, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, UK. RACHEL KANE, Occupational Therapist, 5 Boroughs Partnership NHS Foundation Trust, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
OLADIPUPO OMODUNBI, MBChB, DCP, MRCPsych, c/o Early Intervention in Psychosis Service, Harry Blackman House, Peasley Cross Site, St Helens, WA9 3DE, uk.
Corresponding Author Email: 
ladipo@gmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Perez-Iglesias R, Mata I, Pelayo-Teran JM, Amado JA, Garcia-Unzueta MT, Berja A, et al ; Glucose and lipid disturbances after 1 year of antipsychotic treatment in a drug-naïve population. Schizophrenia Res. 2009; 107(2-3): 115-21   
  2. Majella Cahill, Anne Jackson. Monitoring the physical health of individuals with serious mental illness. Ir J Psych Med 2008; 25(3): 108-115
  3. PRODIGY Guidance – Schizophrenia. UK National Health Service. Available at http://www.prodigy.nhs.uk/guidance.asp?gt=Schizophrenia, accessed November 18, 2005
  4. Stephen R. Marder, Susan M. Essock, Alexander L. Miller, Robert W. Buchanan, Daniel E. Casey, John M. Davis, et al. Physical health monitoring of patients with schizophrenia; Am J Psychiatry. 2004 Aug; 161(8): 1334-49
  5. Ryan MC, Collins P, Thakore JH. Impaired fasting glucose tolerance in first-episode, drug-naive patients with schizophrenia. Am J Psychiatry 2003; 160(2): 284-289
  6. Newcomer JW. Second-generation (atypical) antipsychotics and metabolic effects: a comprehensive literature review. CNS Drugs 2005; 19(Suppl 1): 1-93
  7. Gabriela Balf, Thomas D. Stewart, Richard Whitehead, Ross.A. Baker; Metabolic Adverse Events in Patients with Mental Illness Treated With Antipsychotics: A Primary Care Perspective. Prim care comp J Clin Psychiatry 2008; 10(1): 15-24
  8. Fleischhacker WW, Cetkovich-Bakmas M, De Hert M. Co morbid somatic illnesses in patients with severe mental disorders: clinical, policy, and research challenges. J Clin Psychiatry. 2008;69: 514–519
  9. Saravane D, Feve B, Frances Y, Corruble E, Lancon C, Chanson P, et al. Drawing up guidelines for the attendance of physical health of patients with severe mental illness Encephale. 2009 Sep; 35(4): 330-9. Epub 2009 Jul 9
  10. Langley G.L. Nolan K.M. Nolan T.W. Norman C.L. Provost L.P (2009) The Improvement Guide: A Practical Approach to Enhancing Organizational Performance (2nd Edition). Jossey Bass, San Francisco.
  11. Mehrul Hasnain, Sonja K. Fredrickson, W.Victor, R.Vieweg, Anand K.Pandurangi. Metabolic syndrome associated with schizophrenia and atypical antipsychotics.
  12. David Taylor, Carol Paton, Sijit Kapur; The Maudsley prescribing guidelines in psychiatry.
  13. American Diabetes Association: Consensus development conference on antipsychotic drugs and obesity and diabetes. Diabetes Care 2004, 27: 596-601
  14. Marco de Hert, Dan Cohen, Julio Bobes, Marcelo Cetkovich- Bakmas, David. M. Ndetei et al. Physical illness in patients with severe mental disorders. Barriers to care, monitoring and treatment guidelines, plus recommendations at the system and individual level. World Psychiatry 2001 June 10(2): 138-151
  15. Millar H. Management of Physical Health in Schizophrenia a stepping-stone to treatment success. Eur Neuropsychopharmacology 2008 May; 18 Suppl 2; S121-8
  16. Javed Latoo, Minal Mistry and Francis J Dunne. Physical morbidity and mortality in people with mental illness; BJMP 2012; 6(3): A621

Medical Pain - A Forgotten Cousin, or Lost Cause?

Authors
Andrew Kristian Grech
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(3):a820
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Poorly recognised over the years, medical pain - as opposed to its surgical cousin - continues to be associated with ineffective management and distasteful patient reports. Definitions and practice guidelines are conspicuous by their relative absence, with the disproportionate involvement of specialist pain physicians with non-medical cases and the consequent dependence on less experienced junior medical staff precipitating a rampantly inadequate medical pain experience for patients.

Several barriers to effective practices in the field of medical pain are proposed herein, with seedlings of potential solutions proffered in the interest of stimulating awareness and propagating interest in this neglected area of practice.

Keywords: 
medical; pain; anaesthesia; education; chronicity; fear

Introduction

What is medical pain? One answer would be a poorly defined concept which suffers the ignominy of poor management.

A quick internet search for the term brings up several hits to clinics offering the services of medical practitioners with pain specialty training. Definitions of ‘medical pain’ however, as opposed to those of its more easily construed post-surgical cousin, are both sparse and elusive in the learned literature. One potential candidate is provided by the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP), whose professional presence on the web offers both a respectable description of pain syndromes of medical aetiologies as well as a taxonomical guide thereto1.

With a struggle to even define the concept, is it any wonder that medical patients with pain complaints continue to score reprehensible figures on studies into pain incidence and effective relief? This is far from a new phenomenon, with the British Journal of Anaesthesia (BJA) reporting a staggering 52% of medical inpatients in one study (N=1594) of a UK district general hospital to be in pain on the medical ward, with 20% and 12% of those in pain rating this complaint as severe and unbearable respectively2. What is particularly distressing about these statistics is the fact that data collection in the same study occurred over five days; more than ample time for complaints to be reported or recognised and appropriate relief strategies implemented. Barriers clearly exist to the provision of adequate medical pain relief, with practice shown to fall below standards recommended by the Royal College of Anaesthetists.3 A sketchy definition is perhaps one such barrier, but what other challenges exist to management of medical pain?

Predictability & On-Call Skills

In contrast to the anticipated pain following an elective surgical procedure, medical pain is less predictable in onset and consequently more the realm of an on-call physician than a specialist pain management team.  One unambiguous fact when equating specialist pain rounds and the on-call services of a more junior recruit is that the former clearly benefit from greater levels of experience, even allowing for acquisition of specialist training. The latter inevitably rely more heavily on the knowledge base afforded them by theoretical education, which sadly tends to be rather scant in undergraduate medical programmes.

The lack of early teaching of junior staff on the subject represents one barrier to pain management in general, with formal teaching on the subject of medical pain management a particular shortcoming in several international medical curricula. This fact is supported by the findings of a cross-sectional study in one Sydney hospital utilising a multinational population of medical interns and residents4, indicating some 56.2% of responders felt education on pain management to be inadequate. Up to 68.8% of responders were willing to receive additional lectures on opiate use to increase their knowledge base in this regard, suggesting a definite dearth of dedicated teaching.

In recognition of similar sentiments, a dedicated junior doctor-targeted postgraduate pain curriculum was suggested in 2011 by the Faculty of Pain Medicine (FPM) of the Australia & New Zealand College of Anaesthetists (ANZCA)5. This not only recognises the need for effective pain management skills at an early career stage, but also proposes a core set of competencies and assessments thereof for application to early postgraduate physicians’ skill sets.

A Surgical Predilection?

Skills of junior on-call medics aside, the provision of committed specialist pain services undoubtedly represents one of the major advancements in acute pain patient care. And yet, the needs of medical patients have often been overlooked in favour of acute surgical pain relief, and presumably continue to be so in the face of a lack of convincing evidence to the contrary. One study published in 2008 reporting data from over 220 United Kingdom National Health Service (NHS) hospitals revealed a paltry 16% incidence of routine acute pain service in medical wards6. The same study revealed that 82.2% of clinical leads in acute pain services actually recognise this problem of inadequate pain control on medical wards. With this stark admission from front line algologists in mind, why do elderly and general medical patients consistently appear to produce disconcertingly poor results in pain studies?

Perhaps the lack of adequate medical pain services in the light of a frank admission to a predilection for surgical patients reflects inadequate training, staffing or application of resources as a barrier to effective management of medical pain.

Community Confounders

Limitations of secondary care pain services aside, the primary care setting also exhibits a confounding factor for professional provision of medical pain management – the propensity for patients to easily self-medicate their complaints with non-prescription remedies. The immemorial complaint of headache in the community provides a convenient example of the potential for patients to self-manage their pain symptom. In doing so however, they simultaneously skirt the legion of adverse drug reactions, drug interactions and other implications including paradoxical rebound pain which may complicate management later on in the professional setting. Data published following a recent review of literature sources7 indicate codeine-based compound analgesics to be the most popular over-the-counter medications dispensed across several international populations. This telling fact may be suggestive of a trend in non-professional pain management which impedes effective management according to professional standards. Assuming a relative deficit of surgical to medical pain patients in the community, this may represent a unique challenge to providers of medical pain services.

Chronicity

One further important consideration to be made in medical pain is its potential for chronicity, with prevalence of leading pain disorders including lower back pain and chronic migraine indicated at 10.2%8 and 1-3%9 respectively in recent studies. The former in particular has exhibited an explosive trend in prevalence over recent years, with a more than 2.5-fold increase since 1992 in relative prevalence observed in one 2006 American study of households state-wide (N=5357)8.

Implicit in the chronicity of pain complaints exist a number of secondary disorders which can prove troublesome for effective engagement of pain management services. The European Journal of Pain quotes a large transnational study of chronic pain patients (N=46,394)10 as finding 21% of patients to have been diagnosed with depression because of their pain. Interestingly while almost half of subjects were self-administering over-the-counter analgesics and only 2% were being seen by a pain specialist, an astonishing 40% reported inadequate pain relief –an almost anticipated outcome of the ‘do it yourself’ approach to pain management in chronic, refractory cases? This may be less relevant in surgical pain experiences which intuitively represent a more acute event in a more controlled environment, and therefore may be more amenable to effective management than a drawn out pain experience over several years!

Fear of Pain

Chronicity of pain in turn evokes a largely self-explanatory phenomenon known as fear of pain, which can present a potentially sizeable obstacle to management of patients. High levels of fear of pain and also movement as a provocative agent thereof have been described in 38.6% of fibromyalgia syndrome patients (N=233)11, with this heightened fear of a painful experience linked to increased disability, depressed mood and most importantly pain severity. This latter component alludes to one of the more insurmountable barriers to management of chronic medical pain – the impasse resulting from a vicious circle of pain, fear and infinite vice versas.

The fear of pain may in turn be compounded by a fear of narcotic analgesic therapy on both the part of the patient and the prescribing physician, with this being an issue in non-cancer pain as well as malignant disease. The fear of commencing and continuing long term opiates is traditionally said to be particularly prevalent in the primary care setting12. Fear can arise in view of a number of reasons, including the potential for addiction and major side effects as well as the notion that opiate drugs represent a terminal stage in a disease process. Mention of opiates has been linked to accusations of ‘hidden diagnoses’ on the part of the physician, where patients suspect malignant pathology has been concealed from them by their care provider out of a deep-rooted belief that opiate analgesia is merited solely by cancerous conditions13. Whether this signifies an already fragile patient-doctor relationship or a contribution to the deterioration thereof, the connotation for effective management of medical pain remains a significant one. Repeated careful review of patients on long term opiate therapy for chronic non-cancer pain must be emphasised however, with up to 19% of chronic pain patients found to have some form of addictive disorder in a 2001 paper on the subject14 courtesy of the BJA.

Conclusion

In summary, patients requiring relief of medical pain issues are clearly disadvantaged by the presence of numerous hurdles to effective management of their complaints. The literature base in this regard is conspicuous by its absence, with practices in medical pain management being poorly evidence-based as a result. This represents a major potential target for investigative studies and research into potential trends and best practices. Exploration of effective methods for implementation of improved education for newer staff and also resource allocation for more experienced practitioners would also be of benefit to the standard of care in medical pain.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
None
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
ANDREW GRECH, M.D. (MELIT.), Department of Ophthalmic Surgery, Mater Dei Hospital, Msida MSD 2090, Malta.
Corresponding Author Details: 
ANDREW GRECH, Department of Ophthalmic Surgery, Mater Dei Hospital, Msida MSD 2090, Malta.
Corresponding Author Email: 
andrew-kristian.grech@gov.mt
References
References: 
  1. Merskey H, Bogduk N. Classification of Chronic Pain: Descriptions of Chronic Pain Syndromes and Definitions of Pain Terms. 2nd Edition. IASP Press; 1994. Available at: http://www.iasp-pain.org/files/Content/ContentFolders/Publications2/FreeBooks/Classification-of-Chronic-Pain.pdf.
  2. Dix P. Pain on medical wards in a district general hospital. Br. J. Anaesth. 2004;92(2):235-237. doi:10.1093/bja/aeh052.
  3. Atkinson VJ, Almahdi B. A prospective audit project into the adequacy of pain assessment in the medical and surgical wards in a North London District General Hospital. Br. J. Pain 2013;8(2):78-83. doi:10.1177/2049463713510288.
  4. Siow S, Lim C, Cheng N, Zaslawski C, Wiltshire J. What Do The Junior Doctors Know About Pain Management And Opioids Use??: An Australian Study. J Geriatr. Palliat. Care 2014;2(2):9. Available at: http://www.avensonline.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/JGPC-2373-1133-02-0008.pdf.
  5. Australia and New Zealand College of Anaesthetists. Designing a Curriculum for Knowledge/skills in Pain Medicine in Postgraduate Years 1 and 2 (PGY 1 and 2).; 2011. Available at: http://www.fpm.anzca.edu.au
  6. Chang SH, Maney KM, Mehta V, Langford RM. Pain assessment and management in medical wards: an area of unmet need. Postgrad. Med. J. 2010;86(1015):279-84. doi:10.1136/pgmj.2008.076497.
  7. Cooper RJ. Over-the-counter medicine abuse - a review of the literature. J. Subst. Use 2013;18(2):82-107. doi:10.3109/14659891.2011.615002.
  8. Freburger JK, Holmes GM, Agans RP, et al. The rising prevalence of chronic low back pain. Arch. Intern. Med. 2009;169(3):251-8. doi:10.1001/archinternmed.2008.543.
  9. Carod-Artal FJ. Tackling chronic migraine: current perspectives. J. Pain Res. 2014;7:185. doi:10.2147/JPR.S61819.
  10. Breivik H, Collett B, Ventafridda V, Cohen R, Gallacher D. Survey of chronic pain in Europe: prevalence, impact on daily life, and treatment. Eur. J. Pain 2006;10(4):287-333. doi:10.1016/j.ejpain.2005.06.009.
  11. Turk DC, Robinson JP, Burwinkle T. Prevalence of fear of pain and activity in patients with fibromyalgia syndrome. J. Pain 2004;5(9):483-90. doi:10.1016/j.jpain.2004.08.002.
  12. Olsen Y, Daumit GL. Chronic pain and narcotics: a dilemma for primary care. J. Gen. Intern. Med. 2002;17(3):238-40. Available at: http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?artid=1495025&tool=pmcentrez&rendertype=abstract. Accessed April 18, 2015.
  13. Blake S, Ruel B, Seamark C, Seamark D. Experiences of patients requiring strong opioid drugs for chronic non-cancer pain: a patient-initiated study. Br. J. Gen. Pract. 2007;57(535):101-8. Available at: http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?artid=2034169&tool=pmcentrez&rendertype=abstract. Accessed April 18, 2015.
  14. Collett BJ. Chronic opioid therapy for non-cancer pain. Br. J. Anaesth. 2001;87(1):133-143. doi:10.1093/bja/87.1.133. 

BJMP June 2015 Volume 8 Number 2

BJMP June 2015 Volume 8 Number 2

Full Issue Booklet   PDF
Research Articles
“The Culture palette”- a randomized intervention study for women with burnout symptoms in Sweden.
Christina Grape Viding, Walter Osika, Töres Theorell, Jan Kowalski, Johan Hallqvist and Eva Bojner Horwitz
Full Text  PDF

Review Articles

Phytochemicals in cancer prevention and management?
Robert Thomas, Elizabeth Butler, Fabio Macchi and Madeine Williams
Full Text  PDF
Current Management of Achalasia – A Review
Hanna Winter, Rajeev Shukla, Mohamed Elshaer and Amjid Ali Riaz
Full Text  PDF

Case Reports/Series

Topical medicament allergy: the importance of patch testing
Amelia Cussans, Natalia Spierings, Amanda Woods and Lucy Ostlere
Full Text  PDF
Blue Macular Skin Lesions of Unknown Cause in a Tyre Factory Worker: A Case Report
Mohammed Al Abadie, Dilhara Karunaratne, Nabeel Salmons, Audrey Fong Juan Chin, Soha Ammar and Nisal Karunaratne
Full Text  PDF
Phenobarbital induced Pellagra
Youssef kort, Naziha Khamassi, Heykel Abdelhedi and Ouahida Cherif
Full Text  PDF

Clinical Practice

EYE: “A clue to diagnosis”
K V K S N Murthy, Madhura Prasad, Mithra Prasad and V G Mohan Prasad
Full Text  PDF

Topical medicament allergy: the importance of patch testing

Authors
Amelia Cussans, Natalia Spierings, Amanda Woods and Lucy Ostlere
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a819
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

A 41-year-old woman with a 6-year history of mild psoriasis presented with a rash under her breasts. She was prescribed Trimovate cream (GlaxoSmith Kline) and had a florid weeping eczema within 48 hours of application. This settled with the withdrawal of Trimovate. Contact dermatitis is type IV allergy and usually appears within 2-3 days after contact with an external allergen. Detection of the allergen, or allergens, is important, as avoidance results in resolution of the eczema. Our patient was patch tested and showed positives to three components of Trimovate; cetearyl alcohol, sodium metabisulphite, and clobetasone butyrate. These are important allergens to identify, because they are also present in other products. Clobetasone butyrate is often used in facial and flexural psoriasis. Cetearyl alcohol is particularly significant, as it is found in many products including commonly used moisturizers such as Diprobase (MSD), Cetraben (Genus) and Epaderm (Mölnlycke) cream, and most steroid creams. Our patient highlights the fact that is insufficient to simply advise a patient to avoid the topical medicament that has caused a reaction. Patch testing is necessary to identify which components the patient is allergic to, so that they can be avoided in all products. This is of particular significance for our patient given her history of psoriasis, as she will likely require moisturizers and topical steroid preparations in the future. Since she began avoiding these allergens, she has had no recurrence of eczema. To conclude, GPs should consider sending their patients with contact dermatitis for patch testing, as the identification of all allergens is valuable to management.

Keywords: 
patch testing, contact dermatitis, concomitant sensitivity, Trimovate cream, sodium metabisulphite, clobetasone butyrate, cetearyl alcohol.

Case Report

A 41-year-old woman with a 6-year history of mild psoriasis presented with a rash under her breasts. The differential diagnosis included flexural psoriasis, an allergy to the nickel in her under wired bra, and intertriginous dermatitis (moisture-associated skin damage). She was prescribed Trimovate cream (GlaxoSmith Kline) and developed a florid weeping eczema within 48 hours of application (Figure 1). The eczema settled with the withdrawal of Trimovate and application of Betnovate RD cream (GlaxoSmith Kline). The history was very suggestive of a contact dermatitis to Trimovate cream.


Figure 1 showing eczema

She was referred to the Dermatology department and was patch tested to the European standard, medicament and steroid batteries. She had a number of positives including cetearyl alcohol, sodium metabisulphite, and clobetasone butyrate. These are all components of Trimovate.  She was given advice sheets on all her allergens and on avoiding them she has had no recurrence of eczema.

Discussion

Contact dermatitis is a type IV allergy and usually appears within 2 to 3 days after contact with an external allergen. This case is likely to be an example of concomitant sensitisation, where one sensitivity facilitates the acquisition of another sensitivity to a chemically unrelated ingredient within a product.Whilst there has been a previous case report of concomitant sensitivity to sodium metabisulphite and clobetasone butyrate in a patient using Trimovate cream,1 this is the first report of a patient reacting to three of the ingredients found in Trimovate - sodium metabisulphite, clobetasone butyrate, and cetearyl alcohol. Allergy to clobetasone butyrate is rare, with only 5 previously reported cases.1, 2, 3 Allergy to sodium metabisulphite is not uncommon, producing a positive reaction in approximately 4% of patients who are patch tested.4, 5 Allergy to cetearyl alcohol is also rare, with one study estimating the incidence of positive reactions to be 0.8% among 3062 patients that were patch tested.6

Detection of the allergen, or allergens, is important, as avoidance results in resolution of the eczema. Our patient highlights the fact that it is insufficient to simply advise a patient to avoid the topical medicament that has caused a reaction. Ideally, patients with a topical medicament allergy should be patch tested to identify which components the patient is allergic to, so that they can be avoided in all products. In this case, in addition to Trimovate, there are a number of other products that our patient will now avoid. This is of particular significance in view of her history of psoriasis, for which she has used moisturizers and topical steroid preparations in the past, and will likely need again in the future. Clobetasone butyrate is often used in facial and flexural psoriasis. Cetearyl alcohol is a particularly important allergen to identify, as it is found in many products including a number of commonly used moisturizers such as Diprobase (MSD), Cetraben (Genus) and Epaderm (Mölnlycke) cream, and most steroid creams although not steroid ointments. Our patient was therefore advised to use only steroid ointments and has had no recurrence of the contact dermatitis. To conclude, GPs should consider sending their patients with contact dermatitis for patch testing, as the identification of all allergens is valuable to management.  

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
AMELIA CUSSANS, University of Southampton School of Medicine, Southampton, UK. NATALIA SPIERINGS, BSc MBBS MRCP(UK), St George's Hospital, London, UK. AMANDA WOODS, MBBS (Hons) DCH MRCP Derm, Chelsea and Westminster Hospital, London, UK. LUCY OSTLERE, BSc MB BS FRCP MD, St George's Hospital, London, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
AMELIA CUSSANS, 11A Routh Road, London, SW18 3SW, UK.
Corresponding Author Email: 
ac43g11@soton.ac.uk
References
References: 
  1. Harrison DA, Smith AG. Concomitant sensitivity to sodium metabisulfite and clobetasone butyrate in Trimovate cream. Contact Dermatitis 2002;46(5):310.
  2. Murata T, Tanaka M, Dekio I, Tanikawa A, Nishikawa T. Allergic contact dermatitis due to clobetasone butyrate. Contact dermatitis 2000;42(5):305-305.
  3. Boyle J, Peachey RD. Allergic contact dermatitis to Dermovate and Eumovate. Contact Dermatitis 1984;11(1):50-1.
  4. Madan V, Walker SL, Beck MH. Sodium metabisulfite allergy is common but is it relevant? Contact Dermatitis 2007;57(3):173-6.
  5. Garcia-Gavin J, Parente J, Goossens A. Allergic contact dermatitis caused by sodium metabisulfite: a challenging allergen: a case series and literature review. Contact Dermatitis 2012;67(5):260-9.
  6. De Groot AC, Weyland JW, Nater JP. Unwanted effects of cosmetics and drugs in Dermatology. 3rd ed. Amsterdam: Elsevier; 1994.

Blue Macular Skin Lesions of Unknown Cause in a Tyre Factory Worker: A Case Report

Authors
Mohammed Al Abadie, Dilhara Karunaratne, Nabeel Salmons, Audrey Fong Juan Chin, Soha Ammar and Nisal Karunaratne
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a818
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

This report describes the case of a 61 year old gentleman who developed blue macular skin lesions of unknown cause. Biopsy of the lesion showed pigment deposition in the dermis that had the appearance of tattoo pigment, but oddly the patient had never been tattooed in the past. Carbon black is a chemical which can be used to give blue tattoos their colour. The patient was exposed to carbon black in his job as a tyre maker and it may have accumulated in the dermis by an unknown route. An occupational exposure may be the cause of the skin lesions and this case may play a part in the identification of more cases and a confirmation of the true diagnosis.

Keywords: 
Macular lesion, dermis, carbon black, tattoo, tyre worker, occupational exposure

Case Report

Blue discolouration of the skin can have a multitude of causes, including Mongolian spots, blue naevi, the naevi of Ito and Ota and metallic discolouration1 or the use of drugs such as minocycline. Here we report the case of a 61 year old gentleman who developed blue macular skin lesions that were not attributable to any obvious cause and may be the result of an unidentified occupational exposure.

A 61 year old Caucasian gentleman developed blue macular skin lesions over a 14 year period. The very first lesion appeared in the middle phalanx of the right middle finger (figure 1). It was light blue and pinpoint, eventually darkening and increasing in size to approximately 1mm x 1mm, at which point becoming permanent and non-evolving. The lesion had no notable associated features and the patient was in otherwise good health.


Figure 1: The first blue macular lesion on the middle phalanx of the right middle finger.


Figure 2: A blue macular lesion on the terminal phalanx of the left middle finger.


Figure 3: A lesion on the anterior abdomen from which a punch biopsy was taken.


Figure 4: Haematoxylin and Eosin stained slide at 10x magnification. Abdominal skin biopsy showing dermal interstitial and perivascular distribution of black coloured pigment deposits

At present, he has approximately thirteen blue macular lesions in total, all of which have developed in the same manner. They are distributed predominantly on his hands with one on his left forearm and one on the right abdominal flank. New spots still continue to arise on his hands (figure 2).

A punch biopsy of the abdominal lesion (figure 3) was carried out. The histological findings were those of skin with normal intact epidermis and the presence of black coloured pigment granular deposits, located largely within the papillary dermis and occasional smaller deposits in the superficial reticular dermis (figure 4). The deep reticular dermis and subcutaneous fat were normal.  The pigment had a perivascular distribution and in dendritic histiocytic cells, with close association to fibroblasts. Histiocytic cells form part of the mononuclear phagocyte system and these cells are abducted mainly for phagocytosis removal or storing material2. Apart from the pigment, the remaining skin was normal. The use of light microscopy alone does not identify all substances on examination of a Haematoxylin and Eosin (H&E) stained section of tissue. Applying polarisation light microscopy enables the identification of numerous structures, for example crystals, pigments, bone and amyloid3. However, the black coloured material here was non polarisable (no refractile foreign material could be identified).  These appearances as seen on light microscopy alone are most frequently seen where there is a history of tattoo artistry, but tattoo pigment is typically identified as showing reflective properties using polarisation4. Interestingly, the patient had no clinical history of deliberate tattooing and other causes were considered.

Discussion

The discovery of black coloured deposits in the dermis excludes the diagnoses of Mongolian spots or blue naevi and the naevi of Ito and Ota, all of which are disorders of dermal melanocytes. Another important differential is malignant melanoma, but it is not the diagnosis as the histopathological findings did not find any evidence of dysplasia or malignancy.

In a disorder known as anthracosis, similar findings of black coloured deposits can be seen in other organs such as within the lung and draining lymph nodes. It is often found in smokers and urban populations and reflects the deposition of carbon which is the most commonly identified exogenous mineral substance within tissue sections. The skin is not a site where such carbon pigment is typically seen and therefore, this is not a credible diagnosis in this case.

Agyria is a condition that occurs as a result of silver particle impregnation of skin leading to blue-grey skin discolouration. Silver exposure may be due to occupational or surgical exposure (by use of silver sutures) or medication with silver salts. On interview, the patient denied any occupational exposure to silver and the use of silver salts. Although the patient had had previous shoulder surgery, silver sutures are no longer used in modern day surgical practice and therefore this cannot be the cause of his skin discolouration.

Unfortunately, histological examination of paraffin embedded tissue sections can only confirm the presence and distribution of an exogenous substance and it is not possible to precisely differentiate the exact type of material which is present. The use of an electron probe micro analyser may have been useful in identifying the substance, however, such equipment is not currently available and was not used in this case.

Interestingly, in tattoo artistry, carbon black may be used to give blue tattoos their colour5 and this is also a component of tyres and industrial rubber products6. This provided us with a link to occupational exposure, given that this gentleman is a tyre worker and has been involved in both the manufacture and assembly of tyres for 34 years. Carbon can cause discoloration of the skin, depending on the extent of deposition.

It is notable that in his 34 years of working with tyres, this gentleman did not routinely use gloves or protective uniform until only 10 years ago. This was as workplace safety precautions were not as strongly enforced in previous times. He admitted to have been in direct contact with the materials involved in tyre building and also suffered accidental superficial cuts on his hands whilst working, which may be a route by which carbon may have been introduced into the dermis. This is supported by the observation that the majority of the blue macular lesions were on the hands. Adding credibility to this theory is the identification of a colleague of this gentleman’s (who did not wish to be identified), whose job also involved the manufacture and assembly of tyres, who also has a similar single blue macular lesion on his hand.

In addition to this we have identified a forum on the internet7 that reports other similar cases of blue pin-point macular lesions appearing on the skin of tyre factory workers – some of whom worked for the same tyre company that this gentleman did. This may suggest that there is an association between exposure to a chemical, possibly carbon black, involved in the manufacture of tyres, and the appearance of these blue macular lesions.

In this case report, the identity of the material deposited and the route by which it accumulated in the dermis is unclear, but may have been related to an occupational exposure – this was in keeping with the general consensus upon presentation of this case at the West Midlands Dermatology Conference at New Cross Hospital Wolverhampton. We welcome any new case reports or literature that may be able to shed further light on this subject.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
MOHAMMED AL ABADIE, MBBS, DSBD, FAAD, PhD, FRCP, Consultant Dermatologist, The Royal Wolverhampton NHS Trust, New Cross Hospital, Wednesfield Road, Wolverhampton, WV10 0QP, United Kingdom. DILHARA KARUNARATNE, BSC FIRST CLASS HONOURS, Medical student at The University of Birmingham, Edgbaston, Birmingham, B15 2TT, United Kingdom. NABEEL SALMONS, MBChB, FRCPATH, Consultant Histopathologist, The Royal Wolverhampton NHS Trust, New Cross Hospital, Wednesfield Road, Wolverhampton, WV10 0QP, United Kingdom. AUDREY FONG JUAN CHIN, Medical student at The University of Birmingham, The University of Birmingham, Edgbaston, Birmingham, B15 2TT, United Kingdom. SOHA AMMAR, Medical student at The University of Birmingham, The University of Birmingham, Edgbaston, Birmingham, B15 2TT, United Kingdom. NISAL KARUNARATNE, Year 13 student at Brentwood School, Middleton Hall Lane, Brentwood, Essex, CM15 8EE, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DILHARA KARUNARATNE, BSC FIRST CLASS HONOURS, Medical student at The University of Birmingham, Edgbaston, Birmingham, B15 2TT, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
diliekaru@yahoo.co.uk
References
References: 
  1. Park JY, Shin DH, Choi JS, Kim KH. Metallic Discoloration on the Right Shin Caused by Titanium Alloy Prostheses in a Patient with Right Total Knee Replacement. Annals of Dermatology. 2013;25(3):356-9.
  2. Stevens A, Anderson PG. Immune System. In: Stevens A, Anderson PG (eds.) Stevens and Lowe's Human Histology. 4th edition. United Kingdom. Elsevier Mosby; 2015. p. 128-129.
  3. Bancroft JD, Floyd AD. Light Microscopy. In: Bancroft JD, Gamble M (eds.) Theory and Practice of Histological Techniques. 6th edition. United Kingdom. Churchill Livingstone; 2008. p. 45-48.
  4. Churukian CJ. Pigments and Minerals. In: Bancroft JD, Gamble M (eds.) Theory and Practice of Histological Techniques. 6th edition. United Kingdom. Churchill Livingstone; 2008. p. 252-257.
  5. Lehner K, Santarelli F, Vasold R, Koenig B, Landthaler M, Baeumler W. Black tattoo inks are a source of problematic substances such as dibutyl phthalate. Contact Dermatitis. 2011;65(4):231-8.
  6. International Carbon Black Association. Carbon Black Uses. [Online] Available from: http://www.carbon-black.org/index.php/carbon-black-uses [Accessed 19th December 2014]
  7. Topix LLC. Blue dots under skin. [Online] Available from: http://www.topix.com/forum/com/gt/TOIIO5NUTJE2050KS [Accessed 19th December 2014].

EYE: “A clue to diagnosis”

Authors
K V K S N Murthy, Madhura Prasad, Mithra Prasad and V G Mohan Prasad
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a817

A 38 year male presented to our centre with a two-month  history of jaundice. Past medical & family history was insignificant. Clinical examination revealed a icterus and greenish brown ring in both eyes (Figure 1). Laboratory investigations revealed a mild thrombocytopenia (platelet count-1.2 lakh/mm3) and a prolonged prothrombin time. Liver function tests showed elevated serum levels of alanine aminotransferase & aspartate aminotransferase. Serology for hepatotropic viruses was negative. Serum ceruloplasmin was 9.8 mg/dl (reference range 20-60mg/dl) and 24 hour urinary copper was elevated.


Figure 1

What is the eye finding?

  1. Arcus Senilis
  2. Pterygium
  3. Kayser Fleischer ring
  4. Phlycten

Correct Answer:

3. Kayser Fleischer ring

Discussion:

Wilson’s disease is a consequence of defective biliary excretion of copper. This leads to its accumulation in the liver and brain 1. It is due to mutations of the ATP7B gene on chromosome 13, which codes for a membrane-bound copper transporting ATPase 2.

Kayser-Fleischer ring is an outcome of abnormal copper deposition in the membrane in the limbus of cornea. Slit-lamp examination by an experienced observer is required to identify a K-F ring. The colour may range from greenish gold to brown. When well developed, a K-F ring may be readily visible to the naked eye. K-F ring is observed in most individuals with symptomatic Wilson disease and are almost invariably present in those with neurologic manifestations. They are not entirely specific for Wilson’s disease, since they may also be found in patients with chronic cholestatic diseases.

Clinical presentation is variable and patients presenting with chronic hepatitis, cirrhosis & at times acute liver cell failure. The most common presenting neurologic feature is asymmetric tremor. The characteristic tremor is coarse, irregular proximal tremulousness with a “wing beating” appearance.

Typically, the combination of K-F rings and a low serum ceruloplasmin (<0.1 g/L) level is sufficient to establish a diagnosis of Wilson’s disease 3.  However delayed diagnosis in patients with neuropsychiatric presentations is frequent and was in one case as long as 12 years 4.Our patient was treated with a none copper diet, oral zinc and d pencillamine. His liver functions became normal over 6 months of treatment and without progression of liver disease.

Arcus Senilis is a grey band of apacity near the sclero-corneal margin, commonly found in the elderly and associated with hypercholesterolemia. Pterygium is a benign wedge shaped fibrovascular growth of conjunctiva that extends onto the cornea. Phylecten is consequence of allergic response of the conjunctive & corneal epithelium usually associated with tuberculosis, staphylococcus protein and moraxella.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
K V K S N MURTHY, MBBS, MD, (DM Gastroenterology), Registrar, Department of Gastroenterology, VGM Hospital & Institute of Gastroenterology, Coimbatore , India. MADHURA PRASAD, MBBS, MD Internal Medicine, DNB Gastroenterology, VGM Hospital & Institute of Gastroenterology, Coimbatore , India. MITHRA PRASAD, MBBS, MD Internal Medicine, VGM Hospital & Institute of Gastroenterology, Coimbatore , India. V G MOHAN PRASAD, MBBS, MD, DM Gastroenterology, MIASL, FCCP, FAGE, Chairman, VGM Hospital & Institute of Gastroenterology, Coimbatore , India.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Dr. K V K S N Murthy, MBBS, MD, (DM Gastroenterology), Registrar, Department of Gastroenterology, VGM Hospital & Institute of Gastroenterology, Coimbatore , India.
Corresponding Author Email: 
vamsikiran9@gmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Gitlin JD. Wilson disease. Gastroenterology 2003;125:1868–1877.
  2. Tao TY, Gitlin JD. Hepatic copper metabolism: insights from genetic disease. Hepatology   2003;37:1241–1247.
  3. EASL Clinical Practice Guidelines: Wilson’s disease. Journal of Hepatology 2012 vol. 56; pg 671–685.
  4. Merle U, Schaefer M, Ferenci P, Stremmel W. Clinical Presentation, diagnosis and long-term outcome of Wilson disease – a cohort study. Gut 2007;56:115–120.

Malignant Syphilis as an Initial Presentation of Underlying HIV Infection: A Case report

Authors
Ashok R Devkota, Rabindra Ghimire, Mirela Sam and Oo Aung
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a816
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

There is a higher rate of HIV coinfection among men who have sex with men (MSM) infected with syphilis. HIV positive patients present more often with secondary syphilis and disease course is more aggressive. Here we present a patient, with diffuse papulo-nodular and ulcerative skin lesion and newly diagnosed human immunodeficiency virus. Biopsy of skin lesions confirmed the diagnosis of malignant syphilis, supported by serology results and he responded very well to doxycycline. It is important to recognize and diagnose malignant syphilis early and institute appropriate treatment as complete cure can be achieved.

Keywords: 
Malignant syphilis, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), MSM

Introduction

The rate of primary and secondary syphilis reported in the United States is gradually increasing. Reported cases of syphilis decreased during the 1990s, were lowest in 2000, after which it gradually increased annually during 2001-20091. In a recent report published by CDC, primary and secondary syphilis rates have increased among men of all ages, races and ethnicities, largely among MSM, from 5.1 cases per 100,000 population in 2005 to 9.8 in 2013. Rates of 50%–70% HIV coinfection among MSM infected with primary and secondary syphilis have been reported2.  Syphilis and the behaviours associated with acquiring it, increase the likelihood of acquiring and transmitting HIV. Although the incidence of HIV has remained stable, the incidence of syphilis has been increasing disproportionately possibly due to adaptive behaviour like serosorting among HIV concordant couples and oral sex that decrease transmission of HIV but not syphilis3

Syphilis may manifest differently in patients with HIV. HIV positive patients present more often with secondary syphilis and the disease course is more aggressive4. Malignant syphilis also known as lues maligna or ulceronodular syphilis is a severe form of secondary syphilis and is more common among HIV infected persons5. Although HIV patients present with varied clinical symptoms, it is uncommon to present with florid secondary syphilitic skin lesions. Here we present a case report of a patient, who presented with diffuse ulceronodular skin lesions, whose serology and skin biopsy confirmed syphilis and was subsequently found to have HIV. 

Case report

A 20-year-old African American man was admitted to Interfaith Medical Center with a generalised body rash for a month. He noticed a rash on his chest, which in few days spread centrifugally to his whole body, face and arms, including palms and soles. The rash was non-pruritic, painless, progressive in size and gradually oozed and crusted (Figure 1a). Besides significant unintentional weight loss of 26 pounds in the last two months, he did not report any other systemic complaints. He denied any travel or unwell contacts. He is a homosexual man and has had two male sexual partners in the last two years; one of them was treated for syphilis two years ago. He denied smoking, alcohol or drug use.


Figure 1a - Skin lesions reveal papulosquamous nodular and ulcerative changes in upper limbs

On admission, he was afebrile with normal vital signs.  His physical examination revealed widespread papulonodular and ulcerated lesions on his whole body including the scalp and oral mucosa, and measured up to 2-3 cm. Skin lesions were prominent on his face, some with sero-purulent discharge and some covered with crusts and scabs, which would bleed on removal of crusts and scabs. No skin lesions were noted in genital area. Besides bilateral enlarged axillary lymph nodes, nosignificant lymphadenopathy was noted. Other systemic examinations were within normal limits.

His full blood count showed microcytic hypochromic anaemia with a mean corpuscular volume of 77.2 fL (normal reference range, 80-100 fL) and thrombocytosis with platelets of 546 per microliter (reference range, 130-400 per microliter). Renal and hepatic function tests were normal.  He tested positive for HIV using serum enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), rapid plasma reagin was 1:128 (reference range, nonreactive), fluorescent treponemal antibody absorption test was reactive (reference range, nonreactive) and neurosyphilis was ruled out with negative spinal fluid studies.  Hepatitis B and Cserologieswere negative. Nucleic acid amplification test of the urine sample was negative for Neisseria gonorrhea and Chlamydia trachomatis. The patient was treated with doxycycline100 mg every 12 hours for secondary syphilis as he was allergic to penicillin.

The patient developed chills, fever, sweating, tachycardia and hypotension 18 hours after treatment with doxycycline. A Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction was suspected, which was managed with observation, intravenous hydration and a single dose of methylprednisone. Despite being on antibiotics, he had intermittent fever for two weeks, possibly related to the syphilis and its treatment. Further investigations included blood and urine culture, chest x-ray, CT scan of the head, chest, abdomen and pelvis and a gallium scan, which were unremarkable. Brucella IgM antibody, Q fever phase I and II antibodies, coccidioides antibody, histoplasma urine antigen,  cryptococcal antigen and blood culture for acid fast bacilliwere all negative. His EBVserologies suggested past infection and CMV serologies for IgG and IgM were positive. Wound culture taken from the purulent skin lesions grew methicillin sensitive Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA)which was treated with antibiotics. His HIV-1 RNA was 1050118 (reference range, <20) and CD4 was 276 cells per microlitre (reference range, 317-1868 cells per microlitre), CD4 was 17.4% (reference range, 25.7-62.8%) and CD4:CD8 ratio was 0.32 (reference range, 0.20-3.50). Skin biopsy from the left forearm lesion showed lichenoid lymphohistiocytic infiltrate with plasma cells (Figure 1b). Immunochemical stain was positive for spirochetes, which confirmed secondary syphilitic skin lesions (Figure 1c). After three weeks of doxycycline therapy, significant clinical improvement in the skin lesions were noted.  The skin lesions healed well with hyperpigmentation.  Combination anti-retroviral therapy was initiated upon discharge and on follow-up a month later, the skin lesions had resolved and the RPR titre was 1:32; showing a four-fold reduction. 


Figure 1b - A lymphocyhistiocytic infiltrate was present in the dermis and extended around blood vessels.


Figure 1c - Immunohistochemical stain showing delicate and spiral shaped spirochaetes, highly specific and sensitive of Treponema pallidum

Discussion

Skin lesions of secondary syphilis in patients with HIV may have varied appearance that mimic other diseases like cutaneous lymphomas, mycobacterial infections, bacillary angiomatosis, fungal infections or Kaposi’s sarcoma6.  Detail workup was done in our patient and systemic fungal and bacterial infections were ruled out. He had secondary infection of the skin lesions due to MSSA and was treated with doxycycline. Skin biopsy confirmed secondary syphilitic skin lesions. Histology showed abundant plasma cells and lymphocytesandtreponomes were demonstrated in the special immuno-histochemical stains.  Fisher’s diagnostic criteria for lues maligna include strongly positive RPR titre, a severe Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction, characteristic gross and microscopic morphology and rapid resolution of the lesions with antibiotics7.  Our patient had all of these features. Because of variable presentation of skin lesions and increased rate of false negative serological tests due to prozone phenomenon in patients with HIV, alternative diagnostic techniques like biopsy of skin lesions and special stains should be performed8,9.  The relative paucity of spirochetes in the biopsy of skin lesions makes the demonstration of microorganisms difficult. Yanagishawa et al were able to find 6 published cases of pathologically confirmed malignant syphilis with the demonstration of spirochetes10. Treatment of secondary syphilis in HIV infected patient is the same as that of HIV non infected patients. Benzathine penicillin is first line therapy and doxycycline is an alternative drug for penicillin allergic patients11. A severe Jarish-Herxheimer reaction occurred in our patient, which might not be observed in some cases with HIV and syphilis due to concurrent immunosuppression10. Experience from case reports have shown that malignant syphilitic skin lesions respond very well to antibiotics regardless of CD4 count12. With the increasing incidence of syphilis in HIV infected patients, it is important to recognise and diagnose malignant syphilis early and institute appropriate treatment as complete cure can be achieved.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
We acknowledge our pathologist Dr Shamah Iqbal, MD for providing the histopathology and immunostain photographs.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
ASHOK R DEVAKOTA, MBBS, MD: Internal Medicine Resident, Interfaith Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY, USA. RABINDRA GHIMIRE, MBBS, MD: Infectious Disease Fellow, The Dr. James J. Rahal, Jr. Division of Infectious Diseases, New York Hospital Queens, NY, USA. MIRELA SAM, MD: Attending and Chief-Infectious Diseases, Interfaith Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY, USA. OO AUNG, MD: Internal Medicine Resident, Interfaith Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY, USA.
Corresponding Author Details: 
drrabindraghimire@gmail.com
Corresponding Author Email: 
drrabindraghimire@gmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Division of STD prevention. Sexually Transmitted Disease Surveillance. C.D.C, 2012.  Jan 2014:2.
  2. Patton, M.E., et al. Primary and secondary syphilis--United States, 2005-2013. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep, 2014;63(18):402-6.
  3. Mayer, K.H. and M.J. Mimiaga. Resurgent syphilis in the United States: urgent need to address an evolving epidemic. Ann Intern Med, 2011; 155(3):192-3.
  4. Lynn, W.A. and S. Lightman. Syphilis and HIV: a dangerous combination. Lancet Infect Dis, 2004;4(7):456-66.
  5. Zetola, N.M., et al. Syphilis in the United States: an update for clinicians with an emphasis on HIV coinfection. Mayo Clin Proc, 2007; 82(9):1091-102.
  6. Yayli, S., et al. Late secondary syphilis with nodular lesions mimicking Kaposi sarcoma in a patient with human immunodeficiency virus. Int J Dermatol, 2014;53(1):  e71-3.
  7. Fisher, D.A., L.W. Chang, and D.L. Tuffanelli. Lues maligna. Presentation of a cas and a review of the literature. Arch Dermatol, 1969; 99(1):70-3.
  8. Pialoux, G., et al. Effect of HIV infection on the course of syphilis. AIDS Rev, 2008;10(2):85-92.
  9. Tucker, J.D., et al., Lues maligna in early HIV infection case report and review of the literature. Sex Transm Dis, 2009;36(8):512-4.
  10. Yanagisawa, N., et al. Pathologically confirmed malignant syphilis in an HIV-infected patient. Intern Med, 2011;50(20):2423-6.
  11. Zetola, N.M. and J.D. Klausner, Syphilis and HIV infection: an update. Clin Infect Dis, 2007;44(9):1222-8.
  12. Rallis, E. and V. Paparizos, Malignant syphilis as the first manifestation of HIV infection. Infect Dis Rep, 2012;4(1): e15.

Phytochemicals in cancer prevention and management?

Authors
Robert Thomas, Elizabeth Butler, Fabio Macchi and Madeine Williams
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a815
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Phytochemicals are compounds found in plants, which are responsible for the colour, taste and aroma of foods. Over and above these pleasant attributes, they protect us from environmental and ingested carcinogens by arming our antioxidant enzymes, enhancing DNA repair pathways and have direct effects on the fundamental hallmarks of cancer progression and metastasis. It is not a surprise then that analysis from the World Cancer Research Fund and other academic bodies, report that individuals eating phytochemical-rich foods have a lower risk of cancer or relapse after treatments.  The debate lies in whether concentrating these foods, or elements of these foods, into nutritional supplements may boost their health attributes. One notable randomised controlled trial (RCT) has demonstrated benefits for men with prostate cancer, but other trials of extracted chemicals have shown no benefit or even an increased cancer risk. This article provides a clinical overview, for medical practitioners, of the major classes of phytochemicals with examples of their common food sources. It reviews the international evidence for their anti-cancer mechanisms of action and their clinical benefits, as well as discussing the pros and cons of concentrating them into nutritional supplements. 

Keywords: 
Cancer, diet, phytochemicals, polyphenols

Introduction

Phytochemicals, are not regarded as essential nutrients in humans although an increasing number of well-conducted studies are linking higher intake with a lower risk of developing cancer, as well as lower relapse after initial treatment completion 1,2,3. There is a wide range of dietary phytochemicals, but one of the largest and well-known groups being the polyphenols [Table.1]. The average total dietary intake of polyphenols is reported to be over 1g per day, which is up to ten times higher than that of all other classes of phytochemicals and known dietary antioxidants4. The health benefits of phytochemical rich foods or concentrated nutritional supplements are often being highlighted in the medical and popular media and hence they are an increasing topic of conversation between medical practitioners and their patients especially those with cancer who have a particular interest in over the counter self help strategies 5,6. This article provides an overview of the major classes of phytochemicals with examples of their common food sources. It highlights the international evidence for their anti-cancer mechanisms of action, their clinical benefits, as well as discuss the pros and cons of concentrating them and, into nutritional supplements in an attempt to harness and boost their health benefits. Hopefully this review will provide some useful learning points to aid communication between patients and clinicians [Table. 2].

Classification

There are three major groups of phytochemicals: the polyphenols which can be subcategorized as the flavonoids, phenolic acids and other non-flavonoid polyphenols; the terpenoids, which can be subcategorized as the carotenoids and non-carotenoid terpenoids; and the thiols, which includes the glucosinolates, allylic sulfides and non-sulphur containing indoles (Table. 1). There are other phytochemical group, which although have some properties within these groups, have been classified within a miscellaneous category and examples of these include the betaines, chlorophylls and capsaicin.

Table.1 Classification of phytochemicals with notable food rich sources

Polyphenols

1. Flavonoids

o Flavonols:quercetin, kaempferol (onions, kale, leeks, broccoli, buckwheat, red grapes, tea, apples)

o Flavones: apigenin, luteolin (celery, herbs, parsley, chamomile, rooibos tea, capsicum pepper)

o Isoflavones: genistein, daidzein, glycitein (soya, beans, chick peas, alfalfa, peanuts)

o Flavanones: naringenin, hesperitin (citrus fruit)

o Anthocyanidins (red grapes, blueberries, cherries, strawberries, blackberries, raspberries, tea)

o Flavan-3-ols (tannins): catechins, epicatechin, epigallocatechin gallate (tea, chocolate, grapes)

o Flavanolols: silymarin, silibinin, aromadedrin (milk thistle, red onions)

o Dihydrochalcones: phloridzin, aspalathin (apples, rooibos tea)

2. Phenolic acids

o Hydrobenzoic acids: gallic acid, ellagic acid, vanillic acid (rhubarb, grape seed, raspberries, blackberries, pomegranate, vanilla, tea)

o Hydroxycinnamic acids: ferulic acid, P-coumaric acid, caffeic acid, sinapic acid (wheat bran, cinnamon, coffee, kiwi fruit, plums, blueberries)

3. Other non-flavonoid polyphenols

o Other tannins (cereals, fruits, berries, beans, nuts, wine, cocoa)

o Curcuminoids: curcumin (turmeric)

o Stilbenes: cinnamic acid, resveratrol (grapes, wine, blueberries, peanuts, raspberries)

o Lignans: secoisolariciresinol, enterolactone, sesamin (grains, flaxseed, sesame seeds)

Terpenoids

1. Carotenoid terpenoids

o Alpha, beta and gamma carotene (sweet potato, carrots, pumpkin, kale)

o Lutein (corn, eggs, kale, spinach, red pepper, pumpkin, oranges, rhubarb, plum, mango, papaya)

o Zeaxanthin (corn, eggs, kale, spinach, red pepper, pumpkin, oranges)

o Lycopene (tomatoes watermelon, pink grapefruit, guava, papaya)

o Astaxanthin (salmon, shrimp, krill, crab)

2. Non-carotenoid terpenoids

o Saponins (chickpeas, soya beans)

o Limonene (the rind of citrus fruits)

o Perillyl Alcohol (cherries, caraway seeds, mint)

o Phytosterols: natural cholesterols, siosterol, stigmasterol, campesterol (vegetable oils, cereal grains, nuts, shoots, seeds and their oils, whole grains, legumes)

o Ursolic acid (apples, cranberries, prunes, peppermint, oregano, thyme)

o Ginkgolide and bilobalide (Ginkgo biloba)

Thiols

o Glucosinolates: isothiocyanates (sulforaphane) and dithiolthiones (cruciferous vegetables such as broccoli, asparagus, brussel sprouts, cauliflower, horseradish, radish and mustard)

o Allylic sulfides: allicin and S-allyl cysteine (garlic, leeks, onions)

o Indoles: Indole-3-carbinol (broccoli, Brussel sprouts)

Other phytochemicals

o Betaines found in beetroot

o Chlorophylls found in green leafy vegetables

o Capsaicin found in chilli

o Peperine in black peppers

Table. 2 learning points

Higher intake of phytochemical-rich foods such as colourful fruit, vegetables, herbs, pulses, spices and teas is associated with a lower risk of cancer and relapse after treatments.

Their anti-oxidant properties help to protect our DNA from ingested or environmental carcinogens.

Phytochemicals, particularly polyphenols have direct anti-cancer mechanism of action via inflammation, modulation of cellular and signalling events involved in growth, invasion and metastasis.

Concentrating element of foods such as minerals, vitamins and phytoestrogenic polyphenols to potentially boost their health effects have largely been unsuccessful in preventing cancer in clinical trials.

Whole food phytochemical-rich supplements have demonstrated significant benefits in phase II and well conducted RCT and their true potential is been evaluated in ongoing studies.

Clinical evidence for cancer prevention.

Although not all, many studies have linked a higher intake of phytochemical-rich foods, such as vegetables, fruit, legumes, nuts, herbs and spices, with a lower incidence of cancer as highlighted in the latest comprehensive review from the World Cancer Research Fund and other systemic reviews2,3.

More specifically, certain elements of food have been addressed within a number of cohort studies. Carotenoids found in leafy green vegetables and carrots have been linked with a lower risk of breast cancer in a recent meta-analysis demonstrated7 and a lower risk of ovarian and pancreatic cancers, especially among smokers in either questionnaire or serum-based studies8, 9, 10. Higher intake of cruciferous vegetables such as cabbage, cauliflower, Brussel sprouts, radishes and broccoli have been associated with a lower prostate cancer risk11, as have foods rich in isoflavones such as pulses and soy products12, lycopene rich colourful fruits and tomatoes13. Foods with abundant levels of flavonoids such as onions, rich in quercetin, have been shown to reduce the incidence of numerous cancers particularly those arising from the lung, especially amoung smokers14, 15. The anthoxanthins, in dark chocolate, have been reported to lower the risk of colon cancer16 and higher green tea intake lowers the risk of breast, prostate, ovarian and oesophageal cancer, again particularly among smokers and alcoholics17, 18. Finally, coffee consumption has been shown to reduce the risk of non-melanomatous skin cancers and melanoma, even after removing other factors such as ultraviolet radiation exposure, body mass index, age, sex, physical activity, alcohol intake and smoking history19,20.

Clinical evidence for a benefit after cancer

The benefits of healthy foods do not stop after a diagnosis, especially if combined with other healthy lifestyle habits. For example, breast cancer survivors who regularly consumed more than the government recommended five portions of fruit and vegetables a day, had a third lower breast cancer recurrence risk if combined with regular physical activity21. In another study, women with breast cancer who had the highest serum lignan levels, reflecting good intake of legumes, cereals, cruciferous vegetables and soya, were reported to have the lowest risk of death22. Likewise, a lignan and polyphenol rich diet was associated with a lower colorectal cancer relapse rate23.

The large Shanghai Breast Cancer Survival Study demonstrated that women with the highest intake of the phytoestrogenic polyphenols isoflavones and flavanone found in soya and other beans, had a 29% lower risk of relapse and death24. Similar findings were seen for green tea after breast25 and colorectal cancer23. Green tea also decreased the abnormal white cell count in 30% of patients with chronic leukaemia and reduced the levels of several markers of proliferation, as well as serum Prostate Specific Antigen (PSA) among men with prostate cancer26. A slowing of PSA progression has similarly been observed in other dietary studies, most notably the randomised trial involving a plant-based diet together with other lifestyle changes27 and a phase II study of pomegranate juice28.

Another cancer influenced by nutrition is skin cancer, as highlighted by a study of individuals who have been treated for basal cell carcinoma or squamous cell carcinoma, and who have a high risk of further lesions due to their on-going solar damage. Those who consumed the highest levels of lutein and zeaxanthin-rich foods, such as leafy green vegetables, had the lowest levels of new cancer formation29.

A number of other studies evaluating the impact of phytochemicals are underway, the largest and probably most comprehensive is the UK’s DietCompLyf prospective trial involving 3159 women treated for breast cancer30.

What are the likely anti-cancer mechanisms of phytochemicals?

The precise biochemical mechanisms through which phytochemicals exert their anti-cancer effects are still being explored, as their actions are wide-ranging and complex but significant advances have been made of late in the understanding the mode of action. The most quoted cancer prevention mechanism is via their antioxidant activity, elicited either through direct free radical absorption or through induction of antioxidant enzymes such as superoxide dismutase (SOD), catalase and glutathione via a variety of molecular mechanisms31, 32. One of these mechanisms is activation of Nrf2, which switches on genes that code for antioxidant as well as detoxification enzymes31, 32. Phytochemicals, particularly the thiol class such as sulforaphane,have also been shown to inhibit the conver­sion of procarcinogens to their electrophilic, DNA damaging, chemicals32,33.

A number studies involving known, common carcinogens have highlighted the antioxidant properties of phytochemicals. A good example of their protective effect was an experiment involving the known house-hold carcinogen triclocarban, commonly found in detergents and cleaning agents. Healthy cells exposed to triclocarban tend to mutate into pre-malignant cells, however, the amount and rate of carcinogenesiswas significantly reduced byadding curcumin to the petri dish culture feeds34. In another study, volunteers who ate a diet rich in kaempferol were found, on serum and urine analysis, to have improved SOD activity and higher urinary concentration of these polyphenols35. Rats exposed to cigarette smoke given indole-3-carbinol, a phytochemical rich in cruciferous vegetables, had a lower lung cancer rate than those not given idole-3-carbinol36. Subjects eating a meal of onions, which increased their serum levels of quercetin, demonstrated decreased levels of oxidative metabolites including 8-hydroxydeoxyguanosine (8-OHdG) a marker of DNA damage and repair1618, 37. Quercetin supplementation has also been shown to improving mitochondrial dysfunctions induced by the toxin 3-nitropropionic acid38. A clinical study in Singapore gave Chinese smokers 170g of watercress a day, rich in the indole-3-carbinol, and found a similar effect on urinary markers of DNA damage39. Finally, marinating meat in rosemary and thyme, has been reported to reduced the serum levels of carcinogenic heterocyclic amines (HCA) by 87% compared to subjects who eat the meat unseasoned40.

Another key anti-cancer mechanism of phytochemicals appears to be their ability to reduce inflammation. It is now well established that inappropriate inflammation is intimately involved in the cancer process, particularly in the promotion and progression stages of cancer. Inflammation is closely associated with oxidative stress and activation of NF-kappa B family of transcription fac­tors. These factors regulate more than 150 genes involved in mechanisms of cell survival and these target genes are not just pro-inflammatory but also oncogenic. Numerous phytochemicals have been shown to inhibit NF-kappa B signalling, particularly the green tea polyphenol epigallocatechin-3-gallate (EGCG), quercetin, curcumin, caffeic acid and caffeic acid phenethyl ester and the phytochemicals within bilberries31,41.

More recently, it has been reported mainly from laboratory studies that phytochemicals have an affect on several cancer process through modulation of cellular and signalling events involved in growth, invasion and metastasis32. Pomegranate, for example, rich in the polyphenol ellagic acid, has been shown to directly inhibit cell growth and induce apoptosis in androgen sensitive and aggressive human prostate cancer cells42. Pomegranate extract has also been reported to inhibit processes involved in cancer metastasis in a study involving oestrogen sensitive and resistant breast cancer cell lines, showing increased markers of cell adhesion and migration in cancer but not normal cells43. In another study it inhibited a chemokine that attracts breast cancer cells to the bone44. Curcumin slows cancer cell growth by blocking the cell cycle, increasing the rate of apoptosis and preventing the invasion and migration of cells45, 46, 47, 48. It has also been found to halt the growth of stem cells that give rise to breast cancer without harming normal breast stem cells49. Curcumin has been shown to modulate miRNA expression in breast cancer cells leading to a reduced expression of Bcl-250 and stabilisation of tumour suppressor gene in colorectal cancer cell lines52. Green tea, rich in epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG), has demonstrated significant reduction of several factors that promote cancer cell proliferation by inhibiting DNA synthesis, de-differentiation and angiogenesis26, 52, 53. It has also been shown to block ornithine decarboxylase, an enzyme which signals cells to proliferate faster and bypass apoptosis50, 54. Resveratrol has demonstrated epigenetic regulatory properties which influence regulate proliferation, cell survival and apoptosis in prostate cancer by global modulation of gene expression through deacetylation of FOXO transcription factor46. Caffeic acid and phenethyl ester, as well as inhibiting NF-κB signaling, also have been shown to inhibit cell motility in vitro and inhibit metastasis of tumour models in vivo47. Luteolin, as well as inhibiting tumour growth and metastasis, inhibits epithelial mesenchymal transition which is a basic biological process related to cancer initiation and development47.

Finally some polyphenols and other phytochemicals are also able to influence cancer via a hormonal mechanism. Phytoestrogenic compounds, most notably isoflavones and lignans found in soy products, legumes and some cruciferous vegetables, weakly bind to the oestrogen receptor without stimulating proliferation of the cells, yet at the same time blocking the binding of more harmful oestrogens, including those produced endogenously39. This explains why in the previously mentioned Shanghai Breast Cancer Survival Study, women with the highest intake of isoflavones and flavanones-rich foods had a lower risk of death24. In men, phytoestrogenic compounds have been shown to affect 5 alpha reductase lowering endogenous testosterone levels. This may partly explain why men who eat phytoestrogenic foods such as beans and pulses have a lower risk of prostate cancer.

Can concentrating foods into supplements enhance their anti-cancer effect?

If certain foods have anti-cancer effects, then it is not unreasonable to hypothesise that concentrating them into a pill may be a good way to supplement individuals with poor diets or further enhance the benefits in those whoes diets are already adequate. People living with and beyond cancer (PLWBC) are certainly attracted to the potential health benefits of food supplements, as over 65% report regular intake5,6. There are two main categories of supplements commercially available: the first involves chemicals extracted from food, or made synthetically, such as minerals and vitamins; the second involves purifying and concentrating whole foods:

Vitamins and mineral supplements: The majority of studies, to date, have evaluated extracted chemicals such as vitamins and minerals. Some have shown a benefit. For example, a recent meta-analysis of studies reported that women who took supplements providing an average daily intake of vitamin C over 100mg had a reduced risk of breast cancer relapse57. The SU.VI.MAX study randomised French adults to a single daily capsule of ascorbic acid, vitamin E, beta carotene, selenium and zinc, or a placebo, and found no reduction in mortality or cancer-specific mortality overall58, although a further analysis in men found a reduction in the risk of prostate cancer. The authors postulated that this difference between the sexes was related to French men having a lower baseline micro-nutrient status59. A major trial of selenium and vitamin supplements in a poor region of China, demonstrated reduced risks of oesophageal cancer; at the time this population was known to have widespread micro-nutrient deficiencies60.

Unfortunately, most other studies of vitamin, minerals and other extracted nutrients have shown no benefit, or have actually shown an increased risk of cancer. For example, the CARET study found that beta carotene and retinol increased the risk of lung cancer61. The Health Professionals Follow-up study (HPFS) which followed the lifestyle habits of 51,529 male professionals for over 15 years found that men who took very high doses of zinc (>100mg/day), or took it for long durations were more than twice as likely to develop advanced prostate cancer compared with controls62. The randomised SELECT study demonstrated an increased prostate cancer incidence with vitamin E and selenium supplementation63. A further analysis of the HPFS found that of the 4,459 men who had developed prostate cancer, those who took selenium supplementation of ≥ 140 μg/d after diagnosis were associated with a 2.60-fold greater risk of prostate cancer mortality64.

The negative effects of vitamin E and beta carotene were once again demonstrated in the ATBC study which found them to increase lung cancer risk, although subsequent analysis showed that men with pre-intervention low plasma levels of beta-carotene had a lower prostate cancer risk following supplementation, and that those with high levels had a higher risk, particularly in smokers65. This u-shaped distribution of risk was also observed in the EPIC study where those with folate-deficient diets and those with the highest intake both had a higher risk of cancer66. These data have prompted organisation such as the National Cancer Institute to issue statements stating that long term vitamin and mineral supplements should ideally be given to correct a known deficiency67, which is rarely routinely detected unless individuals have self funded micro-nutrient analysis (cancernet.co.uk).

Whole food supplements: More recently academic attention has turned towards the evaluation of concentrated whole food supplements, particularly foods rich in polyphenols and other phytochemicals such as herbs, spices, green vegetables, teas and colourful fruits which have appeared to be beneficial in environmental cohort studies. Despite some initial encouragement from smaller evaluations, studies of extracted lycopene or genistein given on their own in more scientifically robust analyses have not demonstrate a benefit for either prostate cancer or benign prostatic hypertophy68, 69, 70 neither were there links with the reduction in the risks of breast cancer with regular intake5. Of more concern, a randomised study from Memorial Sloan Kettering reported that serum taken from women who had take very high dose soy supplementation (25.8 g twice a day) added to laboratory tumour cells caused them to proliferate faster (Increased K67 expression) and overexpress the tumorigenic growth factor receptor FGFR271. This supports the notion that phytoestrogen foods are healthy, but concentrating them into strong supplements is not recommended.

On the other hand, no study of non-phytoestrogenic foods supplements has shown any detrimental effects on cancer outcomes and some have beneficially influenced progression rates. For example, a study carried out at John Hopkins involving pomegranate seed extract, found that men taking the supplements had a reduction in PSA progression rate72. A study conducted at the Mayo Clinic found that green tea concentrate decreased the abnormal white cell count in 30% of patients with chronic leukaemia, and a small study from Louisiana University reported that green tea concentrate significantly reduced levels of several cancer-promoting growth factors as well as PSA levels in participants26. In the Vitamins and Lifestyle (VITAL) cohort study, a regular intake of grapeseed extract was shown to be linked with a lower risk of prostate cancer70, and another small RCT found that a dietary supplement containing isoflavones, plus other phytochemicals and anti-oxidants delayed PSA progression73. Interestingly one of the most popular supplements, Saw Palmetto, despite an effect in early small studies, showed no benefit for prostate cancer or benign prostatic hypertrophy in the largest randomised evaluation74. Likewise, another popular supplement, lycopene, despite similar suggestions from smaller non-randomised trials68, 69, demonstrated no benefits in a more robust evaluation.

So far, the largest trial analysing phytochemical-rich food extracts was the National Cancer Research Network adopted Pomi-T study75. This study combined four different food types (pomegranate, green tea, broccoli and turmeric) in order to provide a wide spectrum of synergistically acting nutrients, whilst at the same time avoiding over-consumption of one particular phytochemical. It involved two hundred men, with localised prostate cancer managed with active surveillance or watchful waiting experiencing a PSA relapse, following initial radical interventions.

The results, presented as an oral presentation at the American Society of Clinical Oncology Conference (ASCO), Chicago, showed a statistically significant, 63% reduction in the median PSA progression rate compared to placebo in both men on active surveillance and experiencing a PSA relapse post-treatment. A further analysis of MRI images, demonstrated the cancers size and growth patterns correlated with PSA changes, excluding the possibility that this was just a PSA rather than tumour effect75. It was well tolerated, apart from some mild loosening of the bowels in 10% of men, and there was no effect on testosterone levels. At 6 months, significantly more men opted to remain on surveillance rather than proceeding to expensive radiotherapy, surgery or medical castration which can cause unpleasant effects such as depression, hot flushes, weight gain, osteoporosis and erectile dysfunction75.

A number of other RCT’s involving whole food phytochemical-rich supplement have demonstrated benefits for some of the distressing symptoms common after cancer treatments, such as fatigue76 and urinary infections77. There are currently over ten, on-going studies registered with the National Institute of Health. In the UK, the Institute of Preventative Medicine has plans to include the Pomi-T supplement into the next national prostate cancer prevention study. This study will be recruiting men with a higher genetic risk of prostate cancer identified in the national RAPPER study, co-ordinated by the Institute of Cancer Research. Further trials are being designed involving men with prostate cancer already on androgen deprivation therapy and individuals with skin, colorectal and bladder cancer. In the meantime, a trial is passing through the regulatory process to investigate whether the natural anti-inflammatory properties of these ingredients could help joint pains after breast cancer.

Conclusion

There is increasingly convincing evidence to show that plant phytochemicals, particularly polyphenols have significant benefits for humans. Not only do they improve our daily lives by helping our food taste, smell and look appetising, they also reduce our risk of cancer and help people living with and beyond treatments. Living well programmes, slowly being introduced in the UK, are beginning to highlight the importance of phytochemical-rich diets, along side other lifestyle factors, largely being driving by the National Survivorship Initiative and guidelines from influential organisations such as ASCO. Going a step further and concentrating these foods, or extracted elements of these foods, into nutritional supplements gives an opportunity to boost their beneficial anti-cancer effects, but have their pitfalls. Studies of concentrated minerals, vitamins and phytoestrogenic supplements have reported detrimental effects. No study has reported detrimental effects of whole, non-phytoestrogenic food supplements and some have reported significant advantages. Despite these potential benefits and reports that over 60% of patients living with and beyond cancer take nutritional supplements, oncologists have been reluctant to discuss their pros and cons due to a lack of RCTs from academic institutions55, 56. Hopefully this trend will change, particularly following the success of the Pomi-T study75 and ongoing studies registered with the National Cancer Institute.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
None
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
ROBERT THOMAS, MRCP MD FRCR. Consultant Oncologist, Bedford & Addenbrooke’s Hospitals, Cambridge University NHS Trust c/o The Pimrose Oncology Unit, Bedford Hospital, Bedford, UK. ELIZABETH BUTLER, MSc Dip ION. Body Soul Nutrition, Level 2, 25 Petersham Road, Richmond, Surrey, UK. FABIO MACCHI, M.Sc. Head of Scientific & Clinical Development, Helsinn Healthcare S.A. PO Box 357 6915 Lugano/Pambio-Noranco, Switzerland. MADELEINE WILLIAMS, BA(Hons) PgDip. Research Manager, The Primrose Oncology Unit, Bedford Hospital, Bedford, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
ROBERT THOMAS, MRCP MD FRCR. Consultant Oncologist, Bedford & Addenbrooke’s Hospitals, Cambridge University NHS Trust c/o The Pimrose Oncology Unit, Bedford Hospital, Bedford, UK. MK42 9DJ.
Corresponding Author Email: 
rt@cancernet.co.uk
References
References: 
  1. World Cancer Research Fund/American Institute for Cancer Research. Food, Nutrition and the Prevention of Cancer: A Global Perspective. AIRC: Washington; 2007.
  2. Key TJ. Fruit and vegetables and cancer risk. British Journal of Cancer 2011;104: 6–11.
  3. Block G, Patterson B and Subar A. Fruit, vegetables and cancer prevention: a review of the epidemiological evidence. Nutrition and Cancer 1992;18(1): 1–29.
  4. Scalbert A, Johnson I and Satlmarsh M. Polyphenols: antioxidants and beyond. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 2005;81(1): 215S-217S.
  5. Bauer CM, Johnson EK, Beebe-Dimmer JL, et al. Prevalence and correlates of vitamin and supplement usage among men with a family history of prostate cancer. Integrative Cancer Therapies 2012;11(2): 83-89.
  6. Uzzo RG, Brown JG, Horwitz EM, et al. Prevalence and patterns of self-initiated nutritional supplementation in men at high risk of prostate cancer. British Journal of Urology International 2004;93(7): 955-960.
  7. Hu F, Wang YB, Liang J, et al. Carotenoids and breast Cancer risk: a meta-analysis and meta-regression. Breast Cancer Research and Treatment 2012;131(1): 239-253.
  8. Tung K, Wilkens LR, Wu AH, et al. Association of dietary vitamin A, carotenoids and other antioxidants with the risk of ovarian cancer. Cancer Epidemiology, Biomarkers & Prevention 2005;14: 669.
  9. Banim PJ, Luben R, McTaggart A, et al. Dietary antioxidants and the aetiology of pancreatic cancer: a cohort study using data from food diaries and biomarkers. Gut 2012;62(10): 1489-1496.
  10. Chaoyang L, Ford ES, Zhao G, et al. Serum alpha-carotene concentrations and the risk of death amongst US adults.  Archives of Internal Medicine 2011;171(6): 507-515.
  11. Joseph MA, Moysich KB, Freudenheim JL, et al. Cruciferous vegetables, genetic polymorphisms and prostate cancer risk. Nutrition and Cancer 2004;50(2): 206-213.
  12. Song-Yi, Suzanne PM, Lynne RW, et al. Legume and isoflavone intake and prostate cancer risk: The Multi-ethnic Cohort Study. International Journal of Cancer. 2008;123(4): 927-932.
  13. Giovannucci E, Rimm EB, Liu Y, et al. A prospective study of tomato products, lycopene and prostate cancer risk. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 2002;94: 391-398.
  14. Knekt P, Jarvinen R, Seppanen R, et al. (1997) Dietary flavonoids and the risk of lung cancer and other malignant neoplasms. American Journal of Epidemiology 1997;146: 223–230.
  15. Le Marchand L, Murphy SP, Hankin JH, et al. Intake of flavonoids and lung cancer. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 2000;92: 154 –160.
  16. Rodríguez-Ramiro D, Ramos S, López-Oliva E, et al. Cocoa-rich diet prevents azoxymethane-induced colonic preneoplastic lesions in rats by restraining oxidative stress and cell proliferation and inducing apoptosis. Molecular Nutrition & Food Research 2011;55: 1895-1899.
  17. Sun CL, Yuan JM, Koh WP, et al. Green tea and cancer risk: The Singapore Chinese Health Study. Carcinogenesis 2007;28(10): 2143-2148.
  18. Wu LL, Chiou CC, Chang PY, et al. Urinary 8-OHdG: a marker of oxidative stress to DNA and a risk factor for cancer, atherosclerosis and diabetics. Clinica Chimica Acta 2004;339(1-20): 1-9.
  19. Song F, Qureshi A and Han J. Increased caffeine intake is associated with reduced risk of basal cell carcinoma of the skin. Cancer Research 2012;72(13): 3282-3289.
  20. Loftfield E, Freedman ND, Graubard BI, et al. Coffee drinking and cutaneous melanoma risk in the NIH-AARP diet and health study. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 2015;107(2): 1-9.
  21. Pierce JP, Natarajan L, Caan BJ, et al. Influence of a diet very high in vegetables, fruit, and fiber and low in fat on prognosis following treatment for breast cancer: the Women's Healthy Eating and Living (WHEL) randomized trial. Journal of the American Medical Association 2007;298(3): 289-298.
  22. Buck K, Vrieling A, Zaineddin AK, et al.  Serum enterolactone and prognosis of post-menopausal breast cancer. Journal of Clinical Oncology 2011;29(28): 3730-3738.
  23. Zhu Y, Wu H, Wang PP, et al. Dietary patterns and colorectal cancer recurrence and survival: a cohort study. British Medical Journal Open 2013;3(2): e002270.
  24. Boyapati SM, Shu XO and Ruan ZX. Soy food intake and breast cancer survival: a follow up of the Shanghai Breast Cancer Study. Breast Cancer Research and Treatment 2005;92: 11–7.
  25. Ogunleye AA, Xue F and Michels KB. Green tea and breast cancer risk of recurrence: A meta-analysis. Breast Cancer Research and Treatment 2010;119(2): 477.
  26. Shanafelt TD, Call TG, Zent CS, et al. Phase I trial of daily oral polyphenon E (green tea extract) in patients with asymptomatic stage 0-II chronic lymphatic leukaemia.  Journal of Clinical Oncology 2009;27(23): 3808–3814.
  27. Ornish D, Weidner G, Fair WR, et al.; Intensive lifestyle changes may affect the progression of prostate cancer. Journal of Urology 2005;174: 1065-1070.
  28. Pantuck AJ, Leppert JT, Zomorodian N, et al. Phase II study of pomegranate juice for men with rising PSA following surgery or radiation for prostate cancer. Journal of Urology 2005;173: 225–226.
  29. Heinen MM, Hughes MC, Ibiebele TI, et al. Intake of antioxidant nutrients and the risk of skin cancer. European Journal of Cancer 2007;43(18): 2707-2716.
  30. Swann R, Perkins KA, Velentzis LS, et al. The DietCompLf study: A prospective cohort study of breast cancer survival and phytoestrogen consumption. Maturitas 2013;75: 232-240.
  31. Reuland DJ, Khademi S, Castle CJ, et al. Upregulation of phase II enzymes through phytochemical activation of Nrf2 protects cardiomyocytes against oxidant stress. Free Radical Biology and Medicine 2013;56: 102–111.
  32. Johnson I. Phytochemicals and cancer. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society 2007;66: 207-215.
  33. Gasper AV, Al-Janobi A, Smith JA, et al. Glutathione S-transferase M1 polymorphism and metabolism of sulforaphane from standard and high-glucosinolate broccoli. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 2005;82: 1283–1291.
  34. Sood S, Choudhary S, Wang HC et al. Induction of Human Breast Cell Carcinogenesis by Triclocarban and Intervention by Curcumin. Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications 2013;438(4): 600-606.
  35. Kim HY, Kim OH and Sung MK. Effects of phenol-depleted and phenol-rich diets on blood markers of oxidative stress, and urinary excretion of quercetin and kaempferol in healthy volunteers. Journal of theAmerican College of Nutrition American College of Nutrition 2003;22(3): 217-223.
  36. Morse MA, LaGreca SD, Amin SG, et al. Effects of indole-3-carbinol on lung tumorgenesis and DNA methylation in mice. Cancer Research 1990;50: 2613-2627.
  37. Boyle SP, Dobson VL, Duthie SJ et al. Absorption and DNA protective effects of flavonoid glycosides from an onion meal. European Journal of Nutrition 2000;39: 213–223.
  38. Sandhir R and Mehrotra A. Quercetin supplementation is effective in improving mitochondrial dysfunctions induced by 3-nitropropionic acid: Implications in Huntington's disease. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta (BBA) - Molecular Basis of Disease 2013; 1832 (3): 421-430.
  39. Hecht SS, Carmella SG, Kenney PM et al. Effects of cruciferous vegetable consumption on urinary metabolites of the tobacco-specific lung carcinogen 4-(methylnitrosamino)-1-(3-pyridyl)-1-butanone in Singapore Chinese. Cancer Epidemiology, Biomarkers & Prevention 2004; 13(6): 997-1004.
  40. Smith JS and The Food Safety Consortium. Brush on the marinade, hold off the cancerous compounds. ScienceDaily 2007;June 28.
  41. Carlsen MH, Halvorsen BL, Holte K et al. The total antioxidant content of more than 3100 foods, beverages, spices, herbs and supplements used worldwide. Nutrition Journal 2010;9:3 doi:10.1186/1475-2891-9-3.
  42. Malik A, Afaq F, Sarfaraz S, et al. Pomegranate fruit juice for chemoprevention and chemotherapy of prostate cancer. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 2005;102: 14813–14818.
  43. Lansky EP, Jiang W, Mo H, et al. Possible synergistic prostate cancer suppression by anatomically discrete pomegranate fractions. Investigational New Drugs 2005;23: 11–20.
  44. Rocha A, Wang L, Penichet M et al. Pomegranate juice and specific components inhibit cell and molecular processes critical for metastasis of breast cancer. Breast Cancer Research and Treatment 2012;136(3): 647-658.
  45. Somasundaram S, Edmund NA, Moore DT et al. Curcumin inhibits chemotherapy-induced apoptosis in models of cancer. Cancer Research 2002;62(13): 3868-3875.
  46. Park EJ, John M and Pezzuto JM.  The pharmacology of resveratrol in animals and humans. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta (BBA) - Molecular Basis of Disease 2015; 1852 (6); 1071-1113
  47. Butterfield DA and Keller J. Antioxidants and antioxidant treatment in disease. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 2012; 1822: 615
  48. Zhang HN, Yu CX, Chen WW, et al. Curcumin down regulates gene NKX3.1 in prostate cancer cell lines (LNcaP). Acta Pharmacologica Sinica 2007;28(3): 423-430.
  49. Dorai T, Gehani N and Katz A. Therapeutic potential of curcumin in human prostate cancer. Curcumin inhibits tyrosine kinase activity of the epidermal growth factor receptor. Molecular Urology 2000;4(1): 1-6.
  50. Iqbal M, Sharma SD, Okazaki Y, et al. Dietary supplementation of curcumin enhances antioxidant phase II metabolosing enzymes in mice. Pharmacology & Toxicology 2003;92(1); 33-38.
  51. Handler N, Jaeger W, Puschacher H, et al. Synthesis of noval curcumin analogues and their evaluation as selective cyclooxygenase-1 inhibitors. Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin 2007;55(1): 64-71.
  52. Yang CS, Maliakal P and Meng X. Inhibition of carcinogenesis by tea. Annual Review of Pharmacologyand Toxicology 2002;42: 25-54. 
  53. Mudduluru G1, George-William JN, Muppala S, et al. Curcumin regulates miR-21 expression and inhibits invasion and metastasis in colorectal cancer. Bioscience Reports 2011;31(3): 185-97.
  54. Pietinen P, Malila N, Virtanen M, et al. Diet and risk of colorectal cancer in a cohort of Finnish men. Cancer Causes and Control 1999;10(5): 387-96.
  55. Voorrips LE1, Goldbohm RA, van Poppel G, et al. Vegetable and fruit consumption and risks of colon and rectal cancer in a prospective cohort study: The Netherlands Cohort Study on Diet and Cancer. American Journal of Epidemiology 2000 Dec 1;152(11): 1081-92.
  56. Liao J, yang GY, Park ES (2004). Inhibition of lung carcinogenesis and effects on angiogenesis and apoptosis in mice given green tea. Nutrition and Cancer 2004;48(1): 44-53.
  57. Harris HR, Orsini N and Wolk A. Vitamin C and survival among women with breast cancer: a metanalysis. European Journal of Cancer 2014;50(7): 1223-1231.
  58. Hercberg S Galan P, Preziosi P, et al. The SU.VI.MAX Study: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial of the health effects of antioxidant vitamins and minerals. Archives of Internal Medicine 2004;164(21): 2335-2342.
  59. Meyer F, Galan P, Douville P, et al. Antioxidant vitamin and mineral supplementation and prostate cancer prevention in the SU.VI.MAX trial. National Library of Medicine. International Journal of Cancer 2005;116(2): 182-186.
  60. Blot WJ, Li JY, Taylor PR, et al. Nutritional intervention trials in Linxian China: supplementation with specific vitamin/mineral combinations, cancer incidence and disease specific mortality in the general population. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 1993;85: 1483-1491.
  61. Omenn GS, Goodman GE, Thornquist MD, et al. Risk factors for lung cancer and for intervention effects in CARET, the beta-carotene in retinol efficacy trial. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 1996;88: 1550-1559.
  62. Leitzmann MF, Stampfer MJ, Wu K, et al. Zinc supplementation and the risks of prostate cancer. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 2003;95(13): 1004-1007.
  63. Klein EA, Thompson IM, Tangen CM, et al. Vitamin E and the risk of prostate cancer. The selenium and vitamin E cancer prevention trial (SELECT). Journal of the American Medical Association 2011;306(14): 1549-1556.
  64. Kenfield SA, Van Blarigan EL, DuPre N, et al. Selenium supplementation and prostate cancer mortality. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 2014;107(1): 360.
  65. Heinonen O, Albanes D, Virtamo J, et al. Prostate cancer and supplementation with alpha-tocopherol and beta-carotene: incidence and mortality in a controlled trial. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 1998;90: 440-446.
  66. Chuang S. A U-shaped relationship between plasma folate and pancreatic cancer risk in the European Prospective Investigation into Cancer and Nutrition. European Journal of Cancer 2011;47: 1808-1816.
  67. Greenwald P, Milner JA, Anderson DE, et al. Micronutrients in cancer chemoprevention. Cancer and Metastasis Review 2002;21(3-4): 217-230.
  68. Clark PE, Hall MC, Borden LS, et al. Phase I-II prospective dose-escalating trial of lycopene in patients with biochemical relapse of prostate cancer. Urology 2006;67(6): 1257-1261. 
  69. Clark PE, Rimm EB, Liu Y, et al. A prospective study of tomato products, lycopene and prostate cancer risk. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 2002;94: 391-398.
  70. Brasky TM, Kristal AR and Navarro SL. Specialty supplements and prostate cancer risk in the VITamins and Lifestyle (VITAL) cohort. Nutrition and Cancer 2011;63(4): 573-582.
  71. Shike M, Doane A, Russo L, et al. The Effects of Soy Supplementation on Gene Expression in Breast Cancer: A Randomized Placebo-Controlled Study. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 2014;106(9).
  72. Carducci MA, Paller CJ, Wozniak P, et al. A phase II study of pomegranate extract for men with rising PSA. Journal of Clinical Oncology 2011;29(7): 11-19.
  73. Schröder FH, Roobol MJ, Boevé ER, et al. Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover study in men with prostate cancer and rising PSA: effectiveness of a dietary supplement. European Urology 2005;48(6): 922-930.
  74. Bent S, Kane C, Shinohara K, et al. Saw Palmetto for Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia. New England Journal of Medicine 2006;354(6): 557-566.
  75. Thomas R, Williams M, Bellamy P, et al A double blind, placebo controlled randomised trial (RCT) evaluating the effect of a polyphenol rich whole food supplement on PSA progression in men with prostate cancer - The UK National Cancer Research Network (NCRN) Pomi-T study. Prostate Cancer and Prostatic Diseases 2014;17: 180–186.
  76. Barton DL, Liu H, Dakhil SR, et al. Wisconsin Ginseng (Panax quinquefolius) to improve cancer-related fatigue: a randomized, double-blind trial. Journal of the National Cancer Institute 2013;105(16): 1230-1238.
  77. Bonetta A and Di Pierro F. Enteric coated highly standardized cranberry extract reduces risk of UTI’s and urinary symptoms during and after radiotherapy for prostate cancer. Cancer Management and Research 2012;4: 281-286.

Phenobarbital induced Pellagra

Authors
Youssef kort, Naziha Khamassi, Heykel Abdelhedi and Ouahida Cherif
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a814
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background: Pellagra is a nutritional disorder due to an insufficiency in vitamin B3 also called vitamin PP for “pellagra preventing” vitamin. The disease was characterized by the “3D” consisting in dermatitis, dementia and diarrhea. The insufficiency can be due to drug use as anti epileptics. We describe a case of Phenobarbital-induced pellagra.
Observation: We report here a 61 years old woman who developed pellagra after a 45 years use of Phenobarbital. The diagnosis was suspected by the association of dermatological, neurological and gastro intestinal signs. It was confirmed by the good response to the niacin treatment and Phenobarbital discontinuation.
Conclusion: Pellagra should be considered in patients taking anti epileptic drugs because of its very good prognosis if treated and fatal issue if misdiagnosis.

Keywords: 
Pellagra, Phenobarbital, epilepsy

Introduction

Pellagra is a nutritional disorder due to an insufficiency in vitamin B3 also called vitamin PP (‘Pellagra preventing’). The disease was characterized by the following ‘3 D’s’: ‘Dermatitis’, ‘Dementia’ and ‘Diarrhoea’. When it is misdiagnosed, it can lead to the fourth ‘D’ which is ‘Death’.1 It was very common in past centuries, particularly in populations that had an exclusively maize diet. Nowadays, this diet problem is rare in developed countries, so the disease is less frequent. However, many recent studies suggest that the disease has not been eradicated and can be under-diagnosed. Alcohol, drugs and malabsorption seem to be the new aetiologies of the disease. So, it is important to recognize the ‘3 D’s’ triad in such situations to avoid fatalities.

Observation

A 61-year-old patient presented to the Internal Medicine Department with an 8-month history of deterioration in her general state. She had a medical history of Epilepsy treated by Phenobarbital since she was 16.

Review of systems revealed gastrointestinal symptomatology consisting of intermittent diarrhoea (6-7 watery stools a day without blood), dysphagia and diffuse abdominal pain. The patient also reported a skin photosensitive eruption affecting her hands and feet.

Physical examination showed a listless patient with a low Body Mass Index (17 kg/m²).

On dermatological examination, symmetric, well-defined, brown-coloured and scaly eruption was observed on the dorsa of her feet (Picture 1) and hands (Picture 2). The mucous examination showed a commissural Cheilitis and Glossitis.


Picture 1:
Brown well-defined patches on feet.


Picture 2:
Brown pigmentation and scales of hands.


Picture 3:
Hands aspect after treatment.

The nervous system examination revealed a pyramidal and cerebellar syndrome. The response to neurocognitive tests was altered suggesting Dementia.

The rest of physical examination was normal. In particular, there were neither peripheral lymph nodes, nor spleen or liver enlargements, nor abdominal mass.

The laboratory tests (glucose, calcaemia, creatinine, liver function tests, urine analysis, haemoglobin, hematocrit, sedimentation rate, C-reactive protein and protein electrophoresis) were within normal limits.

Oesogastroduodenal endoscopy was normal. The cranial, thoracic and abdominal CT scans were normal.

The diagnosis of Pellagra was made on dermatological, abdominal and neurological signs. The patient was treated by Niacin (1000 mg/day) and multivitamin complex. Phenobarbital was discontinued and switched to Clobazam. The patient’s symptoms started to improve quickly. Ten days after the treatment began the skin lesions (Picture 3) and gastrointestinal signs completely disappeared.

Discussion

Pellagra was diagnosed clinically in our patient based on the skin aspects. The skin lesions have been described since 1771 by Frapolli whose name was given to the disease: Pellagra which means rough skin in Italian.1 The typical lesions consist of a brown pigmentation and scales with a photosensitive distribution and well-defined borders as seen in our patient. The face, the neck and the dorsa of the hands are the preferential locations.2 The skin lesions are not always found, and cases of Pellagra Sine Pellagra have been described.3 The extra-cutaneous manifestations are less specific, but their association with pellagrous skin lesions are sufficient to reach a diagnosis. The neurological involvement is classically a Dementia syndrome, but ‘Pellagrous Encephalopathy’ can also consist of delirium, insomnia, depression, cerebellar and extrapyramidal syndrome.4 The gastrointestinal signs are non-specific; they can be Glossitis, dysphagia, nausea, vomiting and abdominal pain. An intractable diarrhoea may occur in advanced stages of disease and can quickly lead to death.5

In 1929, Goldberger attributed such clinical manifestations to a Niacin (vitamin B3 or PP) deficiency. Niacin is a precursor for two important coenzymes namely ‘Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide (NAD)’ and ‘NAD-Phosphate’ which are essential for many oxidative reactions. This probably explains why Pellagra affects tissues with a high rate of cell turnover such as the skin and digestive tract.4

Niacin can be directly absorbed by the gastrointestinal tract or synthesized from Tryptophan.

Primary Pellagra occurs when the diet is deficient in Niacin or Tryptophan as in poor populations with an exclusive maize diet (which contain Niacin but in an indigestible form).

Despite sufficient dietary Niacin, Secondary Pellagra may be caused by a problem in Niacin absorption or metabolism. Many causes of Secondary Pellagra were identified as alcohol, intestinal malabsorption, carcinoid tumours, Hartnup’s Syndrome, Anorexia Nervosa and drugs (Table 1).5 Our patient did not consume alcohol and had no biological signs of malabsorption, but she was taking Phenobarbital for about 45 years. In the English literature, we found only two cases of Phenobarbital-induced Pellagra, and with a fatality in one case.6, 7 The underlying mechanism of Pellagra caused by Phenobarbital, or other antiepileptic drugs, is an alteration in Niacinamide synthesis due to an enzymatic induction.5

Table 1: List of drugs predisposing to Pellagra.

Predisposing Drugs
Antituberculosis agents:
Isoniazid
Pyrazinamide
Antiepileptic drugs:
Hydantoins
Ethionamide
Phenobarbital
Diazepam
Chemotherapy and immunosuppressive drugs
6-Mercaptopurine
5-Fluorouracil
Chlorambucil
Azathioprine
Chloramphenicol

The treatment is first based on correction of predisposing factors. In our patient, it consisted of using another antiepileptic drug instead of Phenobarbital. Second-line treatment is a vitamin therapy based on Niacin. There is no consensus on the doses, form and duration of the treatment, but the minimal dose is 300 mg of Niacin/day. A multivitamin complex containing other B-vitamins is often necessary because of the frequency of other deficits in such patients.2 With treatment, the skin lesions and gastrointestinal symptoms generally disappear within a few hours or days, as in the case of our patient, and it is a good argument for a retrospective diagnosis of pellagra.1 Testing for Niacin levels or urinary metabolites is not frequently available and it’s not necessary for the diagnosis.

Conclusion

We described a typical case of Pellagra in which the ‘3 D’s’ were present. In such a case, we should begin the treatment before the results of the laboratory investigations are known. The improvement of all symptoms within a few days is sufficient to confirm the diagnosis. However, the ‘3 D’s’ triad is not always present, and the clinician should consider the diagnosis in face of unexplained abdominal or neurological signs in certain patient groups.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
YOUSSEF KORT, Internal Medicine, Razi hospital, cité les orangers 2010, Tunis, Tunisia. NAZIHA KHAMMASSI, Internal Medicine, Razi hospital, cité les orangers 2010, Tunis, Tunisia. HEYKEL ABDELHEDI, Internal Medicine, Razi hospital, cité les orangers 2010, Tunis, Tunisia. OUAHIDA CHERIF, Internal Medicine, Razi hospital, cité les orangers 2010, Tunis, Tunisia.
Corresponding Author Details: 
YOUSSEF KORT, Razi hospital, cité les orangers 2010, Tunis, Tunisia.
Corresponding Author Email: 
y_kort@yahoo.fr
References
References: 
  1.  Sayyidou S. Pellagra: a non-eradicated old disease. Clin Pract. 2014; 28; 4(1): 637.
  2. Pitche PT. Pellagra. Sante. 2005; 15(3): 205-208.
  3. Ishii N, Nishihara Y. Pellagra among chronic alcoholics: Clinical and pathological study of 20 necropsy cases. Journal of Neurology Neurosurgery and Psychiatry. 1981; 44(3): 209-215.
  4. Oldham MA, Ivkovic A. Pellagrous encephalopathy presenting as alcohol withdrawal delirium: a case series and literature review. Addict Sci Clin Pract. 2012; 7: 12.
  5. Piqué-Duran E, Pérez-Cejudo JA, Cameselle D, Palacios-Llopis S, García-Vázquez O. Pellagra: A clinical, histolopathological and epidemiological study of 7 cases. Actas Dermosifiliogr. 2012; 103: 51-58.
  6. Stadler R, Orfanos CE, Immel C. Drug induced pellagra. Hautarzt. 33(5): 276-280.
  7. Pancar Yuksel E, Sen S, Aydin F and al. Phenobarbital-induced pellagra resulted in death. Cutan Ocul Toxicol. 2014; 33(1): 76-78. 

“The Culture palette”- a randomized intervention study for women with burnout symptoms in Sweden.

Authors
Christina Grape Viding, Walter Osika, Töres Theorell, Jan Kowalski, Johan Hallqvist and Eva Bojner Horwitz
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a813
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Burnout is common among women in Sweden. Cultural activities, i.e. arts, have benefitted different patient populations and may have potential for treating this group as well. 
Aim: To evaluate possible health effects of regular cultural activities for women with burnout symptoms with focus on exhaustion level.
Methods: 48 women (mean age 54) were randomly assigned either to a cultural activity group (intervention group) or to a control group. Four health care centers were the settings for a “Culture Palette” comprised of six different cultural activity packages: interactive theater, movie, vocal improvisation and drawing, dance, mindfulness training and musical show. The activity packages were offered once a week over a period of three months. Standardized questionnaires; the Karolinska Exhaustion Disorder Scale ( KEDS), Sense of Coherence (SOC), Toronto Alexithymia Scale (TAS)  and Self-rated health  were used at baseline, in month three and at follow-up in month six. Qualitative interviews with patients, cultural producers and health care staff were conducted at month three and month six.
Results: Burnout symptoms/exhaustion (P< .001) and alexithymia (P=0.007) as well as self-rated health (P<0.001) improved more in the intervention group than in the control group with clinically relevant effect variances. There was no statistical evidence of any difference in the development of SOC between the intervention and the control group. The healthcare staff were also positively affected although they did not participate in the cultural activities. Conclusion: Regular cultural activities affected this group of women beneficially with enhanced health and decreased levels of exhaustion.  

Keywords: 
arts, burnout, cultural activities, exhaustion symptoms, health care centers, self-rated health, women.

Introduction

Population studies in Norway are showing that taking part of (creative) or receiving (receptive) cultural activities, i.e. arts, is associated with good health and good satisfaction with life among other things,1. Cultural activities have the potential to affect individuals beneficially: physiologically, biologically and emotionally, and several studies show that cultural activities can stimulate emotions and behaviors that make life easier, 2–5. Cultural activities can enrich and enhance our memory, stimulate connections among brain networks and enable us to accelerate learning and differentiate feelings of meaning and context,6,7 Cultural activities have also improved both physical health, social function and vitality among health care staff,8.

In an analysis of data from a large longitudinal cohort-study of a working population (called the SLOSH study = Swedish longitudinal occupational survey of health), some interesting associations were revealed between access to cultural activities in the workplace and health. Participants reporting many cultural activities at work had a more favorable improvement of emotional exhaustion during a follow-up period of two years than those whose workplaces did not offer these amenities,9. Other studies in which cultural activities have been offered to patients on long-term sick leave confirm that cultural activities have beneficial effects on both self-confidence and pain,10,11.

In a new approach, an artistic leadership program, called “Shibboleth”, affects not only managers included in the study, but also their employees (who did not participate in the artistic program). This one year art-based program showed statistically significantly more improvement of mental health, covert coping and performance-based self-esteem than the comparison group (who participated in an ordinary leadership program). They also experienced less winter/fall deterioration in the serum concentration of DHEA-S (dehydroepiandrostereone-sulfate), a regenerative/anabolic hormone,12.

Studies on singers, both amateur and professional singers and choir singers, show positive effects on different biological markers such as oxytocin and testosterone,13–15. On the basis of results from another Swedish project, ”Prescribed Culture”, which aimed to evaluate the effects of prescribed cultural experiences in the treatment of patients on long term sick leave, it was claimed that cultural experiences have their best effects when used in health promotion and prevention , rather than when the individual is already sick,16. Multimodal stimulation seems to have particularly strong effects. For instance, concomitant visual and auditory stimulation gives rise to stronger activation of “visual” and “auditory” parts of the brain than separate visual and auditory stimulation,17.

A mixture of different cultural activities seems to optimize influence on the limbic system since a broader emotional perception is activated,7. Cultural activities offered to participants that would not have chosen them spontaneously, could enhance already existing pathways in the brain enabling deeper cognitive behavioral change,17–20.

Despite this knowledge regarding the potential benefit of cultural activities in different contexts on both individuals and groups there is still a missing accessible practical functioning link between producers of culture and different groups of practitioners within health-care.

Burnout is characterized by emotional exhaustion, detachment from work and decreased effectiveness at work. This can develop in situations with excessive workload and insufficient resources as well as lack of control and support,21. If the process of burnout is a reaction to long-term stress, without enough recovery, this can lead to the more severe exhaustion syndrome,22. Symptoms include fatigue, impaired emotional regulation, cognitive problems and sleeping disorders. Most of these patients have an increased sensitivity for stress even after recovery,22. In recent years, Swedish rates of sick leave due to minor psychiatric morbidity , and burnout symptoms, have increased dramatically,23-24 . Complaints usually include physical, emotional and cognitive exhaustion, which in most cases appear to be related to chronic stress without restitution,25–28. Today many women in Sweden have stress related symptoms, and some are diagnosed with exhaustion syndrome. If these women are detected at an early stage, the prognosis is good,22.

Alexithymia, (the difficulty to differentiate your own and others feelings), can be a silent but severe problem for persons suffering from this personality trait. Grabe et al.,29 conducted a study in which the questionnaire TAS-20 was used for the assessment of alexithymia. Medical examination was also performed. In this study alexithymia was related to hypertension and arteriosclerotic plaques. Alexithymic personality traits may increase the risk for CVD (cardio vascular disease).

The rationale behind choosing symptoms of exhaustion, SOC and alexithymia as main outcome variables was the intention to examine whether cultural activities in this form can change pattern of thought, feelings and behavior in participants with burnout symptoms. If cultural activities prove effective for this participant group, they could have considerable benefits both financially in terms of reducing sick leave and health care consumption and of reduced individual suffering.

Aim

The aim of the study was to assess to what extent symptoms of exhaustion, sense of coherence, alexithymia and self-rated health among women with burnout symptoms can be beneficially influenced by cultural activities organized in health care centers.

Method

Participants

Four health care centers in Stockholm County hosted the cultural activities. Medical doctors and social workers distributed information about the study to women diagnosed with exhaustion disorder or exhaustion symptoms. Women, native and foreign born, with burnout/exhaustion symptoms (fatigue syndrome or stress-related fatigue) who were curious about new clinical approaches were asked by the doctor to participate in the study and screened for inclusion and exclusion criteria. Participants (women age > 18) with burnout/exhaustion symptoms such as strong fatigue, cognitive problems, and sleep disturbances were enrolled. There was an inclusion criterion with a score above 2 on the KEDS scale. The diagnosis was made by the doctor.

Exclusion criteria: Participants with difficulty in speaking and understanding Swedish, participants with alcohol or drug abuse problems, or/and participants with severe depression or psychiatric borderline. Also excluded were participants with severe somatic diseases (such as serious angina pectoris or participants who had had a stroke). Randomization was done using a 3:1 allocation to intervention or control groups.

The randomization was done using a stratified randomization by center. Randomization was done by the statistician. The group allocations were sent in individual envelopes which were distributed to centers and blinded to the site staff. Envelopes were further drawn in a consecutive order with regard to recruitment of subjects at each of the four health care centers. Thirty-six participants were allocated to the intervention group (nine patients in each group) and twelve participants to the control group. The standard care that each participant received included physiotherapy such as relaxation and physical light training.

All randomized participants gave their written consent to participation in the study. Data were collected over a period of 6 months. The project includes evaluation of six different culture activities. In the selection of the health care centers socio- economic diversity and employment status were considered. We used regularly occurring structured cultural activities in cooperation with culture producers, i.e. actors, musicians, dance teachers. The Regional Research Ethics Committee of Uppsala has approved the study (Dnr. 2012/359).

The culture palette: six different cultural packages

The following cultural activities were included in the study; five of them have previously been presented in the literature with good evidence on other groups of patients. One package (the musical show), which has not been presented previously on groups of patients, was chosen as it represents a combination of different modalities of activities at the same time. The active mechanism of all six cultural activities was to stimulate different modalities of the senses such as the visual, motor, verbal, auditory, emotional and sensational, according to Downing’s levels of perception, 30. All participants were offered six cultural packages:

1. Interactive theater: An experienced actor introduced poetical lyrics and poems and then initiated and participated in discussions with the participants regarding thoughts, emotions, and experiences evoked by the texts.

2. Movie: After showing a movie, a film expert initiated discussions among the participants about experiences and thoughts evoked by the movie.

3. Vocal improvisation and drawing: After participating in a vocal improvisation session with an experienced performance artist and pianist, the participants painted a picture representing emotions, thoughts and pictures evoked during the improvisation

4. Exploring Dance: The participants improvised dance movements under the guidance of a dance movement pedagogue/music teacher. The dance movements were staged according to the situation in the room and with focus on bodily awareness. Afterwards the group discussed their experiences during the dance session.

5. Mindfulness and contemplation: The participants contemplated and practiced mindfulness together with an experienced mindfulness instructor. Attention was on breathing and body awareness. Thoughts, feelings, images and sensations were in focus and experiences were reflected in the group after the contemplation.

6. Musical show: after a musical show including music, song and dance focusing on bodily awareness, the participants discussed thoughts regarding the body with the actor.

Every session in each one of the six different cultural packages lasted for 90 minutes.

Evaluations

Three different standardized scales, and also self-rated health and self-figure drawing, were used.

KEDS - Karolinska Exhaustion Disorder Scale,31. Questions about concentration, memory, physical fatigue, endurance, recovery, sleep, hypersensitivity to sensory input, experience requirements and irritation and anger. Higher scores indicate worse disease activity/performance.

SOC - Sense of coherence,32. A key factor in being able to feel well-being and health. This factor has been shown to be crucial to helping individuals mobilize their self-healing systems. Higher scores indicate better performance.

TAS - Toronto Alexithymia Scale,33. Estimation of ability to recognize and interpret feelings in oneself and others. TAS contains three subscales; the inability to handle emotions due to emotions being poorly recognized (difficulty recognizing), the inability to describe feelings (difficulty describing), and mismatch between coping behavioral emotions (externally oriented thinking). This study used the full scale score, i.e. the summary of the three sub scores. Higher scores indicate worse performance.

Self-rated health (SRH) consists of a single item measure.

Procedures/implementation

The four different health care centers presented each activity on two consecutive occasions. After two weeks of one program, there was a new program on two consecutive occasions etc. Each participant has thus been offered 12 cultural packages during a three-month period, i.e. once a week. During the monitoring period between month 3 and month 6, there was no culture activity offered. The control group was monitored in parallel during the entire period monthly at 0, 3 and 6 months.

The participants evaluated the project individually with questionnaires prior to the sessions, after completion of the intervention at month 3, and at follow-up after 3 months i.e. month 6 (both intervention and control group). In-depth interviews with both participants and producers of culture, i.e. representatives for the various cultural activities and health care staff were conducted during the monitoring period (this data is not presented in this article).

Data analysis

The primary outcome efficacy end point/measure was mean change from baseline to three and six months in the KEDS summary score. The secondary outcome measures were mean change from baseline in the SOC summary score, the TAS summary score and the self-rated health, from baseline to three to six months.

All data were presented using descriptive statistics, i.e. mean and standard deviation for continuous variables and frequency and percentage for categorical variables. For all main outcome variables, data were further analyzed using the Linear Mixed Models, including group (intervention and control) and time (baseline, 3 month and 6 months) as fixed factors. Results were presented as marginal means, the estimated mean value adjusted for the factors included in the analyses model. The difference between intervention and control group with regard to the estimated and adjusted means are defined as the effect size, i.e. the mean difference between the intervention groups for each of the primary and secondary outcomes measures divided by the standard deviation. All tests were two-tailed and p<0.05 was regarded as statistically significant.

IBM SPSS version 22 was used for statistical calculations. In the presentation of the results from the statistical analyses, the measured effect size was used and derived as the absolute difference between active intervention and controls with regard to each of the outcome variables/endpoints used,34.

Results

There were 55 participants screened in this study, however seven participants who met the exclusion criteria of too serious/severe depression was not included into the study. In total, there were 48 participants randomized into the study, age between 41 and 70 years, mean 53.8 (SD= 8.15).

The results showed that for KEDS (exhaustion) there was a statistically significant two-way interaction (P<0.001) with a decreased mean from baseline to three and six month respectively in the intervention group whereas in the control group there was no change. The mean treatment effect size, i.e. the mean difference between groups, in favor of the intervention group was 9.9 (SE=3.0) at 6 months. See table 1 and figure 1a.

There was no difference in mean SOC - Sense of Coherence – scores between the groups. See figure 1b. Further, the results revealed a statistically significantly more pronounced decrease in the intervention group compared to the control group in the alexithymia items of total score, (P=0.007, mean treatment effect size=5.4 (SE=2.2) at 6 months in favor of the intervention group), difficulty describing (P=0.004, 2.4 (0.9)), difficulty identifying (P=0.051, 2.6 (1.3)) but not for external orientation (P=0.334 0.5 (0.8)). See table 1 and figure 1c. There was also a statistically significant difference between the groups with regard to self-rated health (P<0.001) where mean scores increased over time in the intervention group but decreased in the control group. See figure 1d.

Table 1

KEDS (Karolinska Exhaustion Disorder Scale) and TAS (Toronto Alexithymia Scale) and SRH (self-rated health) at baseline, month 3 and month 6.

  Control Group (n=12)   Intervention Group (n=36)
Count Mean Standard Deviation Count Mean Standard Deviation
KEDS
Baseline 12 32.7 8.2 35 31.7 8.4
Month 3 12 34.9 9.2 34 23.6 8.6
Month 6 12 33.9 8.7 33 23.7 10.1
Sense of Coherence
Baseline 12 117.2 29.9 33 118.0 28.0
Month 3 12 112.8 30.3 33 121.1 30.5
Month 6 12 115.1 24.2 34 123.9 28.2
Difficulty Describing
Baseline 12 14.8 4.3 34 14.2 4.6
Month 3 12 15.3 3.6 31 12.7 4.6
Month 6 12 15.2 4.1 34 11.8 3.9
Difficulty Identifying
Baseline 12 20.0 6.0 34 20.3 6.3
Month 3 12 20.6 6.5 31 19.0 6.9
Month 6 12 20.0 6.1 34 17.4 5.0
Externally Oriented
Baseline 12 14.9 4.2 34 13.8 4.4
Month 3 12 15.4 4.3 31 13.9 3.9
Month 6 12 14.6 4.8 34 13.2 3.5
TAS
Baseline 12 49.7 13.1 34 48.3 13.4
Month 3 12 51.3 13.3 31 45.6 13.9
Month 6 12 49.8 13.9 34 42.4 10.8
Self-rated Health
Baseline 12 5.2 1.5 36 4.8 1.9
Month 3 12 4.6 1.9 36 6.0 1.9
Month 6 12 3.6 1.6 35 6.4 1.9

Figure 1a

Marginal means and 95 % confidence intervals for the KEDS (exhaustion) scale by group and time. Results were based on the linear mixed models analysis adjusted for baseline.

Figure 1b

Marginal means and 95 % confidence intervals for the sense of coherence (SOC) scale by group and time. Results were based on the linear mixed models analysis adjusted for baseline.

Figure 1c

Marginal means and 95 % confidence intervals for the Toronto Alexithymia Scale (TAS) by group and time. Results were based on the linear mixed models analysis adjusted for baseline.

Figure 1d

Marginal means and 95 % confidence intervals for the self-rated health scale (SRH) by group and time. Results were based on the linear mixed models analysis adjusted for baseline.

Discussion

The results show that the different exhaustion factors measured by means of KEDS (Karolinska Exhaustion Disorder Scale) decreased in the intervention group compared to the control group. With regard to the total score of TAS (Toronto Alexithymic Scale) there was a statistically significant decrease in the intervention group compared to the controls, i.e. the participants started to improve their differentiation of feelings and emotions after three months with cultural activities. The same pattern was seen with regard to self-rated health, which improved in the intervention group. However, there was no significant difference between the groups with regard to the development of sense of coherence.

It seems that the different cultural activities have helped the participants become more aware of their feelings and sensations; to describe and to identify feelings. It is not easy to explain the positive results based on one clear paradigm. It is likely a mixture of psychological, neurological and social factors or changes that interact in a complex manner.

Previous studies have discussed the theory of the emotional brain - cultural modalities can “surprise” the cognitive brain unconsciously. LeDoux,20 discusses the upper/slower and the lower/faster pathway in the brain. Emotionally loaded visual and auditory stimuli are transmitted on both types of pathways. Music impulses are for example evoking activities in the emotional brain much more rapidly than in the cognitive brain. However, impulses spread secondarily from the emotional to the cognitive brain. This can trigger the participants awareness of different emotions and may start a process of differentiation, possibly initiating a change of life course. By using different cultural activities, that the participants normally would not try, the differentiation process may be amplified. This suggests that cultural activities can surpass automated thinking and create new "pathways '' with changes in behavior and increased well-being.

In other studies we have observed that a mixture of different cultural activities can increase the amount of stimuli affecting a broader network of emotional correlates, 14,16,18 . A very interesting long-term decrease in alexithymia, 35 was associated with lowered blood pressure and a decrease in sick leave. By allowing the participants to try new cultural stimuli we may have helped the participants change old habits. A hypothesis is that this may also have contributed to the observed decrease in exhaustion.

Why did we not see any increase in the sense of coherence in the intervention group? It is very difficult to change patterns of thought and behavior although we can argue that the participants in the control group also found a new sense of coherence just by being invited to answer questions about themselves and being focused upon. Many of the participants did not go out spontaneously because of their fear of socializing. Some of them described their situation as black or white, not wanting to change routines that made them feel less safe,36.

Despite the fact that the health care staff did not participate in the culture palette, they were also affected by the cultural activities 36. This may be a mirroring effect, or emotional contagiousness on health care staff, which may also play a role between the participants and their staff. The passive cultural activation phenomenon has previously been presented in the literature,37 and there seem to be possible well-being effects of just watching dance or visiting a theatre, 6,10 which may explain the positive health care staff response to the culture palette. The results of this study underscore the importance of regarding the health care system as a whole, where patients, health care staff and visiting relatives affect each other. Empathic behaviors contaminate in all directions and we need to be aware of how we project ourselves when working in a caring context.

Modified “culture palettes” and “train the trainer” programs and workshops are now in use in Sweden, inspiring cultural producers to further develop the health care system and a cultural health box - a box with six different books about cultural activities and the research behind this - have been distributed to all health care centers in Sweden, 38.

Developing and adapting cultural programs to fit other kind of groups of participants could cross-fertilize health care thru culture production.

Limitations

This study was limited to women with exhaustion symptoms and therefore further research on implementation of cultural activities within different groups of participants and sexes is needed before we can generalize the results to other groups of participants. Another limitation is that we did not control for outside activities, such as doing walks in nature. In this study we only presented indoor cultural activities.

Conclusion

The cultural activities in this study made exhausted women understand what makes them vital, confirmed, curious, healthy and creative. The study also illustrated that there could be synergistic effects when bringing cultural activities into the health care system36.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
The authors thank all participants, health care staff and cultural producers who made this study possible. The authors also thank the Postal Code lottery, Sweden, for sponsoring this project.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
CHRISTINA GRAPE VIDING, RN, PHD stud., Dept. of Public Health and Caring Sciences, Uppsala University, Uppsala, Sweden. WALTER OSIKA, MD, PHD, Center for Social Sustainability, Dept. of Neurobiology, Care Sciences and Society, Karolinska Institutet and Dept. of Clinical Neuroscience, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden. TÖRES THEORELL, MD, PHD,PROF., Stress Research Institute, Stockholm University, Stockholm, Sweden. JAN KOWALSKI, Biostatistician, Dept. of Science, Intervention and Technology, Pediatric Unit, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden. JOHAN HALLQVIST, MD, PHD, PROF. Dept. of Public Health and Caring Sciences, Uppsala University, Uppsala, Sweden. EVA BOJNER HORWITZ, PHD, PHT, Dept. of Public Health and Caring Sciences, Uppsala University, Uppsala and Center for Social Sustainability, Dept. of Neurobiology, Care Sciences and Society, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden.
Corresponding Author Details: 
CHRISTINA GRAPE VIDING, BMC, Husargatan 3, Box 564, SE-751 22 Uppsala, Sweden.
Corresponding Author Email: 
tina.grape.viding@pubcare.uu.se
References
References: 
  1. Cuypers, K., Krokstad, S., Holmen, TL. et al. Patterns of receptive and creative cultural activities and their association with perceived health, anxiety, depression and satisfaction with life among adults: the HUNT study, Norway. Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health. 66(8):698–703 (2012).
  2. Theorell, T., Konarski, k., Engström, R. et al. Behandling av långvariga psykosomatiska sjukdomstillstånd med konstpsykoterapi[Treatment of longterm psychosomatic states with creative art psychotherapy]. Vård [Care] 94–97 (1993).
  3. Theorell, T. Psychological health effects of musical experiences -theories, studies and reflections in music health science. (Springer, 2014).
  4. Clift, S. M. & Hancox, G. The perceived benefits of singing: findings from preliminary surveys of a university college choral society. J. R. Soc. Promot. Health 121(4):248–256 (2001).
  5. Cohen, G. D., Perlstein, S., Chapline, J. et al. The impact of professionally conducted cultural programs on the physical health, mental health, and social functioning of older adults. Gerontologist 46(6):726–734 (2006).
  6. Bojner Horwitz, E. Kultur för hälsans skull[Culture for the sake of health]. (Gothia, 2011).
  7. Immordino-Yang, M. H., McColl, A., Damasio, H. et al. Neural correlates of admiration and compassion. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 106(19):8021–8026 (2009).
  8. Bygren, L. O., Weissglas, G., Wikstrom, BM. et al. Cultural participation and health: a randomized controlled trial among medical care staff. Psychosom. Med. 71(4):469–473 (2009).
  9. Theorell, T., Osika, W., Leineweber, C. et al. Is cultural activity at work related to mental health in employees? Int. Arch. Occup. Environ. Health. 86(3): 281–288 (2013).
  10. Bojner Horwitz, E., Kowalski, J. & Anderberg, U. M. Theater for, by and with fibromyalgia patients – Evaluation of emotional expression using video interpretation. Arts Psychother. 37(1):13–19 (2010).
  11. Ikonomidou, E., Rehnstrom, A. & Naesh, O. Effect of music on vital signs and postoperative pain. AORN J 80(2):269–274,277–278 (2004).
  12. Romanowska, J. Larsson, G., Eriksson, M. et al. Health effects on leaders and co-workers of an art-based leadership development program. Psychother. Psychosom. 80(2):78–87 (2011).
  13. Grape, C., Sandgren, M., Hansson, L.-O. et al. Does singing promote well-being?: An empirical study of professional and amateur singers during a singing lesson. Integr. Physiol. Behav. Sci. 38(1):65–74 (2003).
  14. Grape, C., Theorell, T., Wikström, B. M. et al. Choir singing and fibrinogen. VEGF, cholecystokinin and motilin in IBS patients. Medical Hypotheses. 72(2):223–225 (2009).
  15. Grape, C., Wikström, B.-M. M., Ekman, R., et al. Comparison between choir singing and group discussion in irritable bowel syndrome patients over one year: saliva testosterone increases in new choir singers. Psychother. Psychosom. 79, 196–198 (2010).
  16. Augustinsson, S. Kultur på recept/Prescribed Culture. (2011). at <http://www.skane.se/kulturparecept>
  17. Baumgartner, T., Lutz, K., Schmidt, C. F. et al. The emotional power of music: How music enhances the feeling of affective pictures. Brain Res. 1075(1):151–164 (2006).
  18. Pennebaker, J. W. Writing About Emotional Experiences as a Therapeutic Process. Psychological Science. 8(3):162–166 (1997).
  19. Lumley, M. A. Alexithymia, emotional disclosure, and health: A program of research. Journal of Personality. 72(6):1271–1300 (2004).
  20. LeDoux, J. E. The Emotional Brain: The Mysterious Underpinnings of Emotional Life. (Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1998).
  21. SBU. Swedish Counsil on Health Technology Assessment. Role of the work environment in the development of symtoms of depression and burnout. (2014). doi:SBU-report nr 223. ISBN 978-91-85413-64-5.
  22. Åsberg, M., Grape, T.,Krakau, I., et al. Stress som orsak till psykisk ohälsa/Stress as the cause of mental illness. Lakartidningen. 107(19-20):1307–1310 (2010).
  23. Swedish Social Insurance Agency. Follow-up of the development of sickness insurance. (2013). doi:Dnr. 3023-2013
  24. Norlund, S., Reuterwall,C., Höög, J., et al. Burnout,working conditions and gender - results from the northern Sweden MONICA Study. BMC Public Health. 10:326 (2010).
  25. Åsberg, M., Sköld, C., Wahlberg, K., et al. Mindfulness-meditation/ An old fashion method for stress relief. Lakartidningen. 103(42):3174–3177 (2006).
  26. NBHW. National Board of Health and Welfare. Exhaustion syndrome. Stress related psychological ill health. (2003).
  27. NBHW. National Board of Health and Welfare. Changes and additions to classifikation of diseases and health problems, ksh97-systematic list. (NBHW, 2005).
  28. Golkar, A., Johansson, E., Kasahara, M., et al. The influence of work-related chronic stress on the regulation of emotion and on functional connectivity in the brain. PLoS One. 9(9):e104550 (2014).
  29. Grabe, H. J., Schwahn, C., Barnow, S., et al. Alexithymia, hypertension, and subclinical atherosclerosis in the general population. J. Psychosom. Res. 68(2):139–147 (2010).
  30. Downing, G. Kroppen och Ordet [The Body and the Word]. (Natur & Kultur, 1997).
  31. Besèr, A., Sorjonen, K., Wahlberg, K. et al. Construction and evaluation of a self rating scale for stress-induced Exhaustion Disorder, the Karolinska Exhaustion Disorder Scale. Scand. J. Psychol. 55(1):72–82 (2014).
  32. Langius, A. & Lind, M. G. Well-being and coping in oral and pharyngeal cancer patients. Eur. J. Cancer. B. Oral Oncol. 31B(4):242–249 (1995).
  33. Bagby, R. M., Ayearst, L. E., Morariu, R. et al. The Internet administration version of the 20-item Toronto Alexithymia Scale. Psychol. Assess. 26(1):16–22 (2014).
  34. Moher, D., Schulz, K. F. & Altman, D. G. The CONSORT statement: revised recommendations for improving the quality of reports of parallel-group randomized trials. Lancet. 357 (9263):1191-4 (2001).
  35. Jorgensen, R. S. & Houston, B. K. Cardiovascular reactivity, hostility, and family history of hypertension. Psychother Psychosom. 50(4):216–222 (1988).
  36. Grape Viding,C., Osika,W., Theorell,T. et al. “Culture palette” in Swedish Health Care centres - a qualitative interview with health care staff, culture producers and patients. Work in progress (2015).
  37. Rizzolatti, G., Fadiga, L., Gallese, V.  et al. Premotor cortex and the recognition of motor actions. Cogn. Brain Res. 3(2):131–141 (1996).
  38. Red. Eva Bojner Horwitz. The Culture health box of books. Six books referring different cultural activities within health care. (Gothia, 2014).

Familial dilated cardiomyopathy linked with hearing loss in brothers: case report

Authors
Jing Lin, Jianhong Tao, Guangre Xu and Li Cai
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a812
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Dilated cardiomyopathy (DCM) is the third leading cause of severe heart failure and the most common cause of heart transplantation. Many cases (25–30%) of DCM are familial, indicating a genetic contribution to the etiology. The diagnosis of Familial dilated cardiomyopathy (FDC) is clinically based on the clinical manifestation, with at least two affected members from the same family. More than 30 genes associated with FDC have been identified, but still theses explain only a minority of the etiology of FDC. Here we present a strange case of FDC accompanied by hearing loss and rapid progressive course. The manifestations of FDC in this family was really rare and it is anticipated that more susceptibility genes may be discovered.

Keywords: 
familial dilated cardiomyopathy; hearing loss; rapid progressive course

Introduction

Dilated cardiomyopathy (DCM) is a cardiac muscle disease, characterized by dilatation and impaired contraction of the left ventricle or both ventricles, and leads to progressive heart failure and sudden or heart failure-related death [1]. The life expectancy is limited and varies according to the underlying etiology with a median survival time of about 5 years after diagnosis [2]. Although the pathogenesis of this disease has been extensively studied for decades, it remains ambiguous. Currently, myocarditis, immunological abnormalities, toxic myocardial damage, and persistent cardio-tropic viral infection are all assumed to be causes of DCM [3]. Dilated cardiomyopathy occurring in families, or the familial dilated cardiomyopathy (FDC) may occur in 25% to 35% of DCM cases, implicating a genetic contribution to the etiology [4-7].  More than 30 susceptibility genes have been shown to be associated with an increased risk of developing a DCM. Here we report three strange cases of FDC accompanied by hearing loss and rapid progressive course in brothers from Sichuan Province of China. The presentation of the family was really rare and it is anticipated that more susceptibility genes may be discovered.

Case report

The patient was a boy from Sichuan Province, and had lost his hearing when he was five years old. At the age of eight, the boy presented with cough and acute onset breathlessness. On examination, he had blood pressure (BP) of 90/60mmHg, heart rate (HR) 105/min, raised jugular venous pressure (JVP), crackles over the lung bases and a pansystolic murmur at the apex. A huge cardiomegaly was seen on chest X-ray (CXR), and the cardiothoracic ratio (CT ratio) was 0.721. ECG revealed primary atrioventricular block and left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH). Echocardiography (Echo) showed enlargement of both ventricles of the heart, a decreased left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF), and severe mitral regurgitation (MR). The patient was treated in line with congestive cardiac failure (CCF). However, he died three months after the acute onset of breathlessness.

Surprisingly, the progression was nearly the same as two of his older brothers. Both of them also lost hearings at the age of five. Then presented with acute onset breathlessness and they were diagnosed with DCM aged seven to eight years. They also died three months later after the acute onset of breathlessness. Because of the terrible experience of his older brothers, the boys’ parents took him to hospital every year to be examined. ECG and Echo images were normal 6 months before the onset of breathlessness. Moreover, the boy had no symptoms 1 month before his presentation.

Discussion

The definition of FDC is clinically based on manifestation with at least two affected members from the same family [5]. The most common mode of inheritance is the autosomal dominant type, while X-linked, autosomal recessive and mitochondrial forms are less common [8, 9]. Although most people affected die in early adulthood, the age of onset, rate of progression, disease complications, as well as overall prognosis and outcome vary within families [5, 10]. Nevertheless, the age of onsets in this family were similar and with a rapid progressive course. All of the sons in the family suffered from DCM as well as hearing loss. The manifestation of the brothers haven’t been reported before. We traced back three generations of this family finding no other affected members.  As all the patients were male, we speculated that the possible mode of inheritance in this family is X-linked. Regrettably, the parents had no daughters and we were not able to investigate the possible association between gender and FDC of this kind. Because of the rapid progressive course, we hypothesize that autoimmune abnormalities might be the pathogenic factors for this disease, but we do not have any solid evidence yet. Fortunately, we were able to get the blood samples from the patient and the relatives. Further studies are needed to explore new susceptibility genes as well as the molecular mechanisms that are involved in the disease.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JING LIN, Department of Cardiology, Sichuan Academy of Medical Sciences &Sichuan Provincial People’s Hospital, Chengdu 610072, PR China. JIANHONG TAO, Department of Cardiology, Sichuan Academy of Medical Sciences &Sichuan Provincial People’s Hospital, Chengdu 610072, PR China. GUANGRE XU, Department of digestive internal medicine, Sichuan Academy of Medical Sciences &Sichuan Provincial People’s Hospital, Chengdu 610072, PR China. LI CAI, Department of Cardiology, Sichuan Academy of Medical Sciences &Sichuan Provincial People’s Hospital, Chengdu 610072, PR China.
Corresponding Author Details: 
LI CAI, Sichuan Academy of Medical Sciences &Sichuan Provincial People’s Hospital, Chengdu 610041, PR China.
Corresponding Author Email: 
582301352@qq.com
References
References: 
  1. Richardson P, McKenna W, Bristow M, Maisch B, Mautner B, O'Connell J, Olsen E, Thiene G, Goodwin J, Gyarfas I, Martin I, Nordet P: Report of the 1995 World Health Organization/International Society and Federation of Cardiology Task Force on the Definition and Classification of cardiomyopathies. Circulation 1996;93:841-842.
  2. Osterziel KJ, Hassfeld S, Geier C, Perrot A: [Familial dilated cardiomyopathy]. Herz 2005;30:529-534.
  3. Chen Y, Peng Y, Zhou B, Wang Y, Zhou C, Song Y, Li C, Zhang J, Rao L: Analysis of adiponectin gene polymorphisms in dilated cardiomyopathy in a Han Chinese population. DNA Cell Biol 2010;29:313-317.
  4. Ghosh N, Haddad H: Recent progress in the genetics of cardiomyopathy and its role in the clinical evaluation of patients with cardiomyopathy. Curr Opin Cardiol 2011;26:155-164.
  5. Pasotti M, Repetto A, Pisani A, Arbustini E: [Genetic diagnosis of familial dilated cardiomyopathy]. Ital Heart J Suppl 2002;3:386-393.
  6. Burkett EL, Hershberger RE: Clinical and genetic issues in familial dilated cardiomyopathy. J Am Coll Cardiol 2005;45:969-981.
  7. Hershberger RE, Siegfried JD: Update 2011: clinical and genetic issues in familial dilated cardiomyopathy. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011;57:1641-1649.
  8. Martins E, Cardoso JS, Abreu-Lima C: Familial dilated cardiomyopathy. Rev Port Cardiol 2002;21:1487-1503.
  9. Zheng DD, Yang JH, Tao Q, Geng M, Lin J, Yang XJ, Song JP, Li HX, Han LH, Jiang WP: Mutations in the beta-myosin heavy chain gene in southern Chinese families with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy. J Int Med Res 2010;38:810-820.
  10. Serio A, Narula N, Kodama T, Favalli V, Arbustini E: Familial dilated cardiomyopathy. Clinical and genetic characteristics. Herz 2012;37:822-829.

A Study On Clinical Features And Cost Incurred By Dengue Syndrome Patients Admitted To Tertiary Care Hospital

Authors
Manjunath M N, Chaithanya C Nair and Sharanya R
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a811
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background: India is one of the seven identified countries in Southeast Asia regularly reporting dengue fever (DF)/dengue haemorrhagic fever (DHF) outbreaks. India may soon transform into a major niche for dengue infection in the future with more and more new areas being struck by dengue epidemics.

Objectives: 1) To study the clinical manifestations, trends and outcomes of all confirmed dengue cases admitted to a tertiary care hospital. 2) To study the cost incurred by these patients during hospital stay.

Materials and Methods: This record-based study was conducted on 757 serologically (NS1 Ag/ IgM/ IgG) positive dengue cases admitted to KIMS Hospital & Research Centre, Bangalore during January 2012 to December 2012. Required data from the entire laboratory confirmed cases were collected from the Medical Records Department (MRD) and analysed.

Results: The seropositive case rate for dengue was 61.5% with NS1 antigen\ IgM\ IgG. Males were commonly affected and the most vulnerable age group was found to be between 5 to15 years of age. The median age was 8 years. The percentage of cases presented as dengue fever without warning signs was 88.5%, the remaining being dengue with warning signs and severe dengue. Fever was the most common symptom seen followed by vomiting and abdominal pain. Haemorrhagic manifestations were seen in about 4.5% of cases of which majority presented with petechiae followed by haematemesis. The mortality rate was 8.6%.

Conclusion: Increased awareness, better transport facilities and case management according to the WHO guidelines is needed to further reduce mortality and cost burden of dengue cases.

Abbreviations: 
DF - Dengue Fever, DHF - Dengue Haemorrhagic Fever, DSS - Dengue Shock Syndrome, ARDS - Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome, MODS - Multiple Organ Dysfunction Syndrome.

Introduction:

Dengue made its debut as early as 1780, when Benjamin Rush described the condition as “break bone fever”. This hitherto unfamiliar infection has now grown to demand the attention of all public health care providers. It is a mosquito borne, fast emerging, viral infection manifesting in four serotypes (1). Approximately 2.5 billion people, living mainly in urban areas of tropical and subtropical regions, are estimated to be at risk of acquiring dengue infection (2). While dengue is endemic in more than 100 countries, most cases are reported from Southeast Asia and the western Pacific regions. Around 50 million cases and 24,000 deaths are estimated to occur in these 100 endemic countries. This includes hospitalisation of nearly half a million cases of dengue haemorrhagic fever (DHF), of which 90% are children. Treated (DHF)/dengue shock syndrome (DSS) is associated with a 1% mortality rate while mortality rate among untreated cases escalates to 20%(3,4).

India is one of the seven identified countries in the Southeast Asia region regularly reporting incidence of DF/DHF outbreaks. The first confirmed report of dengue infection in India dates back to 1940s, and since then more and more new states have been reporting the disease which mostly strikes in epidemic proportions often inflicting heavy morbidity and mortality, in both urban and rural environments.(5)

The various manifestations of dengue may not have a distinct line of demarcation: apart from the classic features, reports of rare presentations have recently become more frequent (6,7). During recent outbreaks in India, the clinical manifestations which were shown by the patients were slightly different from those in previous years(8).. There have been many reports of difficulties in the use of the previous classification, which were summarised in a systematic literature review (9). Difficulties in applying the criteria for dengue haemorrhagic fever in the clinical situation, together with the increase in clinically severe dengue cases which did not fulfil the strict criteria, led to the request for the classification to be reconsidered .Hence, WHO revised the dengue case classification into dengue (with or without warning signs), and severe dengue (10).The present study was done to analyse the clinical features, complications, cost incurred and outcome of cases admitted to a tertiary care teaching hospital in Bangalore.

Methodology:

A record based descriptive study was conducted in paediatric patients admitted with signs and symptoms suggestive of dengue fever to KIMS hospital Bangalore, during the period between January 2012 to December 2012. SD BioLine kit was used for testing with NS1 antigen\ IgM\ IgG. The medical records were perused for collecting data about these cases using a pre-designed proforma. Data was analysed for the clinical presentations, outcome and direct cost incurred in respect to hospital charges and laboratory investigations.

Results:

Out of 1230 cases admitted with clinical signs and symptoms suggestive of dengue syndrome 757 (61.5%) cases were found to be NS1 antigen\ IgM\ IgG positive for dengue. Among the 757 positive cases, males were 499 (65.9%) and females 258 (34.1%). The majority of the cases were in the school going age group and this consisted of 310 cases (41%) and adolescent children which accounted for 249 cases (33%), the median age being 8 years of age. The least number of cases were seen in infants which accounted for 45 cases (6%).

Table 1. Sex distribution

Age group Male Female Total
Infant 31 14 45
Toddler 114 39 153
School going 208 102 310
Adolescent 146 103 249
TOTAL 499 (65.9%) 258(34.1%) 757

The majority, 88.5% of cases presented as dengue fever without warning signs, 6.34% with dengue fever with warning signs and 5.15% with severe dengue. Of the cases with warning signs 92.3% of cases had fever, 42.5% cases had vomiting and 38.2% cases had abdominal pain. Haemorrhagic manifestations were seen in about 4.5% of cases of which majority (87%) presented with petechiae followed by haematemesis (9%) and epistaxis (4%). Rashes were seen in 4% and arthralgia in 13% of cases. Pleural effusion was seen in 21% of cases and ascites was seen in 16% of cases. Complications in the form of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) was seen in 12.06% cases, 6% cases showed neurological manifestations in the form of encephalopathy and 1.3% cases had renal failure.

Table 2. Severity of dengue

SEVERITY PERCENTAGE
DF without warning signs 88.5
DF with warning signs 6.3
Severe dengue 5.15

Table 3. Presenting complaints

Presenting Complaints Number (%)
Fever 699(92.3)
Myalgia 148(19.5)
Haemorrhagic manifestations 34(4.5)
Vomiting 321(42.5)
Abdominal pain 289(38.1)
Headache 201(26.5)
Arthralgia 99(13)
Diarrhoea 80(10.5)
Others 121(16)

Fig 1 presenting complaints.

Haemoglobin level of > 12gm% was found in 73.4% cases, 9-12gm% in 23.4%, 6-9gm% in 2.1% and <6 gm% in 1.1% of cases. Platelet count of < 20,000 was found in 21.5% of cases, 20-50 thousand in 39.5% , 50,000 to 1.5 lakh in 36% of cases and >1.5 lakh was found in 3% of cases. Majority (65.5%) of cases were NS1 Ag positive alone or with IgM/ IgG/ or both positive.

Remaining were positive for either of the antibodies.13.7% cases werepositive for all the three i.e. Ag, IgM,& IgG. The mortality rate was found to be 8.6%

Figure 2: outcome

Cost incurred which includes direct cost (transporting patient to the hospital, diagnostic testing and laboratory investigations, medications, hospitalisation, food) was found to been average of Rs.12,611=00. The indirect cost loss of wages of patient &attendants) was found to be an average of Rs.3, 109=00. The hidden cost (out of pocket expenses) was found to be an average of Rs.50=00. The cost of treatment of other co-morbid conditions was found to be an average of Rs.2, 275=00. The total cost of treating dengue syndrome was 18,045=00

Discussion:

In the present study it was found that males were commonly affected and the most common age group was between 5 to 15 yrs of age. Similar results were reported in a study by Faridi et al, 76% of all cases of DHF /DSS were aged 6 years or more[11].

In the present study, the most common presenting symptoms was fever followed by vomiting and abdominal pain which is similar to study done by Kumar A et al showed fever in 99.2% followed by myalgia (64.6%), vomiting (47.6%), headache (47.6%) and abdominal pain (37.5%) (12).

In the present study, the most common bleeding manifestation was haematemesis and epistaxis. In a study by Ratageri et al, common bleeding manifestations were gastrointestinal bleeding (22%) and petechiae (18%) [13]. The gastrointestinal tract was reported as the commonest site of bleeding (61%) in a study by Ahmed et al [14].

In the present study majority of cases had platelet count between 20,000 to 50,000/mm3.In a study by Kamath et al, platelet counts less than 50,000/mm were noted in 62.3% [15]. In our study complicated cases showed ARDS and neurological manifestations in the form of encephalopathy. Almost all the cases which expired were found to have ARDS. Dengue associated ARDS is associated with a high mortality [16]. Dengue infection is found to cause neurological manifestation ranging from non-specific symptoms to encephalitis and rarely Guillain-Barre Syndrome [17]. In our study the mortality rate was found to be 8.6% , in the study by Anju et al overall mortality seen was 6% [18], compared to 3% by Ahmed et al [14].

Conclusion:

The seropositivity for dengue was 61.5% with NS1 antigen\ IgM\ IgG. Males were commonly affected and most vulnerable age group was found to be 5-15 year olds. The median age was 8 years. 88.5% of cases presented as dengue fever without warning signs, the remaining being dengue with warning signs and severe dengue. Fever was the most common symptom seen followed by vomiting and abdominal pain. Haemorrhagic manifestations were seen in about 4.5% of cases of which majority presented with petechiae followed by haematemesis. The mortality rate was 8.6%. Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrom (ARDS) and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) was found to be the most dreadful complications with high rates of mortality .

In this study it was found that cost incurred which includes direct cost (transporting patient to the hospital, diagnostic testing and lab investigations, medications, hospitalisation, food) was found to bean average of Rs. 12,611=00. Thus dengue syndrome also causes significant economic burden on the patients.

In the recent few years, the world has seen varied clinical presentation of the dengue fever in different epidemics, even in the same regions and even with the period of time. Where some known features are still manifesting, few atypical features are noted from several parts of the world. A continuous seroepidemiological surveillance and timely interventions are needed to indentify the cases, so that its complications, outbreak and mortality can be minimised.

Moreover community awareness, early diagnosis and management and vector control measures need to be strengthened, especially during peri-monsoon period, in order to curb the increasing number of dengue cases.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
DR MANJUNATH M N, Fellow in Paediatric Critical Care, Narayana Hrudayalaya, Bangalore, India. DR CHAITANYA NAIR, Post Graduate, Kempegowda Institute of Medical Sciences, Bangalore, India. DR SHARANYA R, Post Graduate, Kempegowda Institute of Medical Sciences, Bangalore, India.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DR MANJUNATH M N, Fellow in Paediatric Critical Care, Narayana Hrudayalaya, Bangalore, India.
Corresponding Author Email: 
drmanju.drmanju@gmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Guzmán MG, Kourí G. Dengue: An update. Lancet Infect Dis. 2002;2:33 42. [PubMed]
  2. Halstead SB (2007) Dengue. Lancet 370: 1644-1652
  3. WHO (2009) Dengue Guidelines for Diagnosis, Treatment, Prevention and Control WHO (2009) http://whqlibdoc.who.int/publications/2009/9789241547871_eng.pdf. Last accessed 5 July 2012
  4. World Health Organization. Dengue and dengue haemorrhagic fever. Fact Sheet. No. 117, 2002. Available from: http//www.who.int/mediacentre/factsheets/fs117/en/ [last accessed on 2009 Dec 20]
  5. Dengue in Kerala: A critical review. ICMR Bulletin. 2006;36:13–22
  6. Gulati S and Maheshwari A (2007) Atypical manifestations of dengue. Trop Med Int Health 12: 1087-1095
  7. Misra UK, Kalita J, Syam UK, Dhole TN (2006) Neurological manifestations of dengue virus infection. J NeurolSci 244: 117-122
  8. SeemaA, SinghV, KumarS, KumarA, DuttaS. The Changing Clinical Spectrum of Dengue Fever in the 2009 Epidemic in North India: A Tertiary Teaching Hospital Based Study. Journal of Clinical and Diagnostic Research 2012 August; Vol-6(6): 999-1002
  9. Bandyopadhyay S, Lum LC, Kroeger A. Classifying dengue: a review of the difficulties in using the WHO case classification for dengue haemorrhagic fever. Tropical Medicine and International Health, 2006,11(8):1238–1255
  10. WHO Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data Handbook for clinical management of dengue.1. Dengue – therapy. 2. Dengue – diagnosis. 3. Clinical medicine. 4. Handbooks. I. World Health Organisation. ISBN 978 92 4 150471 3 (NLM classification: WC 528)
  11. Faridi MMA, Aggarwal A, Kumar M, et al. Clinical and biochemical profile of Dengue haemorrhagic fever in children in Delhi. Trop Doct. 2008;38(1): 28-30
  12. Shah I, Deshpande GC, Tardeja PN. Outbreak of dengue in Mumbai and Predictive markers of dengue Shock Sydrome. J Trop Pediatr 2004; 50:301-305
  13. Ratageri VH, Shepur TA, Wari PK, et al. Clinical profile and outcome of dengue fever cases. Indian J Pediatr. 2005;72(8):705-6
  14. Ahmed S, Arif F, Yahya Y, et al. Dengue fever outbreak in Karachi 2006 - a study of profile and outcome of children under 15 years of age. J Pak Med Assoc. 2008;58(1): 4-8
  15. Kamath SR, Ranjit S. Clinical features, complications and atypical manifestations of children with severe forms of dengue hemorrhagic fever in South India. Indian J Pediatr. 2006;73(10):889-95
  16. Lum LC, Thong MK, Cheah YK et al. Dengue-associated adult respiratory distress syndrome. Ann Trop Pediatr.1995;15(4):335-9
  17. Garacia-Rivera EJ, Rigan-Perez JG. Encephalitis and dengue. Lancet 2002;360(9328):261
  18. Aggarwal A, Chandra J, Aneja S, et al. An epidemic of dengue hemorrhagic fever and dengue shock syndrome in children in Delhi. Indian Pediatr. 1998;35(8):727-32

Current Management of Achalasia – A Review

Authors
Hanna Winter, Rajeev Shukla, Mohamed Elshaer and Amjid Ali Riaz
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(2):a810
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Introduction: Achalasia is a rare oesophageal motility disorder characterised by oesophageal aperistalsis and incomplete relaxation on swallowing of the lower oesophageal sphincter. This review aims to identify and critique literature detailing the available management options for these patients and provide an up to date account of current thoughts and controversies in the treatment of achalasia.

Methods: An extensive literature search was performed for articles and reviews published on the management of achalasia, using Ovid MEDLINE, Cochrane library and PubMed search databases.

Results: The management of achalasia is controversial. Simple options such as pharmacological treatments and Botulinum toxin A injections do not provide sufficient relief of symptoms but may serve to treat those not suitable for surgery or dilatation. However, in those who are deemed suitable, the literature suggests that the optimum treatment is laparoscopic transabdominal Heller myotomy which has demonstrated the best long term results with few complications or perforations.

Conclusion: It is not possible to treat the underlying cause of achalasia but only to improve symptoms. Whilst the literature may suggest that the Heller myotomy is the best method to achieve this, it is clear that the outcomes are dependent on surgeon or physician technique and experience. It is important therefore that these patients are treated in a specialist centre with experience with such procedures. Recent advances in surgical and endoscopic technologies, with robotic Heller myotomy and per-oral endoscopic myotomy, provide promising progress for the treatment for achalasia

Keywords: 
Achalasia, manometry

INTRODUCTION

Achalasia is a rare oesophageal motility disorder, typically presenting with symptoms of dysphagia, regurgitation of food and retrosternal chest pain made worse on eating. The annual incidence in the UK, Ireland and USA is between 0.5 to 1.2 per 100,0001 and seems to affect both sexes and all races equally.

The aetiology of achalasia remains largely unknown. However, suggested influences include a genetic predisposition, infection and autoimmunity2,3. The changes responsible for achalasia include a combination of both poor oesophageal contractility and impairment of relaxation of the lower oesophageal sphincter resulting in oesophageal distension and symptoms described above. Reaching a diagnosis relies on oesophageal manometry in addition to barium swallow and oesophagogastroduodenoscopy (OGD).

The condition was first described by a British physician in 1674, Sir Thomas Willis, and treated with dilatation using a sponge attached to a whale bone4. It was not until many years later in 1913 that a German surgeon, Heller, performed the first cardiomyotomy5. The optimal treatment for achalasia remains controversial with treatment largely dependent on the preference of the physician. Cases are few and far between and therefore large studies reviewing the optimal treatments are limited.

This review aims to identify and collaborate relevant literature detailing the management options available to treat achalasia.

METHODS

An extensive literature search was performed using Ovid MEDLINE, Cochrane library and PubMed databases for relevant articles relating to medical, endoscopic and surgical management of patients with achalasia. Keywords including achalasia, Heller’s myotomy and balloon dilatation were used and relevant articles included.

MANAGEMENT

Diagnosis

All patients presenting with dysphagia should initially be investigated with OGD to exclude a mitotic lesion. OGD has little value however in diagnosing achalasia but remains an essential component of the investigation of the upper gastrointestinal tract. The gold standard for diagnosing achalasia is oesophageal manometry6,7. This typically shows a high resting pressure in the lower oesophageal sphincter which fails to relax on swallowing with associated impaired oesophageal contractility. A barium swallow may show very little in early disease, but in more advanced disease may demonstrate a ‘bird’s beak’ appearance or a sigmoid oesophagus, distension due to longstanding obstruction at the gastro-oesophageal junction (GOJ)8.

Achalasia Subtypes

Whilst the diagnosis of achalasia is dependent upon the above, high resolution manometry can further classify achalasia into three subtypes dependent on the pattern of oesophageal peristaltic abnormalities and oesophageal pressure dynamics (Figure 1). The three subtypes differ in responsiveness to treatment and as such, can be used to guide the most appropriate treatment and counsel patients appropriately.

Figure 1: The Chicago classification for achalasia subtypes9

Type I (classic) Achalasia with minimal oesophageal pressurisation
Type II Achalasia with oesophageal compression
Type III Achalasia with oesophageal spasm

Treatment

The treatment for achalasia is aimed entirely at symptom control. The underlying pathological processes which lead to myenteric plexus neurodegeneration are not fully understood and as such, cannot as yet be prevented or reversed. Current treatment options exist therefore to reduce the contractility of the lower oesophageal sphincter and hence improve the obstruction to passage of food and symptoms of dysphagia.

Various options exist for this, including pharmacological therapies which are available in the form of nitrates, calcium channel blockers, anticholinergic agents and beta agonists. Endoscopic therapy is a preferable alternative, with pneumatic balloon dilatation or intrasphincteric Botulinum toxin injection being the most commonly used techniques. The ultimate and generally accepted optimal treatment, however, is the surgical Heller’s myotomy (Figure 2).

Figure 2: Treatment options available for the management of achalasia

Pharmacological options Oral nitrates (GTN, Isosorbide dinitrate)
Calcium channel blockers (Nifedipine, verapamil)
Anticholinergics
Opioids (loperamide)
Phosphodiesterase inhibitors
Β2 agonists
Nitric oxide agonists
Endoscopic techniques Pneumatic balloon dilatation
Botulinum toxin injections
Peroral endoscopic myotomy (POEM)
Surgical options Heller’s cardiomyotomy (transabdominal or transthoracic / open or laparoscopic)

Medical

Pharmacological therapies as treatment for achalasia have been largely superseded by improvements in both endoscopic and surgical techniques. However, their potential role still exists in those with early disease, in elderly patients unsuitable for surgery or dilatation and in whom Botulinum toxin injections have failed. They may also have potential use in patients awaiting surgery for interim symptom control10,11,12. Most trials reviewing the effect of drug therapy for achalasia are limited by small numbers and short follow up so long-term benefits remain poorly understood13.

As with all achalasia treatments, the aim of drug therapy is to relax the lower oesophageal sphincter. Nitrates have been used as vasodilators within cardiovascular disease since the 1970s. Within the smooth muscle of the gastrointestinal tract, they behave similarly by increasing the production of cyclic GMP and in turn, causing dephosphorylation of the myosin light chain and subsequent inhibition of smooth muscle contraction. It is with this concept in mind that medical treatment with nitrates can cause relaxation of the lower oesophageal sphincter. There are only two randomised controlled trials which have reviewed the effect of nitrates on patients with achalasia and compared them to alternative treatment modalities14,15. However, as a Cochrane review has established, the results of these studies cannot be reliably interpreted due to both the methodology and the limitations with regards to follow up13. Regardless, nitrates are not without side effects and can cause headaches and changes in blood pressure. In view of this, their routine use is not recommended.

Calcium channel blockers, including Nifedipine, are more commonly used and are given sublingual 15-30 minutes before meals16. These limit the intracellular uptake of calcium and hence reduce the contractility of muscle cells. Reports of success as high as 65-80% have been documented17,18,19. However, up to 30% experience significant side effects.

Additional agents that have been described include β2- agonists, anticholinergics and phosphodiesterase inhibitors, the latter of which induces nitric oxide release and thereby relaxation of lower oesophageal sphincter muscle but can also result in significant side effects, including angina, and so routine use is again not advised20,21. It is for these reasons, that progress has been encouraged elsewhere with developments in both endoscopic and surgical techniques for the treatment of achalasia.

Endoscopic

Endoscopic treatments are again aimed at reducing the contractility of the lower oesophageal sphincter and several options exist for this. Injection of Botulinum toxin A is the most commonly performed and has fewer associated side effects and complications than its alternatives, hence is often used as first line treatment and especially in patients not suitable for surgical intervention. Alternative options include pneumatic balloon dilatation and more recently, per-oral endoscopic myotomy (POEM).

Botulinum toxin A is used as an intrasphincteric injection and exerts its action by inhibiting the release of acetylcholine, necessary for muscular contractions. This in turn lowers the tone and pressure of the lower oesophageal sphincter. 80-100 units of Botulinum toxin A are injected in divided doses in all four quadrants at the level of the squamocolumnar junction via endoscopic guidance. Patients recover quickly and can go home the same day22, typically seeing improvements in symptoms between days 1-323. Results are variable. Certainly the side effects are minimal and it appears to be a safe procedure without the risk of perforation seen with other techniques24,25. Short term improvement in symptoms is described as high as 85%. However, over time this is seen to decrease significantly to only 30% at one year. Most will require further injections or alternative treatments such as pneumatic balloon dilatation or surgical myotomy24.

Pneumatic balloon dilatation includes inflating a 30mm balloon at the level of the GOJ26,27. This process fractures the muscular fibers of the lower oesophageal sphincter hence disrupting the sphincter mechanism. It can be performed under fluoroscopic or endoscopic guidance dependent on operator experience and preference. The major risk is oesophageal perforation, which in experienced hands occurs in 1.9% (range 1-16)28. In addition, gastro-oesophageal reflux post procedure can be troublesome, affecting 4-16% of patients29.

A Cochrane review compared outcomes with Botulinum toxin injections and pneumatic balloon dilatation30. Whilst little difference in short term improvement was noted, longer term remission rates were considerably higher in those treated with balloon dilatation. However, even with balloon dilatation, up to a quarter require further treatments at five years31,32.

An emerging endoscopic technique is the peroral endoscopic myotomy (POEM). This is performed by incising the mucosa endoscopically, dissecting and developing a plane in the submucosal layer and performing a myotomy inferiorly to beneath the gastro-oesophageal junction. The mucosa is thereafter closed with staples. Studies have shown it to be both safe and effective with short term results demonstrating similar relief in dysphagia and improvements in Eckardt scores as patients undergoing laparoscopic myotomy33,34. The added benefit of POEM is the potential for faster return to normal activities34 and with preserving the need for surgery, dissection at the hiatus can be avoided which may reduce symptoms of post-operative reflux. However, it is technically challenging and studies demonstrating long term outcomes are not yet available.

Surgical

The surgical treatment for achalasia involves performing a myotomy at the level of the gastro-oesophageal junction. There has been controversy regarding the most appropriate method of achieving this and experience includes open versus laparoscopic, transthoracic versus transabdominal. Further controversy exists in the importance of performing simultaneous antireflux surgery.

With the development of laparoscopic abdominal surgery, there is little doubt that this has lowered the complications and improved patient recovery and inpatient hospital stay35,36,37. Not only is the approach to the GOJ easier via the abdomen, also single lung ventilation is not required and so pulmonary complications are fewer.

Surgical myotomy offers superior long-term relief of achalasia-related symptoms compared to medical and endoscopic alternatives, alleviating dysphagia in 88%-94% at ten years following surgery36,38. Improvements have also been demonstrated in patient satisfaction and quality of life post operatively39. Performing a complete myotomy is essential to outcome and prevention of recurrent symptoms, hence accuracy and precision is paramount40. Where this is concerned, robotic surgery is becoming more accessible and early results would suggest improvements over conventional laparosopic surgery41.

The risk of perforation is small with laparoscopic myotomy42 and even smaller with robotic surgery. The main complication associated with performing a myotomy is symptomatic reflux. Controversy exists regarding simultaneous anti-reflux procedure and some would argue that in the absence of posterior dissection at the level of the GOJ, there is not the need43. A meta-analysis performed by Lyass et al reviewed patients undergoing surgery for achalasia44. The authors concluded that the rates of reflux post operatively were no different between those who had anti-reflux procedures and those who did not. Ultimately, the decision to proceed with anti-reflux surgery will vary surgeon to surgeon. However, what is generally accepted is that a complete 360 degree Nissen’s fundoplication is not required, and may serve only to give the patient ongoing symptoms of dysphagia. Therefore, Toupet (posterior 270 degrees) or Dor (anterior 180 degrees) fundoplication are more commonly used, the latter providing cover to the myotomy and thus potentially protecting any unidentified mucosal breach45.

Surveillance

Studies have demonstrated that patients with a diagnosis of achalasia have an increased risk of squamous cell carcinoma of the oesophagus46. For this reason, guidelines developed by the American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy suggest surveillance oesophagogastroduodenoscopy every 1-3 years for 15-20 years47.

CONCLUSIONS

Achalasia is a difficult condition to diagnose and treat. All treatments are aimed at disrupting the lower oesophageal sphincter mechanism and none are without risk or complication. Treatment modalities vary in their short and long term success rates. Pharmacological treatments are of limited value and Botulinum toxin injections have limited long term results but both may play a role in patients who cannot tolerate more invasive procedures48. The main debate has historically lain between advocating the use of endoscopic dilatation versus laparoscopic Heller myotomy.

Studies looking at endoscopic dilatation versus myotomy have comparable initial symptomatic relief. Direct comparison between the long term outcomes does, however, favour laparoscopic myotomy49,50. Traditionally, endoscopic dilatation has been the first line treatment, with surgery reserved for those in whom dilatation has failed51. However, subsequent intervention is common and there are many studies examining outcomes of second treatment with either surgery or dilatation. In cases where initial treatment has failed and recurrent symptoms of dysphagia present, dilatation has been shown to be more effective in those who have had surgery rather than those who have had previous dilatations or Botulinum toxin injections52,53. Importantly, there is not a greater risk of perforation in these patients than in those who have not undergone myotomy54.

Performing a surgical myotomy after previous treatment with dilatation or injection may complicate the surgery slightly and has been shown to increase complications and failure of myotomy55,56, providing an argument for surgery as first line treatment. That said, surgery is still recommended in these patients as the most successful option57.

Ultimately, the optimal treatment will vary dependent on physician or surgeon technique and experience. Cases are limited and so it is recommended that these patients are treated in a specialist Upper GI unit where all options are presented to the patient and the risks and benefits of each counselled appropriately. It is an exciting time for achalasia as new treatment options including POEM come to light and robotic surgery becomes more available.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Prof.A A RIAZ, Hunterian Professor and Consultant Upper GI, West Hertfordshire Hospitals NHS Trust, Hertfordshire, WD18 0HB, UK. HANNA WINTER, Surgical Registrar, West Hertfordshire Hospitals NHS Trust, Hertfordshire, WD18 0HB, UK. RAJEEV SHUKLA, Surgical Registrar, West Hertfordshire Hospitals NHS Trust, Hertfordshire, WD18 0HB, UK. MOHAMED ELSHAER, and Surgical Registrars, West Hertfordshire Hospitals NHS Trust, Hertfordshire, WD18 0HB, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Professor A A Riaz, Hunterian Professor and Consultant Upper GI, Laparoscopic and General Surgeon, Department of Surgery, West Hertfordshire Hospitals NHS Trust, Vicarage Road, Hertfordshire, WD18 0HB.
Corresponding Author Email: 
mrariaz@hotmail.com
References
References: 
  1. O’Neill OM, Johnston BT, Coleman HG. Achalasia: A review of clinical diagnosis, epidemiology, treatment and outcomes. World J Gastroenterol. 2013. 21;19(35):5806-5812. 
  2. Hirano I. Pathophysiology of achalasia and diffuse esophageal spasm. GI Motility Online. 2006; doi: 10.1038/gimo22.
  3. Hirano I. Pathophysiology of achalasia and diffuse esophageal spasm. Table 1 - Classification of secondary causes of achalasia. GI Motility Online. 2006. Available from: http://www.nature.com/gimo/contents/pt1/fig_tab/gimo22_T1.html. 
  4. Willis T. Pharmaceutice Rationalis Sive Diatribe de Medicamentorum Operationibus in Human Corpore. London, England: Hagae Comitis; 1674. 
  5. Heller E. Extramukose Kardioplastik beim chronischen Kardiospasmus mi Dilatation des Oesophagus. Mitt Grenzgeh Med Chir. 1914; 27:141-9.
  6. Smout AJ. Advances in esophageal motor disorders. Curr Opin Gastroenterol. 2008 Jul;24(4):485-9. 
  7. Pohl D, Tutuian R. Achalasia: an overview of diagnosis and treatment. J Gastrointestin Liver Dis. 2007 Sep;16(3):297-303. 
  8. Richter JE. Achalasia. In: Richter JE, Castell DO, editors. The esophagus. 4th ed. New York: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkings, 2004. p. 221-61.
  9. Pandolfino JE, Kwiatek MA, Nealis T, Bulsiewicz W, Post J, Kahrilas P. Achalasia: A New Clinically Relevant Classification by High-Resolution Manometry. 2008;135(5):1526-33.
  10. Vaezi MF, Richter JE. Current therapies for achalasia. Comparison efficacy. J Clin Gastoenterol 1998; 27: 21-35.
  11. Bassotti G, Annese V. Review article: pharmacological options in achalasia. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 1999; 13(11):1391-6.
  12. Gelfond M, Rozen P, Gilat T. Isosorbide dinitrate and nifedipine treatment of achalasia: a clinical, manometric and radionuclide evaluation. Gastroenterology. 1982 Nov;83(5):963-9.
  13. Wen AAW, Gardener E, Wang Y. Nitrates for achalasia. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2005, Issue 3. Art. No.: CD002299. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD002299.pub2.
  14. Gelfond M, Rozen P, Gilat T. Isosorbide dinitrate and nifedipine treatment of achalasia: a clinical, manometric and radionuclide evaluation. Gastroenterology. 1982;83(5):963-9.
  15. Wong RKH, Maydonovitch C, Garcia JE, Johnson LF, Castell DO. The effect of terbutaline sulphate, nitroglycerin, and aminophylline on lower esophageal sphincter pressure and radionuclide esophageal emptying in patients with achalasia. Journal of Clinical Gastroenterology. 1987;9(4):386-9.
  16. Short TP, Thomas E. An overview of the role of calcium antagonists in the treatment of achalasia and diffuse esophageal spasm. Drugs 1992; 43: 177-84.
  17. Traube M, Hongo M, McCallum RW. Effects of nifedipine on esophageal smooth muscle function in normals and in patients with esophageal motility disorders. Gastroenterology 1983; 84: 1336A.
  18. Coccia G, Bortolotti M, Michetti P, Dodero M. Prospective clinical and manometric study comparing dilation and sublingual nifedipine in the treatment of esophageal achalasia.Gut 1991; 32: 604-6.
  19. Traube M, Dubovik S, Lange RC, McCallum RW. The role of nifedipine therapy in achalasia: results of a randomized, doubleblind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Gastroenterol. 1989;84:1259-62.
  20. Bortolotti M, Mari C, Lopilato C, Porrazzo G, Miglioli M. Effects of sildenafil on the oesophageal motility of patients with idiopathic achalasia. Gastroenterology. 2000;118:253-7.
  21. Lake JM, Wong RKH. Review article: the management of achalasia- a comparison of different treatment modalities. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2006;24:909-18.) 
  22. Storr M, Born P, Frimberger E, Weigert N, Rösch T, Meining A, et al. Treatment of achalasia: the short-term response to botulinum toxin injection seems to be independent of any kind of pretreatment. BMC Gastroenterol. 2002;2:19.
  23. Dughera L, Chiaverina M, Cacciotella L, Cisaro F. Management of achalasia. Clin Exp Gastroenterol. 2011;4:33-41.
  24. Cuilliere C, Ducrotte P, Zerbib F, Metman EH, de Looze D, Guillemot F, et al. Achalasia: outcome of patients treated with intrasphincteric injection of botulinum toxin. Gut 1997;41:87-92.
  25. Pehlivanov N, Pasricha PJ. Achalasia: botox, dilatation or laparoscopic surgery in 2006. Neurogastroenterol Motil. 2006;18(9):799-804.
  26. Annese V, Basciani M, Perri F, Lombardi G, Frusciante V, Simone P, Andriulli A, Vantrappen G. Controlled trial of botunilnum toxin injection versus placebo and pneumatic dilation in achalasia. Gastroenterology. 1996;111(6):1418-24.
  27. Ghoshal UC, Chaudhuri S, Pal BB, Dhar K, Ray G, Banerjee PK. Randomized controlled trial of intrasphincteric botulinum toxin A injection versus balloon dilatation in treatment of achalasia cardia. Dis Esophagus. 2001;14(3-4):227-31.
  28. Richer JE. Update on the management of achalasia: balloons, surgery and drugs. Expert Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol 2008;2:435–45.
  29. Gideon RM, Catel DO, Yarze J. Prospective randomized comparison of pneumatic dilatation technique in patients with idiopathic achalasia. Dig Dis Sci 1999;44:1853-1857. 
  30. Leyden JE, Moss AC, MacMathuna  P. Endoscopic pneumatic dilation versus botulinum toxin injection in the management of primary achalasia, Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006 Oct 18;(4):CD005046.
  31. Bravi I, Nicita MT, Duca P, Grigolon A, Cantù P, Caparello C, et al. A pneumatic dilation strategy in achalasia: prospective outcome and effects on oesophageal motor function in the long term. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2010;31(6):658-65.
  32. Hulselmans M, Vanuytsel T, Degreef T, Sifrim D, Coosemans W, Lerut T, et al. Long-term outcome of pneumatic dilation in the treatment of achalasia. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2010 Jan;8(1):30-5.
  33. Von Rentein D, Fuchs KH, Fockens P, Bauerfeind P, Vassiliou MC, Werner YB, Fried G, Breithaupt W, Heinrich H, Bredenoord AJ, Kersten JF, Verlaan T, Trevisonno M, Rosch T. Peroral endoscopic myotomy for the treatment of achalasia: an international prospective multicentre study. Gastroenterology. 2013;145(2):309-11.
  34. Ujiki MB, Yetasook AK, Zapf M, Linn JG, Carbray JM, Denham W. Peroral endoscopic myotomy: A short-term comparison with the standard laparoscopic approach. Surgery. 2013;154(4):893-7.
  35. Dang Y, Mercer D. Treatment of esophageal achalasia with Heller myotomy: retrospective evaluation of patient satisfaction and disease-specific quality of life. Can J Surg. 2006 Aug;49(4):267-71.
  36. Jeansonne LO, White BC, Pilger KE, Shane MD, Zagorski S, Davis SS, et al. Ten-year follow-up of laparoscopic Heller myotomy for achalasia shows durability. Surg Endosc. 2007 Sep;21(9):1498-502.
  37. Ali A, Pellegrini CA. Laparoscopic myotomy: technique and efficacy in treating achalasia. Gastrointest Endosc. Clin N Am 2001;11:347-58.
  38. Dang Y, Mercer D. Treatment of esophageal achalasia with Heller myotomy: retrospective evaluation of patient satisfaction and disease-specific quality of life. Can J Surg. 2006 Aug;49(4):267-71.
  39. Youssef Y, Richards WO, Sharp K, Holzman M, Sekhar N, Kaiser J, et al. Relief of dysphagia after laparoscopic Heller myotomy improves long-term quality of life. J Gastrointest Surg. 2007 Mar;11(3):309-13.
  40. Litle VR. Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy for Achalasia: A review of the controversies. Ann Thorac Surg. 2008 Feb;85(2):S743-6.
  41. Melvin WS, Dundon JM, Talamini M, Horgan S. Computer-enhanced robotic telesurgery minimizes esophageal perforation during Heller myotomy. Surgery. 2005;138(4):553-8.
  42. Suárez J, Mearin F, Boque R, Zanón V, Armengol JR, Pradell J, et al. Laparoscopic myotomy vs endoscopic dilation in the treatment of achalasia. Surg Endosc. 2002 Jan;16(1):75-7.
  43. Andreollo NA, Earlam RJ. Heller’s myotomy for achalasia: is an added anti-reflux procedure necessary? Br J Surg. 1987;74:765-9.
  44. Lyass S, Thoman D, Steiner JP, Phillips E. Current status of an antireflux procedure in laparoscopic Heller myotomy. Surg Endosc. 2003;17(4):554-8.
  45. Torquati A, Lufti R, Khaitan L, Sharp KW, Richards WO. Heller myotomy vs Heller myotomy plus Dor fundoplication: cost-utility analysis of a randomized trial. Surg Endosc. 2006;20(3):389-93.
  46. Peracchia A, Segalin A, Bardini R, Ruol A, Bonavina L, Baessato M. Esophageal carcinoma and achalasia: prevalence, incidence and results of treatment. Hepatogastroenterology. 1991;38(6):514-6.
  47. American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy. ASGE guideline: the role of endoscopy in the surveillance of premalignant conditions of the upper GI tract. 2006. 63(4):570-80.
  48. Moawad FJ, Wong RKh. Modern management of achalasia. Curr Opin Gastroenterol. 2010 Jul;26(4):384-8.
  49. Kostic S, Kjellin A, Ruth M, Lönroth H, Johnsson E, Andersson M,  et al. Pneumatic dilatation or laparoscopic cardiomyotomy in the management of newly diagnosed idiopathic achalasia. Results of a randomized controlled trial. World J Surg. 2007 Mar;31(3):470-8.
  50. Wang L, Li YM, Li L, Yu CH. A systematic review and meta-analysis of the Chinese literature for the treatment of achalasia. World J Gastroenterol. 2008 Oct 14;14(38):5900-6
  51. Leconte M, Douard R, Gaudric M, Dousset B. Surgical management of primary esophageal motility disorders. J Chir (Paris). 2008 Sep-Oct;145(5):428-36.
  52. Portale G, Costantini M, Rizzetto C, Guirroli E, Ceolin M, Salvador R, et al. Long-term outcome of laparoscopic Heller-Dor surgery for esophageal achalasia: possible detrimental role of previous endoscopic treatment. J Gastrointest Surg. 2005 Dec;9(9):1332-9.
  53. Lopushinsky SR, Urbach DR. Pneumatic dilatation and surgical myotomy for achalasia. JAMA. 2006 Nov 8;296(18):2227-33.
  54. Guardino JM, Vela MF, Connor JT, Richter JE. Pneumatic dilation for the treatment of achalasia in untreated patients and patients with failed Heller myotomy. J Clin Gastroenterol. 2004 Nov-Dec;38(10):855-60.
  55. Leonard DS, Broe P. Oesophageal achalasia: an argument for primary surgical management. Surgeon. 2009 Apr;7(2):101-13.  
  56. Smith CD, Stival A, Howell DL, Swafford V. Endoscopic therapy for achalasia before Heller myotomy results in worse outcomes than Heller myotomy alone. Ann Surg. 2006 May;243(5):579-84; discussion 584-6.
  57. Rosemurgy AS, Morton CA, Rosas M, Albrink M, Ross SB. A single institution's experience with more than 500 laparoscopic Heller myotomies for achalasia. J Am Coll Surg. 2010 May;210(5):637-45, 645-7.

BJMP March 2015 Volume 8 Number 1

BJMP March 2015 Volume 8 Number 1

Full Issue Booklet   PDF

Editorial

Research Articles

Cervical ripening balloon as an alternative for induction of labour: a randomized controlled trial
Toh Lick Tan, Grace Yang Huang Ng, Sheri Ee-Lin Lim, Shephali Tagore, Ei Ei Phyo Kyaw and George Seow Heong Yeo
Full Text  PDF
Trend of developing resistance among isolates of Acinetobacter spp.; Threat of hospital acquired infection
Sadia Zafar, Syed Baqir Shyum Naqvi, Tanveer Abbas, Faaiza Qazi and Rabia Sheikh
Full Text  PDF

Review Articles

Current management of oesophageal cancer
Naufal Rashid, Mohamed Elshaer, Michael Kosmin and Amjid Riaz.
Full Text  PDF
Legal Highs - Not so new and still growing in popularity
Francis J Dunne, Khalid Jaffar and Shazia Hashmi
Full Text  PDF

Case Reports/Series

Clinical Practice

A feasibility study to establish a Deliberate Self-harm Register in a state hospital in southern India.
Rajgopal Rajendra, Murali Krishna, Sumanth Majgi, Narendra Heggere, Catherine Robinson, ROb Poole
Full Text  PDF

Homeopathy: In God we trust, all others must bring data.

Authors
Nasseer A Masoodi MD, MBA, FACP
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(1):a809
Abstract / Summary
Keywords: 
Homeopathy, effectiveness, science based medicine

Effectiveness of homeopathic remedies continues to be a question of concern for public, policy makers and the other involved stakeholders. A recent systematic review of studies by Australian National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) 1 heightened further the concerns about the perception of effectiveness of homeopathic treatments in general. After an exhaustive review, the authors found no good quality, or well-designed studies with adequate sample size to support claims made by homeopathic practitioners. They concluded that the homeopathic remedies are no better than a placebo. Authors of the report cited concerns about the designs of the most of the studies especially the ones that showed any beneficial effect. Authors noted that such studies either had smaller sample sizes, were conducted poorly and/or were insufficiently powered to detect a statistically significant outcome. NHMRC concluded that there is no evidence from systematic reviews regarding the effectiveness of homeopathy as a treatment for any clinical condition in humans. The NHMRC identified “claiming benefits for human health not based on evidence”1 as a major health issue in Australia.

NHRMC’s report comes as no surprise as many other exhaustive reviews had failed to show any objective benefits of such remedies. Authors of a 2009-10 UK report titled as Evidence Check 2: Homeopathy2, reached to a similar conclusion. They questioned the lack of homeopathic treatment trials and cited that there is plenty of evidence showing that it is not efficacious. Their conclusion was no different from NHRMC’s and proposed that “systematic reviews and meta-analyses conclusively demonstrate that homeopathic products perform no better than placebo”2. They further recommended stopping any public funding of Homeopathic remedies in UK. Although a Swiss report3 argued otherwise claiming that homeopathy is a “valuable addition to the conventional medical landscape”3; however its methodology was considered to be flawed, biased, misinterpreting and discrediting the current science based study methodologies4.

The homeopathic notion of successive dilution of its products in water increasing the potency of the final product and “like cures like” doesn’t only defy any science based medicine logic, it is also in contrast to other alternative systems of medicine. The paucity of good-quality studies of sufficient size that examine the effectiveness of homeopathy as a treatment for any clinical condition in humans does no favors to this notion either. As cited by many reports referenced above, the available evidence is not compelling and fails to demonstrate that homeopathy is an effective treatment for any of the reported clinical conditions in humans. In spite of these significant concerns about the legitimacy and efficacy of homeopathy, the industry continues to benefit from public’s increasingly favorable attitudes toward homeopathy. The National Institutes of Health5 in the United States, reports that there is little evidence to support homeopathy as an effective treatment for any specific condition however millions of American adults and thousands of children use homeopathy. Even in UK6 where there is no legal regulation of homeopathic practitioners, The National Institute of Health and Care Excellence (NICE)-that advises the NHS on proper use of treatments, doesn’t recommend that homeopathy should be used in the treatment of any health condition. However homeopathy has seen a significant increase in its market share not only in UK but many other European countries too7.

With its market share in USA and rest of the world markets reaching in billions of dollars with yearly incremental increase, its claims for its remedial effects albeit lacking any generally acceptable evidence, raises concern that a vulnerable person may choose an ineffective remedy that may actually worsen their clinical status. There is a clash between patient autonomy and informed consent in decision making by a vulnerable patient about the appropriateness of homeopathic remedies. The ethical and policy debate on the appropriate balance between public’s access to different remedies (autonomy) and government institutional duty of public’s protection from potentially harmful or ineffective medicines is a delicate balance.  An objective and thorough evaluation of homeopathic remedies is needed however how to decide what is an objective and accurate way to assess homeopathic research continues to be the bone of contention. Although from a science based medicine perspective, homeopathic remedies have no scientific explanation, its advocates3, 4 don’t agree that it has to fall or go through same process of research methodology for its effectiveness as do allopathic remedies. Though it is a valid logic that reasoning directly from data that is gathered by controlled structure, as is true of science based trials in allopathy, is not always accurate as it’s with many biases and confounders, however the statistical testing helps to get beyond mere correlation to cause-and-effect and eliminate most of these concerns. These trials also help to formulate conclusions that can be further validated or refuted by gathering real world data. The mainstream science considers the homeopathic notion of ultra-dilutions, particle leaving imprint of itself on water, and “likes cures like” to be scientifically implausible. Even though this notion of scientists may be considered as a bias towards evaluating any homeopathic remedy, the public health institutions have an ethical obligation to educate public especially the vulnerable ones, not to substitute a proven and effective treatment for the ones whose effectiveness has not been scientifically proven.

As the saying goes, “change the rule and you will get a new number”, the onus is on homeopathic advocates not only to design trials, gather data, and publish papers but also to collect real world data to further study the impact of treatments on outcomes. The real world data can further help to understand the effects of treatments on patient outcomes that was not generated from a clinical trial. It is also an obligation of the homeopathic practitioners and organizations to seek to create standards of medical treatment, that are objective, replicable, and that will be made broadly available to physicians, researchers, parents, policy makers, and others who want to improve the care of individuals. As recommended by many exhaustive reviews1,2, these studies should recruit larger samples of patients, utilize methodologies that eliminate the bias, better discoverable record keeping for proper reporting and follow up, an objective analysis of outcomes data and how they were measured, and better discussion of potential confounders or biases. Besides they have to adequately and accurately report study details including treatment regimens, length of follow up, outcomes studied and the clinical and statistical significance of results. 

Going by the logic of famous words attributed to the noted statistician and management scientist, W Edwards Deming, “In God we trust; all others must bring data,” the ball is in their court.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
NASSEER A MASOODI, MD, MBA,FACP, Senior Consultant, Department of Medicine, Hamad Medical Corporation, Qatar.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Dr Nasseer A Masoodi, Senior Consultant, Department of Medicine, Hamad Medical Corporation, Qatar.
Corresponding Author Email: 
haadin@yahoo.com
References
References: 
  1. Effectiveness of Homeopathy for Clinical Conditions: Evaluation of the Evidence. Overview Report. Prepared for the NHMRC Homeopathy Working Committee, October 2013. Available at http://www.nhmrc.gov.au/_files_nhmrc/file/your_health/complementary_medicines/nhmrc_homeopathy_overview_report_october_2013_140407.pdf, accessed on April 04, 2015. 
  2. House of Commons Science and Technology Committee. Evidence check 2: Homeopathy. 2009. Available at: http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm200910/cmselect/cmsctech/45/45.pdf, accessed on April 04, 2015.
  3. Bornhöft G, Matthiessen P, Eds (2012). Homeopathy in Healthcare: Effectiveness, Appropriateness, Safety, Costs: An HTA report on homeopathy as part of the Swiss Complementary Medicine Evaluation Programme. Springer-Verlag, New York. 
  4. Shaw D (2012). The Swiss report on homeopathy: a case study of research misconduct. Swiss Med Wkly 142:w13594.
  5. Homeopathy: An Introduction. Available at https://nccih.nih.gov/health/homeopathy, accessed on April 04, 2015.
  6. Homeopathy: Overview. Available at http://www.nhs.uk/Conditions/Homeopathy/Pages/Introduction.aspx, accessed on April 04, 2015.
  7. Homeopathy- a healthcare choice for everyone. Available at http://www.britishhomeopathic.org/what-is-homeopathy/facts/the-growing-demand-for-homeopathy/, accessed on April 2015.

Successful Anaesthetic Management of an Intra-tracheal Tumour

Authors
Harshal D Wagh
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(1):a808
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

We report a successful management of an intra-tracheal tumour in a 56 year old patient. The tumour was situated  about 4 cm above the carina.The case was managed without the need of cardiopulmonary bypass. An orotracheal tube placed above the tumour was used to ventilate the lungs before the trachea was opened. A smaller  tube was placed in the left bronchus to ventilate the left lung after the trachea was opened to facilitate sleeve resection and anastomosis of the trachea. The patient was extubated in the immediate postop period without any adverse effects. Careful preoperative planning and good team work made the procedure possible and without complications.

INTRODUCTION

Anaesthetic management of a patient with a tracheal tumour is challenging, as the airway is shared with the surgeon and patency must be maintained despite airway manipulation.

Several anaesthetic techniques have been used in patients requiring tracheal resection and reconstruction. Cardiopulmonary bypass standby after femoral artery and vein cannulation and then intravenous/inhalational induction while oxygenating the patient has been considered to be a reasonable approach. Intratracheal tumours are challenging to anaesthetists because of the difficulty in establishment of a patent airway before commencement of surgery. The principal anaesthetic consideration is ventilation and oxygenation in the face of an open airway.

CASE REPORT

A 56 year old male with no other co-morbidities presented to the Thoracic Oncology department with a history of progressive dyspnoea and orthopnoea.On examination he was found to have dyspnoea at rest and could not complete full sentences while talking. Change of position made no difference to his symptoms.

Routine blood investigations which included full blood count, renal and liver functions, coagulation profile, ECG and 2DEcho were within normal limits. PFT showed a typical intrathoracic obstructive picture.

His chest X-ray showed bilateral hyperinflated lungs suggesting airtrapping. CT of the chest showed an intratracheal growth about 4 cm above the carina almost completely obstructing the lumen. An awake flexible bronschoscopy confirmed the CT scan findings. A 2.7mm flexible bronschocope was passed with difficulty beyond the tumour to visualise the carina. Excision of the intratracheal tumour was planned with possible resection and anastomosis of the involved tracheal segment. A careful perioperative plan was  discussed and decided in agreement with the thoracic surgeons, anaesthetist, cardiovascular surgeons and the rest of the team members.

Flexible and rigid bronchoscope, a Sanders venturi, an additional anaesthesia machine and various sizes of reinforced and normal endotracheal tubes and tracheostomy tubes were kept ready.

Preoperatively the patient had incentive spirometry and bronchodilator nebulisation and intravenous steroids. An awake epidural at T9-10 level and radial artery cannulation were done under local anaesthesia without any problems. Two 16 gauge peripheral IV lines were sited under local anaesthesia.

After adequate preoxygenation anaesthesia was induced with IV propofol along with oxygen and sevoflurane with BIS monitoring.  As mask ventilation proved to be easy the patient was paralysed with suxamethonium. There was no difficulty in ventilation after muscle paralysis. An 8.5 number COETT portex tube was placed in  the trachea with the cuff just beyond the cords to avoid possible trauma to the tumour. Since there was preoperative evidence of airtrapping, ventilator settings were set to an I:E ration of 1:3 with a tidal volume of 550ml, respiratory rate of 12-14 per minute and PEEP of 4. At these ventilator settings the airway pressures were reaching up to 22 cm of  H20 and ETCO2 reaching a maximum of 40mmHg. Anaesthesia was maintained with oxygen: air with sevoflurane and atarcurium for muscle paralysis.

Flexible bronchoscopy was done to confirm the position of the endotracheal tube, which showed that the ETT was adequately above the tumour.

A laryngeal drop procedure was done in the supine position with neck extension to facilitate mobilisation of the trachea for resection anastomosis. After the laryngeal drop procedure a right thoracotomy was done in the left lateral position. At this point of the procedure, the patient was ventilated with low tidal volumes of 300 and respiratory rate of 16-20 to keep the ETCO2 at around 40.The right lung was surgically retracted and the trachea  was exposed up to the carina. A repeat bronchoscopy was done through the ETT to help identify the upper and lower extent of the tumour. The trachea was then opened below the tumour, after which a 6.5 reinforced tube was introduced through the left bronchus to aid ventilation of the left lung. This ETT was withdrawn intermittently to help visualisation and aid surgical excision of the tumour and  sleeve resection of the trachea. The left lung was ventilated till partial closure of the trachea. The left-sided tube was then removed. Ventilation resumed through the orotracheal tube with intermittent occlusion of the defect with gauze by the surgeon.  The orotracheal tube was adjusted under vision before closure of the trachea to position it above the anastomotic site. The trachea was sutured and the thoracotomy incision closed without any adverse event. The neck was kept in a flexed position to avoid tension on the tracheal anastomotic area.

The patient was then extubated in the immediate postoperative period without any problems and the recovery was uneventful.

DISCUSSION

Anaesthetic management of a patient with a tracheal tumor is challenging, as the airway is shared with the surgeon, and patency must be maintained despite airway manipulation1, 2. Several anaesthetic techniques have been used in patients requiring tracheal resection and reconstruction 3–5.

Primary tracheal masses are very rare and mostly malignant, occurring in 0.2 in 1,00,000 persons per year 6 and among these squamous cell carcinomas form the main bulk. Cardiopulmonary bypass standby after femoral artery and vein cannulation and then intravenous/inhalational induction while oxygenating the patient with the oxygen inhalation has been considered to be a reasonable approach 7. Byrne JG et al (2004) advocated planned use of CPB to facilitate complete resection of thoracic malignancies after careful patient selection 8.

These patients are often mistaken to have asthma and require treatment with inhaled corticosteroids and beta agonists 9. They are generally treated for many years for asthma or COPD, unless a CT scan or endoscopic procedure is done for the symptoms 10. Intratracheal masses usually start getting symptomatic when 75% or more of the tracheal lumen is obstructed. Tracheal lesions present at lower level can have more complicated management of airway, anaesthesia and surgery for successful and safe removal of the mass. 10

Intratracheal tumours are challenging to anaesthetists because of the difficulty in establishment of a patent airway before commencement of surgery. The principal anaesthetic consideration is ventilation and oxygenation in the face of an open airway. Ventilation can be managed in many ways, including manual jet ventilation, high frequency jet ventilation, distal tracheal intubation, tracheostomy, spontaneous ventilation and CPB.11

Knowledge of various techniques available for management of such cases is vital. In order to have a successful and safe outcome it is extremely important to have good communication between the anaesthetic, surgical and intensive care team.

The challenge in managing such cases lies in establishing and maintaining a patent airway and also preventing seepage of blood and tumour particles distally into the tracheobronchial tree during the surgery.

There is a possibility of total airway obstruction during ventilation attempts using positive pressure because airway obstruction has a fixed and dynamic component. Dislodgement of the tumour, possibly from trauma following intubation causing total obstruction, should also be considered.

Thus an intratracheal tumour was successfully removed without any complications and by avoiding CPB. This case report also highlights the importance of proper planning and good communication between team members to ensure a successful and safe outcome.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
RAJESH MISTRY, Consultant and Head of the Department of Oncosurgery, Kokilaben Ambani Hospital, Mumbai, India.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
DR.HARSHAL D WAGH, MBBS,DA,DNB,FCPS,FRCA(LON), Kokilaben Ambani Hospital, Mumbai, India.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DR HARSHAL WAGH, Kokilaben Ambani Hospital, Andheri, 4 Bungalows, Mumbai, 400053,INDIA.
Corresponding Author Email: 
drhdw@yahoo.com
References
References: 
  1. Licker M, Schweizer A, Nicolet G, et al.Anaesthesia of a patient with an obstructing tracheal mass: a new way to manage the airway. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 1997;41:84–6.
  2. Furimsky M, Aronson S, Ovassapian A.Perioperative management of a patient presenting for resection of a tracheal mass. J Cardiothorac Anesth 1998;12:701–4.
  3. Divatia JV, Sareen R, Upadhye SM, et al.Anaesthetic management of tracheal surgery using the laryngeal mask airway.Anaesth Intensive Care 1994;22:69 –73.
  4. Kawaraguchi Y, Taniguchi A. Anesthetic management of a 9-year-old child undergoing resection of a tracheal tumor. Paediatr Anaesth 2005;15:512– 4.
  5. Mentzelopoulos SD, Romana CN, Hatzimichalis AG, et al. Anesthesia for tracheal resection: a new technique of airway management in a patient with severe stenosis of the midtrachea. Anesth Analg1999;89:1156–60.
  6. Azar T, Abdul-Karim FW, Tucker HM: Adenoid cystic carcinoma of the trachea. Laryngoscope 1998, 108(9):1297-300.
  7. Céline Pinsonneault, Joanne Fortier, François Donati: Tracheal resection and reconstruction. Can J Anesth 1999, 46(5):439-455.
  8. Byrne JG, Leacche M, Agnihotri AK, Paul S, Bueno R, Mathisen DJ, Sugarbaker DJ: The use of cardiopulmonary bypass during resection of locally advanced thoracic malignancies: a 10- year two-center experience. Chest 2004, 125(4):1581-6.
  9. Jones TM, Alderson D.Sheard JD,Swift AC.Tracheal paraganglioma: A diagnostic dilemma culminating in a complex airway management problem.J Laryngol Otol 2001;115:747-9.
  10. Azorin J, Lamberto JF, Personne C, Larmignat P, Khellaf M, Lmeny JL,et al. Adenoid cystic carcinoma of the trachea: Treatment by combined laser therapy and surgery.Rev Mal respire 1987;4:95-6.
  11. Pinsonneault C, Fortier J, Donati F. Tracheal resection and reconstruction.Can J Anaesth 1999;46:439-55

A feasibility study to establish a Deliberate Self-harm Register in a state hospital in southern India.

Authors
Rajgopal Rajendra, Murali Krishna, Sumanth Majgi, Narendra Heggere, Catherine Robinson and Rob Poole
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(1):a807
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background: Deliberate self harm (DSH) registers are the first step towards understanding self-harm in developing countries.
Aims: To determine the  feasibility of a DSH register in a state hospital in India.
Methods: For each individual presenting with DSH between February and July 2012, data was collected by interview and from records. Time taken for  complete data entry was recorded. The proportion of DSH patients correctly identified and traced after admission was recorded, indicating ‘representativeness’, the proportion for whom a full data set was captured was recorded,  indicating ‘completeness’, and the proportion willing to be included in the register and followed up was recorded, indicating ‘acceptability’.
Results: 1072 presented with deliberate self-harm. All inpatient survivors (817) were traced and none objected to their details being entered on the register. Of 1023 on the register, complete data was available for 740 (72.3%). Data was incomplete for 283 (27.7%). All 1023 had performed an act of self-harm necessitating medical intervention. The time between identification and completion of data entry ranged from 30 minutes to 2 hours.
Conclusions: It is feasible to establish an accurate, reliable and complete DSH register in a large Indian state hospital.The clinical and service implications are discussed.

Abbreviations: 
DSH : Deliberate Self Harm, ICD: International Classification of disorders
Keywords: 
Self-harm, Register, Feasibility, Developing Countries.

BACKGROUND

Suicide and deliberate self-harm (DSH) have been recognised as major public health problems in India for some time, but there are significant obstructions to effective intervention including difficulties in following Western models to understand these behaviours.1, 2, 3

The World Health Organisation (WHO) recognises suicide as one of the three leading causes of death in young adults globally.4 The greatest burden of suicide is now in low- and middle-income countries like India where annual suicide rates are 10-11 per 100,000.5, 6, 7 India is second only to China in the absolute number of annual deaths by suicide.5 The number of individuals who die by suicide each year in India alone is more than the total number of suicides in the four top ranked European countries combined.3, 5, 8

DSH, defined as intentional self-poisoning or self-injury, is a closely related public health problem.9WHO estimates that for every suicide there are at least 10-20 DSH acts.10 If this estimated proportion, based on Western research, is also true in India then there are 1-2 million DSH acts in India each year.

Official data for 2005 suggest that 19.6% (n=22,327) of India's 113,914 officially recorded suicides were self-poisonings with pesticides7 (predominately organophosphates, which are freely available and widely used in agriculture). The official suicide rate for India, 10.3 per 100,000 in 2005,7 is thought to be an under-estimate.3, 11 Studies from several regions suggest that India's suicide rates may be as high as 40 per 100,000 and that 30% or more of these deaths are due to pesticide self-poisoning.11 The studies reporting the highest suicide rates within India are from Tamil Nadu (>60 per 100,000 – three times higher than the official figure for the state).12, 13, 14, 15 Whilst some of the discrepancies between official statistics and findings in local studies may be due to urban-rural differences in the incidence of suicide, data collated by the Indian police suggest that around 90% of suicides in India occur in non-urban areas.7, 11, 15 Extrapolating from these figures, it is conservatively estimated that there may be up to 420,000 suicides per annum in India (126,000 from pesticide self-poisoning).

India's centrally collated self-harm and suicide data are unreliable owing to a number of factors. Death registration processes are below Western standards. Only about 25% of deaths are registered and only about 10% are medically certified.16, 17 Attempted suicide is a crime in India.18 Survivors are interviewed by the police. Fear of legal and social consequences following an act of self-harm probably influence willingness to acknowledge DSH and preparedness to seek medical intervention.

India contributes almost 20% to the world's population, and suicides rates are increasing particularly amongst the young.11, 19 Obtaining reliable and nationally representative data on DSH rates in India should be a priority for health-funding agencies over the next decade. In order to reduce fatalities following self-harm, information and investment are needed to improve quality, affordability and accessibility of health care close to the affected communities.20

If, as seems likely, self-harm (especially pesticide poisoning) occurs predominantly in rural areas of India,11 Western models of data collection and intervention aimed at reducing pesticide poisoning (which is predominately accidental in developed economies) are likely to require significant modification to be reliable and effective. The WHO's global suicide prevention strategy is largely based on findings from research and models of suicide prevention developed in the West.21 Health care resources in rural areas of India are thinly spread, and are often rudimentary compared to those in the West. There is an urgent need for research in low- and middle-income communities – particularly in rural areas of India – to provide the evidence base to underpin public health strategies for preventing pesticide suicides in these countries.

The establishment of DSH registers is a first step towards the systematic collection of data in relation to self-harm, both for epidemiological purposes and to understand pesticide self-poisoning at an individual level. If DSH registers can be shown to generate reliable information in India, in due course it may be possible to identify the factors that put individuals at risk of behaving in this way, and create relevant evidence-based policies to develop interventions for reducing mortality and morbidity associated with DSH (particularly pesticide poisoning).

This paper explores the feasibility of setting up a DSH register in a resource-poor large State hospital in south India, where rates of suicide and DSH are high.

METHODS

Setting

This study was carried out at Mysore Medical College and Research Institution (MMCRI), a State-run hospital in Mysore, southern India. The hospital serves a catchment area of 1,500,000 population and 135 primary health centres. The hospital has most specialities, with 1050 beds and a 10-bedded intensive care unit. 800-1000 patients attend the hospital outpatient department daily. Daily attendance to the casualty department for the purpose of medico-legal registration (which includes self-harm) is between 110 and 130. All other presentations including emergencies are managed through respective speciality outpatient departments.

Figure 1. Care Pathway for deliberate self-harm (DSH) at Mysore Medical College and Research Institution (MMCRI)

Setting up of the register

The flow diagram (Fig. 1) illustrates the care pathway of those presenting with DSH to MMCRI highlighting that only a few receive psychosocial assessment. A working group of psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, casualty medical officers, statisticians and hospital managers was formed to arrive at a consensus on the minimum dataset that could be gathered from DSH survivors for the purpose of setting up a register. Literature on establishing self-harm registers was reviewed along with international guidelines in relation to self-harm assessment in the general hospital.22, 23 Opinion was sought from senior psychiatrists and public health personnel from the private and public sector in Mysore and from the United Kingdom (UK). The team was visited, supported and advised by the Centre for Mental Health and Society, Bangor, UK.

The items listed in Table 1 were considered as ‘minimal yet essential’ for informing clinical practice, service development and patient engagement in future research. The study was not externally funded and, due to time and resource implications, it was agreed that outcomes of mental health assessments would not be recorded in the register. The method of DSH was coded according to the International Classification of Diseases 10th Revision (ICD-10) criteria24 and socio-economic indicators were derived from a modified Kuppuswamy’s scale25 that is validated for the south Indian urban population.

Table 1. Contents of the deliberate self-harm (DSH) register.

An electronic DSH register was set up in February 2013 and is currently held in the Department of Psychiatry, MMCRI, and Mysore. Two pre-registration House Officers (junior resident equivalent) visited the casualty department daily and identified those cases registered as self-harm from both the standard patient register and medico-legal case registers. If the individual was discharged from casualty (condition necessitated no further treatment, no intensive care bed available, or patient chose admission in private sector after first aid) the available information is captured from the registers and medical records. If they admitted to the general hospital they were traced and personally contacted. Information (as in Table 1) was collected from DSH survivors and from medical records. The data was verified by a Consultant Psychiatrist before being entered in the register. DSH survivors are asked to provide two contact details (postal address and phone number) for future tracing if they consent to further contact either in person or by phone. Table 2 is a list of the sources of data for the DSH register in Mysore and their limitations.

Table 2. Sources of data for deliberate self harm (DSH) register in Mysore and their limitations.

Feasibility

A DSH register should be representative, complete and accurate. The register should be acceptable to the entrants and only take a minimal time for data collection and registration. For the purpose of this study the following were identified as indicators of feasibility:

· Time between identifying that the patient should be included in the register and completion of data entry in the register. This was recorded for 80 randomly chosen inpatient DSH survivors.

· The proportion of patients presenting with alleged DSH who were correctly identified and, if admitted to the general hospital, traced for the purpose of inclusion to the register (representativeness).

· Proportion of those included in the register for whom a full data set could be captured (completeness).

· Proportion of the DSH survivors who were willing to be included in the register and provided contact details for future follow-up (acceptability).

· Over a period of a week, every month during study period February 2013 to July 2013, a Consultant Psychiatrist independently collected data from casualty registers and checked against the total number registered on the DSH register for the corresponding month (accuracy).

RESULTS

Between February 2013 and July 2013, a total of 19,563 patients attended the casualty department. Of these, 1072 attended in relation to self-harm. 1041 of them were hospitalised for further intervention. All of those who were hospitalised and survived (n=817) were traced and contacted. None objected to their details being entered on the register. However, only 253 of the 817 (30.9%) agreed to be contacted for future follow-up. Of the 817, only 109 (13%) had been formally referred to the psychiatry department for an assessment prior to contact with the research team. None of the 817 had any involvement with Social Services.

Out of the 1023 on the register, complete data was available and/or obtained for 740 (72.3%) individuals and data was incomplete for 283 (27.7%) patients. Either by reviewing the medical records or interviewing the patient, it was confirmed in all 1023 cases that there had been an act of self-harm necessitating medical intervention. The time between identifying that the patient should be included in the register and completion of data entry in the register varied between 30 minutes and 2 hours. When the data collected was cross-verified (n=315) by a Consultant Psychiatrist (author RR), entries of 310 individuals were accurate, with a minor discrepancy in less than 3 items for another 5 individuals.

Various terminologies were used to report a case of DSH in the case records (for example, suicide attempt, failed suicide, self-harm, poisoning, deliberate harm).

DISCUSSION

This is the first description of a method of successfully setting up and maintaining a DSH register in an Indian setting. It was a labour-intensive exercise due of lack of electronic patient data management, administrative support and the absence of an agreed care pathway for DSH in the hospital. Despite these obstructions, we have illustrated that it is feasible to set up a DSH register in a busy tertiary care hospital in India. Results of our study indicate that the register details are accurate and representative of those who seek help from the specialist centre. However, it cannot capture those patients whose DSH was managed successfully within primary health centres, those individuals who failed to seek help and those who died before admission.

Clinical Implications

The experience of establishing a DSH register has lead to changes in local clinical practice. DSH is associated with increased morbidity and increased utilisation of health services.26 DSH survivors who were contacted (n=817) by the psychiatry residents were offered psychosocial assessments. Under normal circumstances, 708 (87%) of this group would not have received any psychosocial assessment. The process of setting up the register has helped to identify DSH cases so that an intervention can be offered before discharge from the general hospital. The register has also played a major role in the identification of people who harmed themselves but were discharged without admission to a ward. This group can also be helped. We have now developed an education and service information leaflet which includes emergency contact details (similar to a crisis card in the UK), which is given to DSH patients on discharge. These are known to decrease the repetition of DSH in the developed world.27 Deaths from suicide are largely preventable if knowledge and understanding of this maladaptive behaviour is used to ensure timely intervention.8

By auditing DSH data in a systematic way, clinical decision-making will be based on pooled experience, not just on each clinician’s recall. Comprehensive registers of DSH provide clinicians with the opportunity to review cases of suicide where they have had clinical involvement, using techniques such as psychological autopsy, improving clinical skills and judgements. Overall there is a need for an attitude of vigilance about suicide risk, and of enthusiasm about pursuing initiatives for suicide prevention based on evidence. Better understanding of self-harm will assist in devising means of reaching out to those at risk of dying without having had contact with health care services.

Reporting of DSH in case records was inconsistent. There is a need for uniform recording, medical coding and reporting of DSH. In the DSH register, the method of self-harm is recorded using an international recognised coding system (e.g. ICD-10).

If we continue to offer psychiatric assessment to all cases of DSH, the much higher rate of ascertainment arising from the DSH register will place further strain on an already stretched psychiatric service. Further investment in services specifically targeting self-harm in India is urgently needed.

Service Implications

Use of the register

The register creates an opportunity for a standing DSH audit, allowing for identification of trends over time and comparisons with other services that establish DSH registers using similar methods. Systematic collection of demographic and clinical data will allow calculation of admission rates, repetition rates and other indices of importance in service development. Collaboration with non-governmental organisations in the region who work with those who self-harm will allow development and evaluation of specific culturally appropriate interventions.

Where the register should be held?

In the developed world DSH registers are normally held on electronic systems in the Accident and Emergency department or liaison psychiatric services. In India, it is a mandatory obligation to hold a medico-legal register (which includes DSH) in casualty. Maintaining an additional DSH register risks unnecessary duplication, but modification of a medico-legal register creates an ethical problem and risks under-reporting. There are few liaison psychiatry services in India. On balance, we suggest that our practice of holding the DSH register within the department of adult psychiatry is the optimal arrangement in the Indian setting.

Confidentiality

Confidentiality must be respected. In the UK, when establishing a DSH register, it is necessary to discuss issues of confidentiality and legality with the local Data Protection Officer, and to register under the Data Protection Act. Use of the data for research purposes requires approval from local Research Ethics Committees. In India, there is little regulation of this sort. In order to establish our register it was only necessary to obtain consultant approval and consent through the local medical committee. We suggest that good practice would demand that standards of confidentiality and oversight should, as far as possible, match Western standards.

Manpower and resources

Setting up this register in Mysore required input by a Consultant Psychiatrist, for 2 sessions per week for 6 months, to negotiate with casualty medical officers, consultant physicians and reception staff. The resident from the psychiatry department spent at least 2 hours a day collating and updating the register. The absence of a patient electronic data system and lack of administrative support has placed additional strain on residents and has prolonged the time to identify a case of DSH from the casualty records and trace them on the medical wards. We believe that once the register is established, these tasks could be managed by a trained Social Worker spending 1 session per day collecting the data and 1 session per week editing the register. The work load might vary in other hospitals, depending on the number of daily hospital attendances for DSH.

Integration with other data sources

Linking this register with post mortem records, local civil registration of deaths and police records is desirable but this needs co-ordinated effort from several civil bodies and public health organisations. In the absence of any legislation or national record linkage systems, there are few motivators to drive this change or the allocation of resources. However, a unique person identification number system is presently being rolled out across India. The development of cross-agency electronic databases will facilitate easier record linkage in the future, which creates the opportunity for collection of reliable and representative data at a regional level.

None of those who were contacted during the study period had any formal input from Social Services. Though the models and mode of delivery by Social Services in India is radically different to those in Europe, DSH survivors form a stigmatised vulnerable group who are frequently in need of social assessment and support.

Future investment and development

There are good humanitarian reasons to seek the de-criminalisation of acts of self-harm in India, and there is presently strong lobbying to bring this about. It is reasonable to suppose that this might lead to readier help-seeking and better reporting of self-harm and suspected suicide. However, there are other measures that would be necessary to reduce rates of DSH and completed suicide. Regulating the supply of organophosphate insecticides, so that they are only available in dilutions that make fatal overdose more difficult, would be one such measure. There is also a need to develop liaison psychiatric services, offering psychosocial assessments to a higher proportion of those who present with features indicative of probable self-harm. Other necessary developments include investment in patient electronic records and systematic strategies for destigmatisation of DSH.

The register has provided us with a cohort of individuals who are willing to be contacted for future studies. The register has continued beyond the study period. We presently have 3720 individuals on the register. The unit has established formal links with research centres in the UK. We intend to carry out longitudinal studies to examine the patterns of DSH, rates of repetition, compliance with follow-up and suicide rates. This will help to identify the culture-specific access, adherence and prognostic factors, and will influence the development and validation of brief psychosocial interventions in a social, economic and cultural context that is radically different to the West.

CONCLUSIONS

We have illustrated that it is feasible to set up a DSH register in a busy tertiary care hospital in India where rates of self-harm are high. Results of our study indicate that the register details are accurate and representative of those who seek help from the specialist centre.

Very few were referred for psychosocial assessment following an act of self-harm and none of them had any formal input from Social Services. Though the models and mode of delivery by Social Services in India is radically different to those in Europe, DSH survivors form a stigmatised vulnerable group who are frequently in need of social assessment and support.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
We thank Prof Raveesh, Head of the Department of Psychiatry MMCRI, Mysore, India and Prof Geeta Avadani Dean MMCRI Mysore for providing access to the hospital records, casualty and wards.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
RAJAGOPAL RAJENDRA, Associate Professor, Department of Psychiatry, Mysore Medical College and Research Institute, Mysore, India. MURALI KRISHNA, Early Career Research Fellow, Wellcome Department of Biotechnology (DBT) Alliance and Consultant Psychiatrist at CSI Holdsworth Memorial Hospital, Mysore, India. SUMANTH M MAJGI, Assistant Professor, Department of Community Medicine , Mysore Medical College and Research Institute, Mysore, India. NARENDRA HEGGERE, Assistant Professor in Psychiatry, Department of Psychiatry, Mysore Medical College and Research Institute, Mysore, India. CATHERINE A. ROBINSON, Professor of Social Policy Research, Centre for Mental Health and Society, School of Social Sciences, Bangor University, United Kingdom. ROB POOLE, Professor of Social Psychiatry, Centre for Mental Health and Society, School of Social Sciences, Bangor University, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DR MURALI KRISHNA, Early Career Research Fellow, Wellcome DBT Alliance and Consultant Psychiatrist at CSI Holdsworth Memorial Hospital, PO Bo 28 Mandi – Mohalla, Mysore, India PIN 570021
Corresponding Author Email: 
muralidoc@gmail.com
References
References: 

1. Aaron R, Joseph  A, Abraham S, Muliyil J, George K, Prasad J, Minz S. Suicides in young people in rural southern India. Lancet 2004; 363:1117-1118.

2. Bose A, Konradsen F, John J, Suganthy P, Muliyil J, Abraham S.  Mortality rate and years of life lost from unintentional injury and suicide in South India. Trop Med Int Health 2006; 11: 1553-1556.

3. Gunnell D, Eddleston M, Phillips MR, Konradsen F.  The global distribution of fatal pesticide self-poisoning: systematic review. BMC Public Health 2007; 7:357.

4. World Health Organization Suicide prevention (SUPRE). Retrieved March 18, 2011 from http://www.who.int/mental_health/prevention/suicide/suicideprevent/en/

5. Patel V, Ramasundarahettige C, Vijayakumar L, Thakur JS, Gajalakshmi V, Gururaj G, Jha P. Million Death Study Collaborators. Suicide mortality in India: a nationally representative survey. Lancet 2012; 379(9834):2343-2351.

6. National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB) New Delhi: National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB); 2010. Accidental deaths and suicide. www.ncrb.nic.in.

7. Accidental deaths and suicides in India 2005. (National Crime Records Bureau [NCRB], Ministry of Home Affairs, New Delhi, 2006).

8. World Health Organization. Emerging from darkness. Mental health and substance abuse facts and figures suicide prevention: South East Asia, 2007.

9. Hawton K, van Heeringen K.  Suicide. Lancet 2009; 373(9672): 1372-1381.

10. World Health Organization. The World Health Report 2001. Mental health: new understanding, New Hope, Geneva, 2001.

11. Radhakrishnan R, and Andrade C. Suicide: An Indian perspective. Indian J Psychiatry 2012; 54(4): 304-319.

12. Joseph A, Abraham S, Muliyil JP, George K, Prasad J, Minz S, Jacob KS.  Evaluation of suicide rates in rural India using verbal autopsies, 1994-9. BMJ 2003; 326:1121-1122. 

13. Bose A, Konradsen F, John J, Suganthy P, Muliyil J, Abraham S.  Mortality rate and years of life lost from unintentional injury and suicide in South India. Trop Med Int Health, 2006; 11:1553-1556.

14. Prasad J, Abraham VJ, Minz S, Abraham S, Joseph A, Muliyil J P, Jacob KS (2000).  Rates and factors associated with suicide in Kaniyambadi Block, Tamil Nadu, South India, 2000–2002. Int J Soc Psychiatry 2000; 52:65-71.

15. Gajalakshmi V, Peto R.  Suicide rates in rural Tamil Nadu, South India: Verbal autopsy of 39 000 deaths in 1997–98. Int J Epidemiol, 2007; 36(1): 203-207.

16. Bhat M. Vol. 7. Minneapolis, MI, United States: Centre for Population Analysis and Policy, Humphrey Institute of Public Affairs, University of Minnesota; Mortality from accidents and violence in India and China, Research Report 91-06-1, 1991.

17. Ruzicka LT. Suicide in countries and areas of the ESCAP region.  Asia Pac Popul J, 1998; 13(4):55-74.

18. Yadwad BS, Gouda Hareesh S. Is attempted suicide an offence? Journal of Indian Academy of Forensic Medicine, 2005; 7(2):108-111.

19. Accidental Deaths and Suicides in India 2008. National Crime Records Bureau [NCRB], New Delhi: Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, 2010.

20. Eddleston M, Buckley N A, Gunnell D, Dawson AH, Konradsen F. Identification of strategies to prevent death after pesticide self-poisoning using a Haddon matrix. Inj Prev, 2006; 12:333-337.

21 World Health Organization. Suicide rates per 100,000 by country, year and sex.  2011 Retrieved from http://www.who.int/mental_health/prevention/suicide_rates/en/index.html

22. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. Self-harm: the short-term physical and psychological management and secondary prevention of self-harm in primary and secondary care. NICE clinical guideline 16. 2004.

23. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence.  Self-harm: longer-term management. NICE clinical guideline CG133.2011.

24. World Health Organisation. ICD-10 Classifications of Mental and Behavioural Disorder: Clinical Descriptions and Diagnostic Guidelines. Geneva. World Health Organisation.1992

25. Sharma, R.  Kuppuswamy's socioeconomic status scale - revision for 2011 and formula for real-time updating. Indian J Pediatr 2012; 79(7):961-962.

26. Evans J, Johnson C, Stanton R. How to establish case registers: II. Non-fatal deliberate self harm. Psychiatric Bulletin 1996; 20:403-405.

27. Evans MO, Morgan HG, Hayward A. Crisis telephone consultation for deliberate self harm patients: effects on repetition. British Journal of Psychiatry 1999;175: 23-27.

Cervical ripening balloon as an alternative for induction of labour: a randomized controlled trial

Authors
Toh Lick Tan, Grace Yang Huang Ng, Sheri Ee-Lin Lim, Shephali Tagore, Ei Ei Phyo Kyaw and George Seow Heong Yeo
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(1):a806
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Objective: To evaluate the use of cervical ripening balloon (CRB) for induction of labour (IOL) in Singapore.
Design: Prospective cohort randomised controlled study comparing CRB to Prostin (PGE) for IOL
Setting: Tertiary maternity hospital in Singapore.
Population: Women aged 21 to 40 years old for IOL in a singleton term pregnancy without major fetal anomaly suitable for vaginal delivery were recruited unless they were in labour, had cervical dilatation ³3 cm, ruptured membrane, abnormal CTG, scarred uterus or malpresentation.
Methods: Suitable women were recruited in the ante-natal period and randomized to receive either CRB or PGE on the day of IOL. Characteristics of the women, labour and birth outcomes, as well as their pain and satisfaction scores were obtained from case notes and by interviewing the women at IOL and after delivery.
Main Outcome Measures: Characteristics of participants, labour outcomes, birth outcomes.
Results: 98 women were enrolled for the study with 31 CRB and 52 PGE cases analysed. Both groups had similar maternal age, ethnic mix, proportion of primigravidae, weight, gestational age, cervical dilatation, indication for IOL, baby gender and birth weight. The induction to vaginal delivery time and vaginal delivery rate, as well as risk of low Apgar scores, meconium aspiration, pyrexia in labour, neonatal intensive care unit or intensive care unit admissions were also similar. Although only 1 (3.2%) in CRB arm failed to be induced compared with 9 (17.3%), this was not statistically significant (p = 0.082). Only 1 case of uterine hyperstimulation was observed and was from the PGE group.
Conclusions: Both CRB and PGE are effective and complementary methods for IOL. The availability of both methods in an obstetric unit will allow women and clinicians choice in their method of IOL.

Keywords: 
cervical ripening; Cook balloon; labour induction; mechanical ripening

Introduction

Increasing number of term deliveries undergo induction of labour (IOL). This figure is as high as 1 in 4 in developed countries, making it one of the most common procedures a woman may experience in pregnancy. 1 IOL may be achieved with pharmacological, mechanical or surgical methods. 1, 2 Mechanical methods were the first methods used to ripen the cervix and induce labour. The National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE) does not recommend the routine use of mechanical methods for IOL as only heterogeneous small studies were available at their time of publication more than half a decade ago. 2 However, since then there is increasing evidence of safety and efficacy of mechanical IOL. Subsequent publications including those from World Health Organization (WHO) and Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews support the use of balloon catheter for IOL. 1, 3 It is therefore important to revisit the role of mechanical methods of IOL.

The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews concluded that mechanical methods of induction of labour have a lower risk of uterine hyperstimulation with similar caesarean section rates and delivery within 24 hours as prostaglandins. Furthermore, mechanical methods reduce the risk of caesarean section when compared with oxytocin induction of labour. 3 This review is consistent with another earlier systematic review. 4

Both Pfizer’s Prostin (PGE) and Cook Medical’s Cervical Ripening Balloon (CRB) are licensed for IOL. While the use of Prostin is a standard care in Singapore, the CRB has not been used routinely. We therefore propose a study to evaluate the use of CRB for IOL in Singapore.

Methods

A prospective cohort randomised controlled study was conducted in a tertiary referral maternity unit in Singapore. Pregnant women aged 21 – 40 years old with a singleton pregnancy with no major fetal anomaly who were suitable for vaginal delivery and scheduled for a planned IOL at 37+0 to 41+6 weeks gestation were invited for the study. Cases were excluded if at the start of the planned IOL, they were in spontaneous labour, had a cervical dilatation of ³3 cm, had confirmed rupture of membrane, had abnormal cardiotocogram (CTG), had a scarred uterus such as previous caesarean section, had malpresentation in labour, or if caesarean section delivery was indicated. Women who were unable to give or had withdrawn their consent to participate in the trial were also excluded for the study.

All suitable pregnant women receiving team care who require elective IOL were identified in antenatal clinic, antenatal or labour wards by the attending doctor or clinical research coordinator (CRC). Following routine counselling for IOL by the attending doctor, the woman will be offered participation in the study and a member of the research team will counsel and obtain informed consent from her. The woman will be made to understand that participation in the study is voluntary, does not affect her medical care and consent for participation can be withdrawn at any stage of the study. Women who were uncertain in their participation were offered the opportunity to participate during her follow-up or on the day of IOL after further consideration. Patient information leaflet on IOL as well as information of the study were made available to the participants.

On the day of the IOL, the participants were reviewed for the appropriateness of the IOL and participation in the study. A presentation scan, vaginal examination for cervical dilatation and CTG were performed. If they were suitable, they were randomly allocated PGE or CRB IOL in labour ward. Randomization was achieved with third party sealed envelope allocation. A total of 75 envelopes containing a folded paper with the words “Cervical Ripening Balloon” and another 75 identical envelopes containing a folded paper with the word “Prostin” were prepared and shuffled after sealing. These randomized envelopes were then labelled sequentially with their randomization allocation number from 1 to 150. The participants who underwent randomization were allocated to the next randomization allocation numbered envelop which contain either allocation for CRB or PGE IOL.

Participants undergoing CRB IOL will have the CRB inserted after cleaning the vulva and vagina with Cetrimide solution. The uterine and vaginal balloons of the CRB will be gradually inflated with normal saline, initially 40 ml and 20 ml respectively, and a further 20 ml each hour later until each balloon is 80 ml. CTG monitoring was undertaken before and after each inflation for at least 20 minutes. If the participant was not in labour after complete inflation of the balloons, she would be transferred to the antenatal wards for rest before removing the CRB 12 hours after insertion in labour ward when possible.

Participants undergoing PGE IOL will have 3 mg Prostin tablet inserted in the posterior fornix after cleaning the vulva with Cetrimide solution. CTG monitoring was also undertaken for at least 40 minutes after PGE insertion. If the participant was not in labour, she would be transferred to the antenatal wards. If there was no response to the first PGE, a repeat dose was given after 6 hours in labour ward when possible.

Participants will undergo artificial rupture of membrane (ARM) and/or oxytocin infusion augmentation of labour as necessary. If the participant was not in labour or ARM was not possible after removing the CRB or 2 cycles of PGE, the participant would have been considered having a failed IOL and will leave the study protocol with her subsequent management determined by the specialist attending to her. This would typically involve insertion of a third or first PGE in the PGE or CRB arm respectively.

Upon delivery of the pregnancy, a member of the research team will interview the participant and obtain demographics, labour and delivery outcomes data from the clinical notes. Pain and maternal satisfaction scores and comments were also recorded by interviewing the participants in the post-natal period; these findings will however be discussed separately.

The data was collected on a pro forma and entered into an excel spreadsheet. The data was then analysed using IBM SPSS Statistics version 19.

This study was approved by the SingHealth centralised institutional review board with the reference number of 2013/553/D.

Results

A total of 138 women were approached to join the study but 40 (29.0%) women declined. There was no significant difference in maternal age (27.8 ± 5.4 vs 28.7 ± 5.2 years; p = 0.373), ethnicity, proportion of primigravidae (62.5% vs 53.1%; p = 0.349), weight (61.2 ± 15.4 vs 64.4 ± 13.8 kg; p = 0.228), BMI (24.8 ± 5.8 vs 25.3 ± 5.0 kg/m2; p = 0.646) and primary indication for IOL between women who declined and accepted enrolment to the study respectively.

The remaining 98 women were enrolled for the study. Eight-seven women were randomized after excluding 6 women in spontaneous labour, 1 woman with non-cephalic fetal presentation, and 1 woman had confirmed ruptured of membrane on admission for their IOL, as well as 3 other cases in which the women presented for IOL without the availability of the research team (figure 1).

Figure 1. Flow diagram of recruitment, randomisation and completion status

In the CRB arm, one woman withdrew from the study after 8 hours 55 minutes as she felt the discomfort was too unbearable. Another woman was excluded when she was found to have spontaneous version to breech in labour. One woman randomized to PGE did not receive it as she went into spontaneous labour prior to IOL. Another woman in the PGE arm was subsequently found to be only 36+3 weeks and was therefore excluded from analysis (figure 1). The remaining 83 cases were analysed and their characteristics are shown in table 1.

The induction to vaginal delivery time, as well as, vaginal delivery rate were similar in both arms of the study (table 2). Compared to PGE arm, participants undergoing CRB IOL were faster in achieving cervical dilatation ≥4 cm (14.4 ± 5.7 vs 23.5 ± 16.6 hr; p = 0.001) and requesting epidural (16.4 ± 5.4 vs 23.2 ± 15.8 hr; p = 0.040), as well as more likely to require oxytocin infusion for augmentation (77.4% vs 50.0%; p = 0.020). Uterine hyperstimulation defined as >5 contractions every 10 minutes was only found in PGE arm. Cervical dilatation from 0 – 2 cm to ≥4 cm was achieved without regular contractions in 2 (6.9%) cases in the CRB arm and 1 (2.4%) case in the PGE arm. The mean frequency of uterine contractions at cervical dilatation ≥4 cm was 2.5 ± 1.4 in 10 minutes for CRB arm compared to 3.8 ± 1.4 in 10 minutes for PGE arm (p <0.001). No case of uterine rupture was observed.

There was 1 (3.2%) case for failed CRB IOL where both uterine and cervical balloons were found in the vagina suggesting that either placement of the uterine balloon was not optimal or it was expelled after placement. The woman went on to have Prostin and delivered vaginally. In the 9 (17.3%) cases in the PGE group that did not respond after 2 cycles, all went on to have the third Prostin successfully except for 2 women who required Caesarean section for persistent failed IOL.

The birth outcomes of both arms of the study were also similar with no case of stillbirth (table 3). There were 2 case of neonatal intensive care unit admission in the PGE arm for continuous positive airway pressure therapy; both were discharged from NICU within 24 hours.

Table 1. Characteristics of participants undergoing cervical ripening balloon (CRB) and Prostin (PGE) induction of labour.

  CRB (n = 31) PGE (n = 52) p
Maternal age, years (83) 1 28.2 ± 5.3 28.7 ± 5.0 0.646
Ethnicity (83) 2         0.222
· Chinese 35.5% (11) 42.3% (22)  
· Malay 54.8% (17) 36.5% (19)  
· Indian 3.2% (1) 15.4% (8)  
· Others 6.5% (2) 5.8% (3)  
Primigravidae (83) 2 61.3% (19) 44.2% (23) 0.174
Weight, kg (83) 1 64.4 ± 15.0 63.9.4 ± 13.2 0.861
BMI, kg m-2 (83) 1 25.5 ± 5.0 25.0 ± 5.1 0.706
Pre delivery Hb, g dl-1 (80) 1 11.6 ± 1.8 12.0 ± 1.3 0.211
GBS positive (79) 2 22.6% (7) 21.2% (11) 0.204
Gestational age, weeks (83) 1 39.4 ± 1.1 39.2 ± 1.9 0.357
Cervical dilatation, cm (83) 1 1.0 ± 0.7 0.9 ± 0.7 0.954
Primary indication for IOL (83) 2         0.108
· Decreased fetal movement 3 -   11.5% (6) 0.082
· Post dates 3 54.8% (17) 32.7% (17) 0.065
· Gestational diabetes 3 16.1% (5) 13.5% (7) 0.756
· Impending macrosomia 3 -   1.9% (1) 0.526
· IUGR 3 3.2% (1) -   0.137
· Low amniotic fluid index 3 19.4% (6) 34.6% (18) 0.089
· Maternal request 3 3.2% (1) 5.8% (3) 0.489
· Pre-eclampsia 3 3.2% (1) -   0.373

1 Values are mean ± SD, p calculated with Student t-test; 2 Values are percentage (n), p calculated with Pearson chi-square test; 3 Values are percentage (n), p calculated with Fisher’s exact test.

Table 2. Labour outcomes of participants undergoing cervical ripening balloon (CRB) and Prostin (PGE) induction of labour.

  CRB (n = 31) PGE (n = 52) p
IOL to ≥4 cm dilatation, hr (78) 1 14.4 ± 5.7 23.5 ± 16.6 0.001
IOL to full dilatation, hr (66) 1 20.8 ± 6.1 24.8 ± 15.7 0.150
IOL to vaginal delivery, hr (63) 1 21.2 ± 6.8 25.6 ± 16.1 0.136
Duration of 2nd stage, hr (63) 1 0.9 ± 2.9 0.8 ± 0.9 0.741
Delivery within 24 hr (83) 2 77.3% (17) 61.0% (25) 0.265
Failed IOL (83) 3 3.2% (1) 17.3% (9) 0.082
Number of PGE used (83) 2         <0.001
· 0 96.8% (30) -    
· 1 3.2% (1) 53.8% (28)  
· 2 -   28.8% (15)  
· 3 -   17.3% (9)  
Augmentation use (83) 3 77.4% (24) 50.0% (26) 0.020
           
Epidural use (83) 3 58.1% (18) 55.8% (29) 1.000
· IOL to epidural use, hr (47) 1 16.4 ± 5.4 23.2 ± 15.8 0.040
· Epidural use to delivery, hr (47) 1 9.2 ± 4.1 7.0 ± 3.8 0.065
Contractions 1          
· At IOL (83) 0.2 ± 0.6 0.2 ± 0.5 0.579
· 3 hr after IOL (81) 2.0 ± 1.9 1.6 ± 1.9 0.451
Contractions >5 every 10 min 3          
· 30 min after IOL (81) -   -   -
· 3 hr after IOL (81) -   2.0% (1) 1.000
Vaginal delivery (83) 3 71.0% (22) 78.8% (41) 0.438
Indication for LSCS (20) 2         0.513
· Failed IOL -   18.2% (2)  
· FTP in 1st stage of labour 55.6% (5) 36.4% (4)  
· FTP in 2nd stage of labour 22.2% (2) 9.1% (1)  
· NRFS 11.1% (1) 27.3% (3)  
· FTP and NRFS 11.1% (1) 9.1% (1)  

1 Values are mean ± SD, p calculated with Student t-test; 2 Values are percentage (n), p calculated with Pearson chi-square test; 3 Values are percentage (n), p calculated with Fisher exact test.

Table 3. Birth outcomes of participants undergoing cervical ripening balloon (CRB) and Prostin (PGE) induction of labour.

  CRB (n = 31) PGE2 (n = 52) p
Male fetus (83) 2 51.6% (16) 42.3% (22) 0.496
Birth weight, g (83) 1 3,166 ± 478 3,094 ± 417 0.472
Apgar at 5 min <7 (83) -   -   -
Meconium aspiration (83) -   -   -
Pyrexia in labour (83) 3 6.5% (2) 5.8% (3) 1.000
NICU admission (83) 2 -   3.8% (2) 0.526
ITU admission (83) -   -   -

1 Values are mean ± SD, p calculated with Student t-test; 2 Values are percentage (n), p calculated with Pearson chi-square test; 3 Values are percentage (n), p calculated with Fisher exact test.

Discussion

To the best of our knowledge, this is the first randomized controlled study to assess the use of CRB for IOL in Singapore. Our study concur with the published literature that both CRB and PGE have similar rate of vaginal deliveries and rate of deliveries within 24 hours. Both methods are effective and safe with PGE having a higher risk of uterine hyperstimulation and need for Caesarean section for failed IOL.

Pharmacological induction of labour using PGE is the most established form of IOL. However, it is important to be able to offer alternative methods to women particularly in cases of hypersensitivity or allergy to PGE. PGE can cause bronchospasm complicating asthma, a medical condition which affects 4 – 12% of pregnant women. 5, 6 Similarly, caution should be exercised in the use of PGE in women with other common medical conditions such as hypertension and epilepsy.

In addition, women may not respond to PGE for IOL, or the PGE may only result in uterine tightenings which do not lead to cervical dilatation. In these situations the CRB may be considered as an adjunct for IOL to avoid Caesarean section of ‘failed IOL’.

The risk of uterine hyperstimulation and the need for a repeat dose in 6 to 8 hours for PGE typically require the women to be admitted for IOL. The use of CRB does not require planned intervention until 12 hours later. This potentially allows an outpatient IOL if further studies support its safety in this aspect.

The application of PGE is relatively straightforward and is already performed by both doctors and midwives. The insertion of CRB may however be considered too invasive for midwives thus limiting the type and hence availability of staff to commence IOL. We have explored the learning curve in the insertion of CRB and will discuss this separately.

Conclusion

Both CRB and PGE are effective methods for IOL at term. Each method has its own benefits and limitations. The availability of both methods in an obstetric unit will allow the clinician to choose the most appropriate form of IOL, provide a complementary method of IOL, as well as offer women choice in their IOL.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
We are grateful for the supply of cervical ripening balloons for the study provided by Cook Medical.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
TOH LICK TAN , MBBS MRCOG, Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, KK Women’s and Children’s Hospital, Singapore. GRACE YANG HUANG NG, MBChB, Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, KK Women’s and Children’s Hospital, Singapore. SHERI EE-LIN LIM, MBBS PhD MRCOG, Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, KK Women’s and Children’s Hospital, Singapore. SHEPHALI TAGORE, MBBS MRCOG, Department of Maternal Fetal Medicine, KK Women’s and Children’s Hospital, Singapore. EI EI PHYO KYAW, BDS, BSc (Hons) , Department of Maternal Fetal Medicine, KK Women’s and Children’s Hospital, Singapore. GEORGE SEOW HEONG YEO, MBBS FRCOG FAMS, Department of Maternal Fetal Medicine, KK Women’s and Children’s Hospital, Singapore.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Dr Tan Toh Lick, Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, KK Women’s and Children’s Hospital, 100 Bukit Timah Road, Singapore 229899, Singapore.
Corresponding Author Email: 
tan.toh.lick@kkh.com.sg
References
References: 
  1. WHO recommendations for Induction of labour. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2011.
  2. National Collaborating Centre for Women’s and Children’s Health. Induction of labour. London: RCOG Press; 2008.
  3. Jozwiak M, Bloemenkamp KW, Kelly AJ, Mol BW, Irion O, Boulvain M. Mechanical methods for induction of labour. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012 Mar 14;3.
  4. Vaknin Z, Kurzweil Y, Sherman D. Foley catheter balloon vs locally applied prostaglandins for cervical ripening and labor induction: a systematic review and metaanalysis. 11. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2010 Nov; 203(5): 418-29.
  5. Rey E, Boulet LP. Asthma in pregnancy. BMJ 2007; 334: 582–5.
  6. Kwon HL, Belanger K, Bracken MB. Asthma prevalence among pregnant and childbearing-aged women in the United States: estimates from national health surveys. Ann Epidemiol 2003; 13: 317–24.

25 years of Hallucinogen Persisting Perception Disorder- A diagnostic challenge

Authors
Fabida Noushad, Qutaiba Al Hillawi, Vasantha Siram and Muhammad Arif
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(1):a805
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

We present an interesting case of a forty eight year old man who took LSD in his early twenties. He continued to experience visual perceptual disturbances for 25 years following cessation of the hallucinogen.  This is a unique case, where symptoms of hallucinogen persisting perception disorder have persisted for over two decades after the cessation of Lysergic acid diethylamide. He was treated with clonazepam 1 mg four times a day with good effect. There is a need for raising awareness about this condition to prevent misdiagnosis and delay in appropriate treatment.

Abbreviations: 
EEG- electroencephalogram, MRI- magnetic resonance imaging, LSD- Lysergic acid diethylamide, DSM- Diagnostic and statistical manual, HPPD: Hallucinogen persisting perceptual disorder, SSRI- selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.
Keywords: 
LSD- Lysergic acid diethylamide

Case report

A forty-eight year old man presented with unusual and distressing visual experiences with varying degrees of severity for over twenty years. Some of these included the following; red objects having a green shimmer around them like 3-D glasses, altered sense for distance estimation, people’s faces seeming to change shape when looked at, alteration of own reflection, anything patterned appearing to move all the time, words moving about while reading, things appearing to be multi-layered, bright lights throwing up shadows, vehicles appearing to stretch as they drive past, flying birds looking like animation and difficulty in focussing.

When present, his symptoms interfered markedly with his functioning. For example, he could not cross the road, could not read, and had to dim his lights. He struggled with knowing which visual perceptions were real and which were not. The patient felt his visual experiences were related to his past LSD use twenty-five years ago. He felt the drug had put him “in a coma” and he was “dreaming all of this”.

He specifically remembered a party with friends where he took a cocktail of illicit drugs, including LSD and marijuana, with alcohol. He said he would usually take drugs and alcohol in a binge pattern. The ‘trips’ would usually last twelve hours. He felt he experienced some memory loss of that particular night. When he woke up the next morning he was still experiencing the effects of LSD and said he has felt these effects ever since. He tried to explain that it was like drinking alcohol, waking up drunk and being drunk from that point on. After this incident he did not use illicit drugs again.

Prior to this particular night he said he may have used LSD about fifteen times, as Microdot tablets, usually one at a time, with cannabis. He said it was “like having a tripping switch in your brain”. When you took LSD, “the switch turned the tripping on and after a while it turned off”. He said his switch “was broken” and he therefore continued to re-experience the effects of the drug.

His other complaint was that of feeling he was “not real”; to the extent he even thought he should harm his family members so he could prove he was real.

He also complained of low mood, decreased concentration, anxiety and an inability to cope.

His first contact with mental health services was at the age twenty two years. He presented with symptoms of anxiety but it was not felt he had a mental illness. He was referred again a year later and was diagnosed to have Primary Depersonalization syndrome.

The patient himself reported that all his symptoms started after he had used LSD about fifteen times in six months. At the time he had described having undergone a complete personality change due to his experiences. He felt objects and experiences had a dream-like quality. His visual experiences caused so much distress he felt suicidal.

Over the next twenty-five years he has had various other diagnoses; LSD induced Depersonalisation Syndrome, Depersonalisation-Derealisation Syndrome, LSD induced Simple schizophrenia, depressive disorder and anxiety disorders. His visual disturbances had been interpreted as visual hallucinations. He had received treatment with antidepressants (Imipramine, Amitriptyline, and Venlafaxine); antipsychotics (Trifluperazine, Promazine); Benzodiazepines (Diazepam); Propranolol; and Fentazine. He was also prescribed Hydergine (which helped reduce symptoms briefly) at one point.

Investigations: EEG, MRI Brain, and Carotid ultrasound were normal.

He was admitted to a psychiatric hospital at the age of forty-eight years old where the admitting doctor described his symptoms as visual hallucinations and started him on Risperidone, which increased the intensity of his symptoms. He was also treated with Citalopram for his low mood. It was noted that his symptoms were different from common psychotic illnesses. Detailed history taking and assessment of his perceptual abnormalities over the following few weeks in hospital confirmed the diagnosis of hallucinogen persisting perception disorder (HPPD).

He was treated with Clonazepam 1 mg four times a day with good effect; as seen by the reduction of symptoms - see Table 1.

Table 1:

DSM IV/V Symptom Checklist Prior to treatment with Clonazepam 3 months after initiation of Clonazepam treatment
Geometric hallucinations Present Absent
False perception of movement in peripheral fields Present Absent
Flashes of colour Present Absent
Intensified colours Present Absent
Trails of images of moving objects Present Absent
Positive after images Present Absent
Halos around objects Present Present but reduced in intensity and frequency
Macropsia Present Absent
Micropsia Present Absent

After discharge he had .a depressive episode and was treated with Escitalopram. This was later changed to Reboxetine.

Discussion:

This is the first case that we are aware of where symptoms of HPPD have persisted for over two decades after the cessation of the use of Lysergic acid diethylamide. There is a need for raising awareness about this condition to prevent misdiagnosis and delay in appropriate treatment.

This patient presented to psychiatric services over twenty-five years ago and at that time he felt his symptoms were related to his use of LSD. He was given a variety of different diagnoses before the correct diagnosis was established and treatment initiated with good outcome.

The patient had also experienced migraines and used alcohol excessively on occasions in the past. Although we are not aware of any connection between this disorder and these factors, future reports and studies may help provide further knowledge in these areas.

HPPD is a recognised condition described in DSM V and DSM IV with a diagnostic code 292.89. In DSM III it was referred to as post hallucinogen perception disorder (PHPD). It is described in ICD 10 under the code F16.983.

LSD has been known to alter perception and mood in the presence of an unaltered sensorium. HPPD was first described by Eisner and Cohen, who observed spontaneous recurrences of LSD like states in subjects, days to weeks following cessation of drug use1.

Other authors have described more or less the same clinical picture; for example, Rosenthal described patients suffering from post drug visual hallucinations lasting as long as five months from the time of drug use2

In a survey of sixty five users of LSD, Holsten found fifty users who described post LSD disturbances eighteen months to four years later3.

Flashbacks have been suggested to be a misnomer as patients described cases of continuous rather than paroxysmal visual disturbances from LSD 4

It is not clear what made our patient re-experience these visual disturbances however the literature suggests that emerging into a dark environment can precipitate or exacerbate post LSD visual symptoms. Among other precipitating factors are intentional inductions, marijuana use, medications like: neuroleptics (phenothiazine), amphetamines, cold remedies, anti-Parkinson’s agents and SSRI’s5.

The patient mentioned that he had ingested LSD approximately fifteen times before he developed this condition. The data suggests that peak incidence occurs with fifteen exposures and second smaller peaks at around forty to fifty exposures 6.

A number of hypotheses have been formulated in order to understand the underlying aetiology. HPPD is related to the recreation of symptoms experienced in intoxication. LSD has been shown to be excitotoxic to neurons. It is also known to be a partial agonist at post synaptic 5HT2 receptors and enhances glutaminergic transmission.

The patient had suffered from these rather distressing visual disturbances for more than two decades, which have had considerable impact on his daily living. He was given different diagnoses which included Induced depersonalisation, depersonalisation-derealisation syndrome, LSD induced simple schizophrenia, depressive disorder and anxiety disorders.

The patient had been treated with different psychotropic medications including antidepressants, antipsychotics, benzodiazepines, propranolol, fentazine and hydergine. Some had little effect like hydergine, whilst others worsened symptoms, in particular antipsychotic medications.

A case series of three HPPD patients treated with Risperidone reported an exacerbation of LSD-like panic and visual symptoms. Thus from these reports and our case report Risperidone could be contraindicated in patients with HPPD 7.

There have been some published case reports on treatment of HPPD, including the use of Reboxetine, which suggest it is beneficial in the treatment of the visual disturbances and depressive features associated with HPPD. This is possibly due to its alpha 2 adrenoceptor modulating effect on both Noradrenaline and Serotonin release8. Another case report suggested the use of a combination of Fluoxetine and Olanzapine in the treatment of HPPD9.

Benzodiazepines seem to be the most beneficial treatment so far and Clonazepam is the most effective due to its high potency compared to low potency Benzos and its long action at the GABA receptors10.

Conclusion:

Hallucinogen Persisting Perception Disorder is one of the outcomes associated with the ingestion of LSD. Symptoms can be present for years as demonstrated by different case reports, and for over two decades as reported in this report. The effect could be devastating to the person experiencing extremely distressing and disturbing perceptual phenomenon. It can last up to twenty five years after the cessation of the hallucinogenic drug. Early diagnosis and appropriate treatment can significantly help improve the quality of life of patients with this condition.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
FABIDA NOUSHAD, MRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist, Leicestershire Partnership NHS Trust, UK. QUTAIBA AL HILLAWI, MRCPsych, Speciality Trainee ST6, Norfolk And Suffolk Foundation Trust, UK. VASANTHA SIRAM, MRCPsych, Specialty Trainee ST4, Leicestershire Partnership NHS Trust, UK. MUHAMMAD ARIF, MRCpsych, Consultant Psychiatrist, Leicestershire Partnership NHS Trust, UK.
Corresponding Author Details: 
DR MUHAMMAD ARIF, Consultant Psychiatrist, Bradgate Mental Health Unit, Groby Road, Leicester, LE3 9EJ, UK.
Corresponding Author Email: 
muhammad.arif@leicspart.nhs.uk
References
References: 
  1. Rosenthal, S. H. (1964) Persistent Hallucinosis following repeated administration of hallucinogenic drugs, American Journal of Psychiatry, 121, pp. 238-244
  2. Robbins, E., Frosch, W. A. and Stern, M. (1967) Further observations on Untoward Reactions to LSD, American Journal Of Psychiatry, 124, pp. 393-395
  3. Holsten, F. (1976) Flashbacks: Clinical and social significance 1 ½-4 years after the first admission , Journal of Norwegian Medical Association; 96: 875-878
  4. Anderson, WH, O’Malley, JE (1972) Trifluperazine for the “Trailing” phenomenon. Journal of American Medical Association, 220: 1244-1245
  5. Abraham, H.D. (1983) Visual Phenomenology of the LSD flashbacks, Archives of General Psychiatry, 40, pp. 884-889
  6. Abraham HD, Visual phenomenology of the LSD flashbacks. Archives of General Psychiatry. 1983; 40:884-889
  7. Abraham, Henry David MD, Mamen, Anita MD. LSD like Panic from Risperidone in post-LSD Visual Disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology: June 1996; Volume 16; Issue 3: 238- 241
  8. Lerner AG, Shufman E, Kodesh A, Kretzmer G, Sigal M. LSD induced Hallucinogen Persisting Perception Disorder with depressive features treated with Reboxetine. Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences; 2002; 39(2):100-3
  9. Aldurra, G; Crayton, J. Improvement of Hallucinogen-Induced Persistent Perception disorder by Treatment with a Combination of Fluoxetine and Olanzapine: Case report; letter to the editor; Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology. June 2001- Volume 21- Issue 3- pp 343-344
  10. Lerner AG; Gelkopf M; Skladman I; Rudinski D; Nachshon; Bleich A. Clonazepam treatment of Lysergic acid diethylamide induced hallucinogen persisting perception disorder with anxiety features, International Clinical Psychopharmacology 2003, Volume 18- Issue 2 : 101-105

Current management of oesophageal cancer

Authors
Naufal Rashid, Mohamed Elshaer, Michael Kosmin and Amjid Riaz.
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(1):a804
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Background: Oesophageal cancer is the eighth most common cancer and it’s the sixth leading cause of death in the world. The five years overall survival is reported to be between 15-20%. The aim of this review is to highlight the current trends of management of oesophageal cancer.

Methods: A literature search of PubMed/MEDLINE, EMBASE and Cochrane Library and Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) databases up to November 2014 was conducted.

Results: Oesophageal cancer accounts for almost 3% of all cancers and is the ninth most common malignancy in the UK. Diagnosis is usually made by oesophago-gastro-duodenoscopy where multiple biopsy samples must be taken from any mucosal abnormality to exclude early tumours. The management of oesophageal cancers requires a multi-disciplinary team approach involving surgeons, oncologists, radiologists, pathologists, specialist nurses, dietitians and specialists from other specialties if required.

Conclusions: Treatment of oesophageal cancer is still a challenge however recent advances in surgery, endoscopic treatments and new therapeutic agents will hopefully improve prognosis.

Keywords: 
Oesophageal cancer, staging, Transhiatal oesophagectomy, Ivor-Lewis oesophagectomy, chemotherapy.

Introduction

Oesophageal cancer (OC) is the eighth most common cancer affecting an estimated 481,000 people worldwide with a rapidly rising incidence. Due to the poor prognosis of patients with these cancers it is the sixth leading cause of cancer related mortality with 406,000 deaths.1,2 Although the overall 5-year survival has increased from 4% in the 1970s3 to currently ranging between 15 to 20%4, it remains a challenge to treat as clinical presentation is often late and diagnosis is made at advanced stages. Incidence and mortality rates for OCs are two fold higher in males compared to females, however this ratio rises to up to 5-10:1 for oesophageal adenocarcinomas. Cohort studies have shown that the incidence of OC increases with age; the average of onset is between 65 to 70 years. 14 This article seeks to discuss the epidemiology, diagnosis and staging, prevention and current trends in the management of OC.

Methods

We searched PubMed/MEDLINE, EMBASE and Cochrane Library and Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) databases up to November 2014. Our search strategy used a combination of MeSH, textwords, and appropriate words variants of “oesophagus”, “cancer”, “epidemiology”, “adenocarcinoma”, or “squamous cell carcinoma”, and “staging”, “transhiatal oesophagectomy”, “transthoracic oesophagectomy”, “chemotherapy”, “radiotherapy”. This was supplemented with selected systematic reviews, evidence based guidelines and consensus statements.

Epidemiology

There have been major changes in the epidemiology of OC over the last thirty years. The two key histological types of OC are adenocarcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma (SCC) and they differ significantly in their fundamental patterns of incidence and aetiological factors. Oesophageal SCC comprises the majority of cases worldwide and represents 90% of all OCs in most Eastern countries. However the incidence of adenocarcinoma has risen rapidly over the last three decades and it is now the predominant histological type in Western Europe, USA and Australia, particularly amongst white males.5, 6 There are other rare histological types, which include lymphoma, leiomyosarcoma, melanoma, rhabdomyosarcoma and small cell carcinoma.7 OC accounts for almost 3% of all cancers in the UK and is the ninth most common malignancy in the UK. There were 8,173 new cases in 2008; incidence rates have increased over the last thirty years in the UK and are now one of the highest in Europe.8 Incidence rates of OC differ markedly by geographical locations and between ethnic groups; overall, rates are twice as high in less developed regions compared with more-developed regions and the highest rates occur in Asia. In this region, especially in Iran, Turkey, Kazakhstan and China, a very high incidence of oesophageal SCC exists with greater than 100 cases per 100,000 population annually. A similar trend is also seen in South Africa.9-12 In contrast, the rate of rise in incidence of oesophageal adenocarcinoma in more-developed countries has exceeded that of oesophageal SCC, which has remained the same or decreased. Oesophageal adenocarcinoma now comprises approximately 50% of all OCs in these countries. 13

Who gets oesophageal cancer?

The aetiology of OC is multifactorial, with interactions between environmental risk exposures and genetic factors. These can be divided between the two different histological types of OC.

Pathology of oesophageal tumours

Oesophageal tumours are classified as epithelial and non epithelial. Epithelial tumours include papilloma, intraepithelial neoplasia, carcinoma and carcinoid tumours. Non epithelial tumours include leiomyoma, lipoma and gastrointestinal stromal tumours (Table 1).

Table 1: WHO histological classification of oesophageal tumours

Epithelial Non Epithelial
Squamous cell papilloma Intraepithelial neoplasia
· Squamous
· Glandular (adenoma)
Carcinoma
· Squamous cell carcinoma
· Verrucous (squamous) carcinoma
· Basaloid squamous cell carcinoma
· Spindle cell (squamous) carcinoma
· Adenocarcinoma
· Adenosquamous carcinoma
· Mucoepidermoid carcinoma
· Adenoid cystic carcinoma
· Small cell carcinoma
· Undifferentiated carcinoma
· Others
Carcinoid tumour
Leiomyoma Lipoma
Granular cell tumour
Gastrointestinal stromal tumour
· benign
· uncertain malignant potential
· malignant
Leiomyosarcoma
Rhabdomyosarcoma
Kaposi sarcoma
Malignant melanoma
Others
Secondary tumours

Oesophageal adenocarcinoma

Established risk factors for oesophageal adenocarcinoma (Fig. 1) include gastro-oesophageal reflux disease, Barrett’s oesophagus, obesity, male sex, tobacco smoking and a low intake of fruit and vegetables.15, 16 There is evidence to suggest that previous infection with Helicobacter Pylori and the use of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs may decrease the risk of OC. 17

Fig. 1: Adenocarcinoma of the oesophagus (from Lewin et al. Gastrointestinal pathology and its clinical implications)

Barrett’s oesophagus (Fig. 2) occurs when there is metaplastic change in the lining of the oesophagus from normal stratified squamous mucosa to single layered columnar glandular mucosa with variable degrees of goblet cell differentiation.18 This transition usually occurs in the context of chronic gastro-oesophageal reflux disease, which causes exposure of the epithelium to refluxate. Gastro-oesophageal reflux disease is a major contributory factor and 5% of people with reflux disease develop Barrett’s oesophagus. The estimated prevalence of Barrett’s oesophagus is just under 2% amongst adults in the West and the annual incidence is approximately 0.1%. However, there is evidence to suggest that the rate of diagnosis is increasing by 2% annually.19 There has been a rise in the incidence of gastro-oesophageal reflux disease, which may be explained by a number of factors. The rise in the prevalence of obesity, specifically central and intra-abdominal obesity has been found to have a link with oesophageal adenocarcinoma. This can be explained by the fact that an increase in adiposity will cause a rise in intra-abdominal pressure thereby increasing reflux that may be asymptomatic. However, studies also suggest that obesity is a strong independent risk factor for oesophageal adenocarcinoma regardless of gastro-oesophageal reflux symptoms implying an underlying link. 20, 21 Another factor that may contribute to the rise in reflux disease is the increased use of drugs that relax the lower oesophageal sphincter. There is evidence to suggest that individuals with previous H. Pylori infections are less likely to develop oesophageal adenocarcinoma.22 This might be explained by the gastric atrophy that results from this infection, which will reduce the acidity and quantity of gastric secretions and thus decreasing the chances of gastro-oesophageal reflux. However, the prevalence of H. Pylori infections is decreasing in the Western population, which may contribute to the rising incidence of oesophageal adenocarcinoma. Gastro-oesophageal junction (GOJ) adenocarcinoma was classified by Siewert and Stein into three types. Type I arises from 1 to 5 cm proximal to the GOJ (tumours of the distal oesophagus), type II arises from 1 cm proximal to 2 cm distal to the GOJ (true cardiacarcinoma), and type III arises from 2 to 5 cm distal to the GOJ (subcardial gastric carcinoma). 61

Fig. 2: Barrett’s oesophagus (adapted from WHO classification of oesophageal tumours)

Oesophageal squamous cell carcinoma

The major risk factors for the development of oesophageal SCC (Fig. 3,4) are tobacco use and alcohol consumption; particularly a combination of both.23, 24 Nitrosamine exposure in tobacco smoking and the alcohol metabolite aldehyde, which is a known carcinogen, are probably the underlying reasons for these two risk factors. The high incidence of oesophageal SCC in Northern China, Iran and areas of Southern Africa may be related to a diet rich in nitrosamines and deficient in trace elements and vitamins A & C.

Other risk factors for oesophageal SCC in the Western world include low socioeconomic status, poor oral hygiene, achalasia, history of thoracic radiation, caustic injury, hereditary tylosis and Plummer-Vinson Syndrome.25

Fig. 3: Squamous cell carcinoma of the oesophagus

Fig. 4: Microscopic picture of squamous cell carcinoma (adapted from WHO classification of oesophageal tumours)

How does oesophageal cancer present clinically?

Patients presenting with symptoms of OC almost invariably have advanced disease. The most common presenting symptom is progressive dysphagia with 74% of patients reporting difficulty swallowing.26 This is graded according to the following: 27

  • Grade 1: Able to swallow most foods
  • Grade 2: Able to swallow soft foods only
  • Grade 3: Able to swallow liquids only
  • Grade 4: Unable to swallow anything

17% of patients will also report pain on swallowing food and liquids (odynophagia). 26 Typically, patients with oesophageal adenocarcinoma will be white males with a background of gastro-oesophageal reflux disease who have developed dysphagia. On the other hand, patients with oesophageal SCC will present with dysphagia, associated with weight loss and a history of smoking and increased alcohol intake may exist.

Other less common symptoms include dyspnoea, cough, hoarseness, acute haemorrhage and pain which may be retrosternal, back or right upper abdominal. These will usually represent the existence of metastatic disease.

Physical examination is often normal; positive clinical findings may include cachexia, lymphadenopathy and hepatomegaly in the presence of metastases.

How is oesophageal cancer diagnosed?

It is essential to have a low threshold if cancers are to be detected at an early, treatable stage. National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) guidelines state that a patient presenting with symptoms suggestive of upper gastrointestinal cancer should be referred to a team specialising in the management of these cancers. Specifically; patients of any age presenting with dyspepsia in association with alarm symptoms should be urgently referred for endoscopy or to a specialist. The classical ‘alarm’ symptoms associated with OC includes dysphagia, vomiting, anorexia, weight loss and symptoms associated with gastro-intestinal blood loss. Patients aged 55 or more with persistent, recent onset, and unexplained dyspepsia should be referred urgently for an endoscopy.

Diagnosis is usually made by oesophago-gastro-duodenoscopy where multiple biopsy samples must be taken from any mucosal abnormality to exclude early tumours. Suspicious lesions including oesophageal strictures may require repeated biopsies if initial results are negative.

Once diagnosis is made patients should be urgently referred to an Upper Gastro-intestinal team at a specialist centre for investigations to stage disease and further management.

Staging oesophageal cancers

It is essential to accurately stage disease to exclude patients with widespread metastatic disease for whom surgery will not be curative and to identify subgroups of patients who will require neo-adjuvant therapies. Whilst it is difficult to completely eliminate the possibility of ‘open and shut’ cases where tumours are found to be inoperable at the time of surgery; it is important to develop a staging strategy with investigations and procedures that help to minimise this risk. The TNM (Tumour, Node, Metastasis) staging system is used to classify the depth of tumour invasion into or through the oesophageal wall, the status of regional lymph nodes and metastases to distant sites. The TNM7 categories are shown in Tables 2 and the current stage groupings is shown in Table 3. 28

Table 2: TNM7 staging system

Primary Tumour (T)
TX Primary tumour cannot be assessed
T0 No evidence of primary tumour
Tis High-grade dysplasia
T1 Tumour invades lamina propria, muscularis mucosae, or submocusa
T1a Tumour invades lamina propria, muscularis mucosae
T1b Tumour invades submucosa
T2 Tumour invades muscularis propria
T3 Tumour invades adventitia
T4 Tumour invades adjacent strictures
T4a Resectable tumour invading pleura, pericardium, or diaphragm
T4b Unresectable tumour invading other adjacent structures, such as aorta, vertebral body, trachea etc.
Regional Lymph Nodes (N)
NX Regional lymph nodes cannot be assessed
N0 No regional lymph node metastasis
N1 Metastases in 1-2 regional lymph nodes
N2 Metastases in 3-6 regional lymph nodes
N3 Metastases in ≥ 7 regional lymph nodes
Distant Metastasis (M)
M0 No distant metastasis
M1 Distant metastasis

Table 3: Stage classification for oesophageal cancer in the 2010 TNM7 staging system

Squamous-cell carcinoma
Stage Tumour Node Metastasis Grade Tumour location
0 Tis (HGD) N0 M0 1, X Any
IA T1 N0 M0 1, X Any
IB T1 N0 M0 2-3 Any
T2-3 N0 M0 1, X Lower, X
IIA T2-3 N0 M0 1, X Upper, middle
T2-3 N0 M0 2-3 Lower, X
IIB T2-3 N0 M0 2-3 Upper, middle
T1-2 N1 M0 Any Any
IIIA T1-2 N2 M0 Any Any
T3 N1 M0 Any Any
T4a N0 M0 Any Any
IIIB T3 N2 M0 Any Any
IIIC T4a N1-2 M0 Any Any
T4b Any M0 Any Any
Any N3 M0 Any Any
IV Any Any M1 Any Any
Adenocarcinoma  
Stage Tumour Node Metastasis Grade  
0 Tis (HGD) N0 M0 1, X  
IA T1 N0 M0 1-2, X  
IB T1 N0 M0 3  
T2 N0 M0 1-2, X  
IIA T2 N0 M0 3  
IIB T3 N0 M0 Any  
T1-2 N1 M0 Any  
IIIA T1-2 N2 M0 Any  
T3 N1 M0 Any  
T4a N0 M0 Any  
IIIB T3 N2 M0 Any  
IIIC T4a N1-2 M0 Any  
T4b Any M0 Any  
Any N3 M0 Any  
IV Any Any M1 Any  

Initial staging assessment includes Computed Tomography (CT) (Fig. 5) of the thorax, abdomen and pelvis and its major role will be in evaluating the T stage to detect local tumour invasion into adjacent structures and determining the presence or absence of metastatic disease. However CT will not be able to determine the depth of tumour invasion. Endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) (Fig. 6) is the main modality used to stage the primary tumour and primarily aids in distinguishing T1 lesions from T2-4 lesions. This method has an accuracy ranging from between 73% to 89% in tumour staging.29 Accurately distinguishing tumour stage will affect treatment as T1 lesions may be treated with endoscopic therapy or with oesophagectomy whereas T2-4 lesions may require neo-adjuvant chemo-radiotherapy prior to surgery. EUS is also used for evaluation of regional lymph nodes however although sensitivity is approximately 80%, the specificity is lower at approximately 70%. 30 It is best to perform a EUS-guided lymph node biopsy for confirmation of involvement.

Fig. 5: CT scan shows irregular wall thickening of the esophagus and enlarged metastatic lymph node.

Fig. 6: Endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) of oesophagus showing T3 tumour

FDG-PET (18F-fluoroudeoxyglucose PET) (Fig. 7) is a key modality for the detection of distant metastatic disease in OC.31, 32 PET may reveal previously occult distant metastases in nodal and non-nodal sites with a sensitivity of 67% and high specificity of 97%. 33 It can also reveal metastases to bone, which may not be detected using conventional methods. An investigation has shown PET to be the only modality that predicted intended curative resection and it may also be used to prevent unnecessary surgical explorations.34 The use of PET has been shown in a study to change the management of patients from curative to palliative due to detection of previously unknown metastases.35 It has also been used in a prospective study to assess response early after neo-adjuvant chemotherapy to determine the need for urgent surgery or further chemotherapy. The usage of CT and PET in combination has become increasingly available and is useful in selective cases.36

Fig. 7: FDG PET/CT image demonstrating increased uptake at the distal oesophagus and coeliac lymph node in oesophageal cancer case

Minimally invasive surgery is also used as a method to stage OC in many specialist centres.37 A staging laparoscopy can visualise the primary tumour, identify metastases such as hepatic and regional nodal and can accurately detect intraperitoneal dissemination of disease, which may not have been appreciated on other radiological staging investigations. Samples of peritoneal ascites or washings for cytology can also be obtained at this stage if present.

Endoscopic mucosal resection (EMR) can provide accurate histological staging for high grade dysplasia and intramucosal carcinomas. 38 In many cases EMR alone can be a therapeutic intervention depending on the depth of invasion on the specimen.

Treatment

The management of OCs requires a multi-disciplinary team approach involving surgeons, oncologists, radiologists, pathologists, specialist nurses, dietitians and specialists from other specialties if required. Patients considered for surgery or chemo-radiotherapy will require a fitness assessment. In addition to pulmonary function tests, ECG and echocardiogram, cardio-pulmonary exercise testing (CPEX/CPET) is now being increasingly used to assess fitness for major surgery.

OCs can be managed with surgery, chemotherapy or radiotherapy, a combination of the three or palliation in many cases. Disease that is locally advanced without signs of distant metastases is treated with an intention to cure and this will involve a multimodal approach. Metastatic, disseminated and recurrent disease will be treated with palliative intent with chemotherapy to increase survival or measures such as radiotherapy or stent placement for symptomatic relief.

Surgical

Surgical resection can be part of a multimodal approach or alone and is the main option for curative treatment. There are a number of surgical procedures that can be used however it is important to ensure removal of macroscopic and microscopic tumour in association with dissection of lymph nodes with either method as these are vital prognostic factors following surgery.

Open oesophagectomy (OO):

Options for resection include trans-hiatal oesophagectomy and transthoracic approaches and the choice of approach will depend on the location of the tumour, access to lymph nodes and surgeon preference. An Ivor Lewis oesophagectomy (also known as Lewis-Tanner oesophagectomy) involves abdominal mobilization of the stomach and right thoracic approach for resection of the oesophagus. The three-stage modified McKeown oesophagectomy involves a laparotomy, right thoracotomy and neck anastomosis. A resection margin 8-10 cm proximally and 7 cm distally is recommended to achieve an R0 resection (recommendation class IIB, level of evidence C). The next step is to construct a conduit for the anastomosis and this can be achieved by using a gastric tube, large or small bowel. A gastric tube is preferred due to the following factors; ease of use, tension free and longest term conduit survival (recommendation class IIA, level of evidence C). The anastomosis can be performed in the chest or the neck. This relies on multiple factors such as ease of the anastomosis, tension on the repair, ability to diagnose and treat complications and the oncological status. Circular staplers or hand sewn technique usually used with no significant differences in the outcomes. A drainage procedure such as pyloroplasty is recommended to avoid delayed gastric emptying (recommendation class I, level of evidence B). 62

Radical oesophagectomy using either approach has a perioperative mortality of 5-10% and morbidity of 30-40%. 39 Lymph node dissection plays an important role owing to the extensive submucosal lymphatic drainage of the oesophagus. This has meant that nearly 80% of patients undergoing surgery have positive lymph nodes and prognostically this is of importance.40, 41 However, there has been controversy with regards to the extent of lymph node dissection required. For optimal staging 10 lymph nodes for T1 and 20-30 lymph nodes for T2 and T3 tumours should be harvested. 62 In order to perform a curative resection for carcinoma of the middle and lower third of the oesophagus it is recommended to dissect the abdominal and mediastinal lymph nodes. Three-field lymphadenectomy in the abdomen, chest and neck, is performed in Japan for oesophageal SCC.42 Proponents of radical lymphadenectomy argue that it does allow optimal staging, improves loco-regional disease free survival improving the quality of life for these patients.

Minimally invasive oesophagectomy (MIO):

Minimally invasive approaches, which involve laparoscopic mobilisation of the stomach, thoracoscopic mobilisation of the oesophagus and hybrid or robotic approaches, are increasing in many specialist centres. Benefits of this approach include shorter recovery times, decreased post-operative pain and reduced cardiopulmonary complications without jeopardising the oncological outcomes. Luketich et al. reported a mortality rate of 1.7%, leak 5% and empyema 6% following MIO. 63Several randomised controlled trials (RCTs) and comparative studies were conducted to investigate the efficacy and outcomes of MIO. A study by Li et al was conducted on 407 patients underwent MIO and OO found that the overall incidence of complications was lower in the MIO patients. The incidence of pulmonary complications was 20.7% in contrast to 39.7% in the OO group. However, there was no difference in the overall survival among the groups. Another comparative retrospective study by Mu et al. didn’t reveal any difference in the morbidity, anastomotic leak rate, pulmonary complications and length of stay between the approaches and the authors concluded that both techniques are equivalent. 63, 64

Neo-adjuvant chemotherapy

This aims to improve operability; achieving this by shrinking the tumour prior to surgery, down-staging the disease as well as treating occult metastatic disease. Response to treatment can be assessed prior to surgery with repeat radiological investigations. It is now common for patients in the UK with locally advanced disease to undergo neo-adjuvant chemotherapy followed by resection. This is based on the results of a multi-centre study conducted by the Medical Research Council (OEO2), which showed a 9% improvement in two-year survival in patients given 2 cycles of Cisplatin and 5-Fluorouracil chemotherapy compared to those who were not. Five-year survival with surgery alone was 17%, compared with 23% with neoadjuvant chemotherapy.43 The MRC Adjuvant Gastric Infusional Chemotherapy (MAGIC) trial randomized patients to chemotherapy with surgery or to surgery alone and it was found that patients in the chemotherapy group (who received Epirubicin, Cisplatin and infused 5-Fluorouracil, ‘ECF’) had a significant improvement in progression-free survival and a 13% increase in 5-year survival.45

In a meta-analysis of neoadjuvant chemotherapy, there was an overall all-cause absolute survival benefit of 7% at 2 years with the addition of chemotherapy. When analysed by subtype, chemotherapy had no significant effect on mortality for patients with squamous cell carcinoma; however, there was a significant survival benefit for patients with oesophageal adenocarcinoma (HR 0.78; p=0.014). 47

As a result of this evidence, neoadjuvant chemotherapy is a standard of care for patients with operable mid and lower oesophageal and GOJ adenocarcinoma. The ongoing MRC OEO5 trial is evaluating optimal neoadjuvant chemotherapy regimens: 4 cycles of chemotherapy with ‘ECX’ (Epirubicin, Cisplatin and Capecitabine) compared to two cycles Cisplatin and 5-Fluorouracil, as in OEO2.44

Patients who are deemed suitable for surgical management of mid or distal oesophageal (including GOJ) adenocarcinomas are referred to the GI oncology team to assess fitness for chemotherapy. Many of the criteria assessed are similar to those in the pre-operative assessment, particularly performance status and medical comorbidities. Significant history of renal disease or cardiovascular disease, especially ischaemic heart disease would be a relative contraindication to systemic chemotherapy. Toxicities from chemotherapy are wide-ranging and include gastrointestinal upset, hair loss, skin rash, neurotoxicity, renal toxicity, bone marrow suppression (with risk of neutropaenic sepsis, thrombocytopaenia, and anaemia), cardiovascular toxicity, and chemotherapy-related fatigue. In the MAGIC trial, three cycles of epirubicin, cisplatin and capecitabine (ECX) chemotherapy were given both before and after surgery, and approximately one quarter of patients had CTCAE grade 3 or 4 neutropaenia. 45

The REAL 2 trial 48 was a 2x2 factorial non-inferiority comparison of cisplatin versus oxaliplatin and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU) versus oral capectiabine in patients with oesophageal, gastro-oesophageal junction and gastric tumours. Treatment was given as triplet chemotherapy: epirubicin plus platinum agent (cisplatin or oxaliplatin) plus 5-FU or capecitabine. The trial results showed that oxaliplatin was at least as effective as cisplatin, and oral capectibine was at least as effective as intravenous 5-fluorouracil. There was less grade 3 and 4 neutropaenia with oxaliplatin versus cisplatin, but this was offset by an increase in neuropathy and diarrhoea. As a result of this trial, EOX chemotherapy can be used as an alternative to ECX in both the neoadjuvant and metastatic settings (Table 4).

Table 4: Efficacies of major combination chemotherapy drugs

Drug Histologic type No. of cases Response rate (%)
5-FU + cisplatin Squamous cell carcinoma 39 36
Cisplatin + paclitaxel Squamous cell carcinoma/adenocarcinoma 32 44
Cisplatin + irinotecan Squamous cell carcinoma/adenocarcinoma 35 57
Cisplatin + gemcitabine Squamous cell carcinoma/adenocarcinoma 32 45
5-FU + nedaplatin Squamous cell carcinoma 38 40

Neo-adjuvant chemo-radiotherapy

In contrast to the UK, patients in the USA commonly receive neo-adjuvant chemo-radiotherapy (CRT) for locally advanced oesophageal carcinoma. There is evidence that preoperative CRT is superior to surgery alone. A meta-analysis of ten randomised controlled trials showed a hazard ratio for all-cause mortality of 0.81 (95% CI 0.70 to 0.93; p=0.002). This corresponded to a 13% absolute survival benefit at 2 years.47 In the subgroup analysis of the Dutch CRT trial (which used paclitaxel and carboplatin combination chemotherapy), the beneficial effect was more pronounced in patients with squamous cell carcinoma (HR 0.34; 95% CI 0.17 to 0.65) compared to adenocarcinoma (HR 0.82; 95% CI 0.58 to 1.16).49

There has been no direct head-to-head comparison of neoadjuvant chemotherapy and neoadjuvant CRT in the context of a phase III randomised control trial. Concerns regarding the added morbidity of CRT have meant that chemotherapy alone is the standard neoadjuvant treatment of choice in the UK. However, the role of neoadjuvant CRT is currently being reassessed in the Neo-SCOPE trial.

Definitive chemo-radiotherapy (CRT)

According to current UK consensus guidelines, CRT is the definitive treatment of choice for localised squamous cell carcinoma of the proximal oesophagus. 50 Localised squamous cell carcinoma of the middle or lower oesophagus may be treated with CRT alone, or CRT plus surgery. 50

In a pivotal study, US Intergroup RTOG-8501 randomised 121 patients with squamous cell carcinoma or adenocarcinoma to receive CRT (cisplatin and 5-Fluorouracil with 50 Gray in 25 fractions), or radiotherapy alone (64 Gray in 32 fractions). This trial 46, together with a subsequent systematic review 55, demonstrated a survival superiority of CRT over radiotherapy alone (1-year mortality odds ratio 0.61; 95% CI 0.31 to 0.89; p<0.001). This was at the expense of increased toxicity.

This and similar studies 56-57 have demonstrated a remarkably consistent median survival of 14-18 months and 2 year overall survival of 30-40% with CRT.

CRT practice in the UK is somewhat varied, but within the authors’ multidisciplinary team Cisplatin and 5-Fluorouracil chemotherapy is given in weeks 1 and 5 of a five-and-a-half week course of radiotherapy. The radiation dose used is 50.4 Gray in 28 daily fractions, treating Mondays to Fridays. An alternative radiation dose-fractionation which is supported by the Royal College of Radiologists guidelines is 50 Gray in 25 daily fractions. 58

There are few trials directly comparing surgery alone with CRT. A study of 80 patients with squamous cell carcinoma randomised to surgery or CRT failed to show superiority of either strategy in terms of early disease free survival or overall survival. 51 Adding surgery to CRT can improve local control rates compared with CRT alone, but combined-modality therapy has not been shown to improve survival. It predictably also leads to significantly more treatment-related morbidity.52

The French FFCD 9102 trial recruited 444 patients with potentially resectable OC (90% squamous cell carcinoma) to receive induction CRT. Those patients who showed evidence of response to CRT were then randomised to further CRT or surgery. Median overall survival was 19.3 months in the CRT alone arm, and 17.7 months in those randomised to surgery. The trial met its endpoint of non-inferiority for 2 year overall survival. Again, toxicity was shown to be significantly higher in patients who received both CRT and surgery.53

Although definitive CRT is a current recommended standard of care for localised squamous cell carcinoma of the oesophagus, there is insufficient evidence to to support either a surgical or non-surgical approach 50. Surgery should be considered in patients who have histologically-confirmed residual disease at the end of CRT.

For patients deemed unsuitable for surgery with localised adenocarcinoma of the oesophagus, CRT is a valid option for treatment. An American case series of 25 patients with a median age of 77 years showed that CRT using two cycles of mitomycin-C and 5-fluorouracil in combination with radiation (dose 50.4Gy in 28 daily fractions) was effective and tolerable. 68% of these patients had no evidence of residual disease on post-treatment endoscopy. This small series of patients had a two year overall survival of 64%, with a median overall survival of 35 months.54

Salvage surgery after definitive CRT

Local recurrence occurs within the first year in 10-30% of patients treated with definitive CRT.50 Salvage curative oesophagectomy may be considered within a multidisciplinary team setting. Repeat staging investigations including a CT-PET and EUS are required before a final decision for salvage surgery is made. Survival benefit is limited, and such surgery is associated with an increased in-hospital mortality rate and increased morbidity.59 Informing patients of the potential high risks and poor outcomes is an integral part of the decision-making process for salvage surgery.

Palliation

The majority of patients diagnosed with OC are never treated with curative intent as a result of advanced disease or their physical fitness and comorbidities not allowing for radical treatment. It also includes patients who have developed recurrent or metastatic disease following resection. For this group of patients, there are a number of palliative treatments available for relief of symptoms, prolonging and maximising their quality of life. Once again, a multidisciplinary, holistic approach is required to provide the best treatment.

Treatments to provide symptomatic relief such as dysphagia can include intraluminal brachytherapy, endoscopic stenting using self-expanding metal stents or repeated endoscopic dilatations. Dysphagia can also be palliated by chemotherapy or external beam radiotherapy. Laser-thermal Nd-YAG endoluminal tumour destruction and photodynamic therapy can also be administered however this requires a number of treatments and may be more suitable for short exophytic tumours. It is essential to manage pain and nutrition and feeding options through a gastrostomy, jejunostomy or even intravenously can be provided to ensure adequate nutritional status. In addition to providing symptomatic relief it is important to also ensure that these patients receive social and psychological support by identifying and addressing the needs of the patients as well as their carers.

Palliative radiotherapy can be offered to patients with symptomatic primary oesophageal tumours in the context of metastatic or inoperable disease. Palliative dose and fractionation options are varied, but include 27 Gray in 6 fractions treating twice a week for 3 weeks; 30 Gray in 10 fractions treating daily for 2 weeks; 20 Gray in 5 fractions treating daily for 1 week.58 The aim of such radiation treatment is to palliate dysphagia. This effect is not immediate, and therefore patients with significant dysphagia are better served initially by endoscopic stenting.

Chemotherapy has been shown to be effective in improving symptoms and overall survival. Patients with good performance status are offered combination chemotherapy. This can be with EOX, as per the MAGIC trial, 45or with Cisplatin and 5-Fluorouracil, with or without the addition of Epirubicin (CF or ECF). 5-Fluorouracil can be substituted for oral Capecitabine (i.e. CX or ECX) without any adverse effects on outcomes.45

When choosing palliative systemic chemotherapy for patients with incurable OC, the primary aim should be about maximising quality of life. Improvements in outcome with more intensive chemotherapy regimens, such as docetaxel, cisplatin and 5-Fluorouracil, have been shown to be offset by significantly more toxicity.60 As a result, Docetaxel containing regimens are not approved in the UK for this indication.50

Conclusions

The incidence of oesophageal carcinoma is increasing and despite advances in management and treatment the overall prognosis remains poor. It is essential to recognize and diagnose early, to have a clear pathway for subsequent investigations to ensure accurate staging. This will allow appropriate therapy to be administered to ensure the best possible outcomes are achieved. Treatment of OC is still a challenge however recent advances in surgery, endoscopic treatments and new therapeutic agents will hopefully improve prognosis.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
NAUFAL RASHID, Department of Upper GI Surgery, West Hertfordshire Hospitals, England. MOHAMED ELSHAER, Department of Upper GI Surgery, West Hertfordshire Hospitals, England. MICHAEL KOSMIN, Department of Oncology, Mount Vernon Hospital, England. AMJID RIAZ, Department of Upper GI Surgery, West Hertfordshire Hospitals, England.
Corresponding Author Details: 
AMJID ALI RIAZ, Department of Upper GI Surgery, Watford General Hospital, Vicarage road, Watford, WD18 0HB, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
mrariaz@hotmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Ferlay J, Shin HR, Bray F, Forman D, Mathers C, Parkin DM. Estimates of worldwide burden of cancer in 2008: GLOBOCAN 2008. Int J Cancer 2010; 127: 2893–917
  2. Pisani P, Parkin DM, Bray F, Ferlay J. Estimates of the worldwide mortality from 25 cancers in 1990. Int J Cancer 1999; 83: 870-3.
  3. Brown L, Devesa S. Epidemiologic trends in esophageal and gastric cancer in the United States. Surg Oncol Clin N Am 2002; pp. 235–256
  4. Howlader N, Noone AM, Krapcho M, Neyman N, Aminou R, Altekruse SF, Kosary CL, Ruhl J, Tatalovich Z, Cho H, Mariotto A, Eisner MP, Lewis DR, Chen HS, Feuer EJ, Cronin KA (eds). SEER Cancer Statistics Review, 1975-2009 (Vintage 2009 Populations), National Cancer Institute. Bethesda, MD, Available on http://seer.cancer.gov/statfacts/html/esoph.html#survival, accessed on 02/04/2013
  5. Lepage C, Rachet B, Jooste V, Faivre J, Coleman MP. Continuing rapid increase in esophageal adenocarcinoma in England and Wales. Am J Gastroenterol 2008; 103: 2694–99
  6. Devesa S, Blot, WJ and Fraumeni, JF (1998), Changing patterns in the incidence of esophageal and gastric carcinoma in the United States. Cancer, 83: 2049–2053
  7. Shields TW, LoCicero J, Reeds C, Fein R, Less Common Malignant Tumors of the Esophagus. General Thoracic Surgery 2005 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. pp. 2041 - 2055.
  8. Office for National Statistics. Cancer Statistics registrations: Registrations of cancer diagnosed in 2008, England. Series MB1 no.39. 2011, National Statistics: London
  9. Blot WJ, McLaughlin JK.,The changing epidemiology of esophageal cancer. Seminars in Oncology 1999; 26(5 Suppl 15): 2-8
  10. Holmes R, Vaughan T, Epidemiology and pathogenesis of Esophageal Cancer. Seminars in Radiation Oncology 2007; Volume 17, Issue 1: 2-9
  11. Umar SB, Fleischer DE, Esophageal cancer: epidemiology, pathogenesis and prevention. Nat Clin Pract Gastroenterol Hepatol 2008; 5: 517–26.
  12. Kamangar F, Dores GM, Anderson WF. Patterns of cancer incidence, mortality, and prevalence across five continents: defining priorities to reduce cancer disparities in different geographic regions of the world. J Clin Oncol 2006; 24: 2137–50.
  13. Edgren G, Adami H, Vainio E, & Nyrén O, A global assessment of the oesophageal adenocarcinoma epidemic. Gut 2012.
  14. Cancer Research UK. Oesophageal Cancer Incidence Statistics 2008. Available online at http://www.cancerresearchuk.org/cancer-info/cancerstats/types/oesophagus/incidence/#source5. Accessed on -04/04/2013
  15. Vaughan T, Davis S, Kristal A, Thomas DB. Obesity, alcohol,
and tobacco as risk factors for cancers of the esophagus and gastric cardia: adenocarcinoma versus squamous cell carcinoma.
Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev 1995; 4: 85–92.
  16. Gammon MD, Schoenberg JB, Ahsan H, et al. Tobacco, alcohol, and socioeconomic status and adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and gastric cardia. J Natl Cancer Inst 1997; 89: 1277–84.
  17. Corley D, Kerlikowske K, Verma R, et al. Protective association of aspirin/NSAIDs and esophageal cancer: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Gastroenterology. 2003;124(1):47–56.
  18. Fitzgerald R, Barrett’s oesophagus and oesophageal adenocarcinoma: how does acid interfere with cell proliferation and differentiation. Gut. 2005 Mar; 54 Suppl 1:i21-6.
  19. Jankowski J, Barr H, Wang K, Delaney B, Diagnosis and management of Barrett’s oesophagus. BMJ. 2010; 341: c4551
  20. Edelstein ZR, Farrow DC, Bronner MP, Rosen SN, Vaughan TL. Central adiposity and risk of Barrett's esophagus. Gastroenterology. 2007; 133:403-411.
  21. Corley DA, Kubo A, Zhao W. Abdominal obesity and the risk of esophageal and gastric cardia carcinomas. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2008; 17: 352-358.
  22. Anderson LA, Murphy SJ, Johnston BT, et al. Relationship between Helicobacter pylori infection and gastric atrophy and the stages of the oesophageal inflammation, metaplasia, adenocarcinoma sequence: results from the FINBAR case-control study. Gut. 2008; 57: 734-739.
  23. Lubin JH, Cook MB, Pandeya N, et al. The importance of exposure rate on odds ratios by cigarette smoking and alcohol consumption for esophageal adenocarcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma in the Barrett's Esophagus and Esophageal Adenocarcinoma Consortium. Cancer Epidemiol. 2012; 36: 306-316.
  24. Gammon MD, Schoenberg JB, Ahsan H, et al. Tobacco, alcohol, and socioeconomic status and adenocarcinomas of the esophagus and gastric cardia. J Natl Cancer Inst 1997; 89: 1277–84
  25. Stoner GD, Gupta A, Etiology and chemoprevention of esophageal squamous cell carcinoma. Carcinogenesis 2001; 22 (11): 1737 – 46
  26. Daly JM, Fry WA, Little AG, et al. Esophageal cancer: results of an American College of Surgeons Patient Care Evaluation Study. Journal of the American College of Surgeons 2000; 190: 562-72.
  27. Knyrim K, Wagner H-J, Bethge N, Keymling M, Nimish. A controlled trial of an expansile metal stent for palliation of esophageal obstruction due to inoperable cancer. New England Journal of Medicine 1993; 329: 1302-7
  28. AJCC: Esophageal and esophagogastric junction. In: Edge SB, Byrd DR, Compton CC, et al., AJCC Cancer Staging Manual. 7th ed. New York, NY: Springer, 2010, pp 103-15.
  29. Cen P, Hofstetter WL, Lee JH, et al. Value of endoscopic ultrasound staging in conjunction with the evaluation of lymphovascular invasion in identifying low-risk esophageal carcinoma. Cancer. 2008; 112: 503–10
  30. Van Vliet EP, Heijenbrok-Kal MH, Hunink MG, Kuipers EJ, Siersema PD. Staging investigations for oesophageal cancer: a meta-analysis. Br J Cancer. 2008; 98: 547–57.
  31. Luketich JD, Friedman DM, Weigel TL, et al. Evaluation of distant metastases in esophageal cancer: 100 consecutive positron emission tomography scans. Ann Thorac Surg. 1999; 68: 1133–6.
  32. Meyers BF, Downey RJ, Decker PA, et al. The utility of positron emission tomography in staging of potentially operable carcinoma of the thoracic esophagus: results of the American College of Surgeons Oncology Group Z0060 trial. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg. 2007; 133: 738–45.
  33. van Westreenen HL, Westerterp M, Bossuyt PM, et al. Systematic review of the staging performance of 18F-fluorodeoxyglucose positron emission tomography in esophageal cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2004; 22: 3805–12.
  34. van Westreenen HL, Heeren PA, van Dullemen HM, et al. Positron emission tomography with F-18-fluorodeoxyglucose in a combined staging strategy of esophageal cancer prevents unnecessary surgical explorations. J Gastrointest Surg. 2005; 9: 54–61.
  35. Duong CP, Demitriou H, Weih L, et al. Significant clinical impact and prognostic stratification provided by FDG-PET in the staging of oesophageal cancer. Eur J Nucl Med Mol Imaging. 2006; 33: 759–69
  36. Plukker J, van Westreenen HL, Staging in Oesophageal Cancer. Best Practice & Research Clinical Gastroenterology. 2006; 20 (5): 877-91
  37. Conlon KCP, Minnard EA, The Value of Laparoscopic Staging in Upper Gastrointestinal Malignancy. The Oncologist 1997, 2(1): 10-17
  38. Ponchon, Thierry, Endoscopic Mucosal Resection. Journal of Clinical Gastroenterology 2001; 32 (1): 6-10
  39. Wu PC, Posner MC, The role of surgery in the management of oesophageal cancer. The Lancet Oncology 2003; 4: 481-88
  40. Holscher AH, Bollschweiler E, Bumm R, et al. Prognostic factors of resected adenocarcinoma of the esophagus. Surgery 1995; 118: 845–55
  41. Clark GW,Peters JH, Ireland AP, et al. Nodal metastasis and sites of recurrence after en bloc esophagectomy for adenocarcinoma.
 Ann Thorac Surg 1994; 58: 646–53; discussion 653–54
  42. Nishihira T, Hirayama K, Mori S. A prospective randomized trial of extended cervical and superior mediastinal lymphadenectomy for carcinoma of the thoracic esophagus. Am J Surg 1998;
175: 47–51.
  43. Medical Research Council Oesophageal Cancer Working Party. Surgical resection with or without preoperative chemotherapy in oesophageal cancer: a randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2002; 359: 1727-1733.
  44. Evans M, Crosby T, Oesophageal cancer: current trends and management. J R Coll Physicians Edinb 2008; 38: 242-5
  45. Cunningham D, Allum WH, Stenning SP, et al, and the MAGIC Trial Participants. Perioperative chemotherapy versus surgery alone for resectable gastroesophageal cancer. N Engl J Med 2006; 355: 11–20.
  46. Cooper JS, Guo MD, Herskovic A, et al, and the Radiation Therapy Oncology Group. Chemoradiotherapy of locally advanced esophageal cancer: long-term follow-up of a prospective randomized trial (RTOG 85-01). JAMA 1999; 281: 1623–27.
  47. Gebski V, Burmeister B, Smithers BM, et al. Survival benefits from neoadjuvant chemoradiotherapy or chemotherapy in oesophageal cncaer: a meta-analysis. Lancet Oncology 2007: 8: 226-34.
  48. Cunningham D, Starling N, Rao S, et al. Capecitabine and Oxaliplatin for Advanced Esophagogastric Cancer. N Engl J Med 2008; 358: 36-46.
  49. Gaast AV, van Hagen P, Hulshof MASCO. Effect of preoperative concurrent chemoradiotherapy on survival of patients with resectable esophageal or esophagogastric junction cancer: results from a mulitcenter randomised phase III study. J Clin Oncol 2010; 25(15 Suppl): Suppl Abs. 4004.
  50. Allum WH, Blazeby JM, Griffin SM, et al. Guidelines for the management of oesophageal and gastric cancer. Gut 2011; 60: 1449-1472.
  51. Chiu PW, Chan AC, Leung SF, et al. Multicenter prospective randomized trial comparing standard esophagectomy with chemoradiotherapy for treatment of squamous esophageal cancer: early results from the Chinese University Research Group for Esophageal Cancer (CURE). J Gastrointest Surg 2005; 9: 794-802.
  52. Stahl M, Stuschke M, Lehmann H, et al. Chemoradiation with and without surgery in patients with locally advanced squamous cell carcinoma of the esophagus. J Clin Onc 2007; 25: Suppl Abs. 4530.
  53. Bedenne L, Michel P, Bouche O, et al. Chemoradiation followed by surgery compared with chemoradiation alone in squamous cell carcinoma of the esophagus: FFCD 9102. J Clin Onc 2007; 25: 1160-8.
  54. Anderson SE, Minsky BD, Bains M, et al. Combined modality chemoradiation in elderly esophageal cancer patients. Br J Cancer 2007; 96: 1823-7.
  55. Wong R, Malthaner R. Combined chemotherapy and radiotherapy (without surgery) compared with radiotherapy alone in localized carcinoma of the esophagus. Cochrane Database Systematic Review 2006: CD002092.
  56. Gwynne S, Hurt C, Evans M, et al. Definitive chemoradiation for oesophageal cancer – a standard of care in patients with non-metastatic oesophageal cancer. Clin Onc 2011; 23(3): 182-188.
  57. Herskovic A, Martz k, al-Sarraf M, et al. Combined chemotherapy and radiotherapy compared with radiotherapy alone in patients with cancer of the esophagus. NEJM 2006; 326(24): 1593-8.
  58. Website: https://www.rcr.ac.uk/docs/oncology/pdf/DoseFract_45_Gastro-oes.pdf [Accessed 26th October 2014]
  59. Gardner-Thorpe J, Hardwick RH, Dwerryhouse SJ. Salvage oesophagectomy after local failure of definitive chemoradiotherapy. Br J Surg 2007; 94: 1059-66.
  60. Van CE, Moiseyenko VM, Tjulandin S, et al. Phase III study of docetaxel and cisplatin plus fluorouracil compared with cisplatin and fluorouracil as first-line therapy for advanced gastric cancer: a report of the V325 Study Group. J Clin Onc 2006;24: 4991-7.
  61. Siewert, J.R. & H.J. Stein. 1998. Classification of adenocarcinoma of the oesophagogastric junction. Br. J. Surg. 85: 1457–1459.
  62. Allum WH, Bonavina L, Cassivi SD, Cuesta MA, Dong ZM, Felix VN, Figueredo E, Gatenby PA, Haverkamp L, Ibraev MA, Krasna MJ, Lambert R, Langer R, Lewis MP, Nason KS, Parry K, Preston SR, Ruurda JP, Schaheen LW, Tatum RP, Turkin IN, van der Horst S, van der Peet DL, van der Sluis PC, van Hillegersberg R, Wormald JC, Wu PC, Zonderhuis BM. Surgical treatments for oesophageal cancers. Ann N Y Acad Sci. 2014;1325:242-68.
  63. Li J, Shen Y, Tan L, Feng M, Wang H, Xi Y, Wang Q. Is minimally invasive oesophagectomy beneficial to elderly patients with esophageal cancer?. Surg Endosc. 2014 Sep 24. [Epub ahead of print].
  64. Mu J, Yuan Z, Zhang B, Li N, Lyu F, Mao Y, Xue Q, Gao S, Zhao J, Wang D, Li Z, Gao Y, Zhang L, Huang J, Shao K, Feng F, Zhao L, Li J, Cheng G, Sun K, He J. Comparative study of minimally invasive versus open oesophagectomy for oesophageal cancer in a single cancer centre. Chin Med J (Engl). 2014;127(4):747-52.

Refractory Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation Following Ovarian Torsion and Rupture in a Pregnant Patient

Authors
Joelle Williams, Amaju Ikomi, Chanaka Karunaratne and Preethi Angala
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(1):a803
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

This report describes a case of a 36 year old pregnant woman presenting at 33 weeks’ gestation with torsion and rupture of a malignant ovarian tumour. She undergoes an emergency laparotomy, Caesarean section and oophorectomy following which develops severe Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (DIC) develops. Persistent blood loss warranted multiple surgical explorations, as well as, blood and blood product transfusions in excess of 100 units. Additional complications that arose included hyperkalaemia and VF cardiac arrest. The clinician should be alerted to the possibility of a deleterious coagulopathy which may be seen following a malignant ovarian tumour rupture and torsion.

Abbreviations: 
DIC- Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation,DVT - Deep vein thromboses, IABP -Invasive Arterial Blood Pressure, FFP - Fresh Frozen Plasma
Keywords: 
ovarian cancer, tumour, rupture, pregnancy, Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation, haemorrhage

Case report

A 36 year old multiparous woman presented to the Labour Ward at 33 weeks’ gestation with lower abdominal pain. She had mild asthma and her obstetric history included 2 previous normal vaginal deliveries.

At 16 weeks’ gestation she was found during antenatal scanning to have a right ovarian cystic lesion measuring 59x34x50mm. This was monitored and a repeat scan at 25 weeks’ showed it had increased in size to 73x55x47mm.

At 32 weeks’ she was diagnosed with a DVT and was commenced on therapeutic enoxaparin (stopped two days before current presentation). (D-Dimer > 4000micrograms/L). An inferior vena cava filter was inserted. The patient declined any surgical intervention of the cystic lesion during pregnancy and an early elective Caesarean Section with surgical management of the cyst at 34 weeks’ gestation was planned. She had no symptoms or signs suggestive of a PE and was not formally investigated for one prior her current presentation.

On this presentation at 33 weeks’ gestation, her pain suddenly worsened with associated hypotension and evidence of foetal distress and so an emergency exploratory laparotomy was performed.

Admission haematology results: haemoglobin 10g/dL, platelets 158 x 109 /L, INR 1.0, APTT 28.4 seconds, APTT ratio 1, fibrinogen 3g/L.

She underwent a rapid sequence induction in the supine wedged position using thiopentone and suxamethonium. She was a Grade 1 intubation and anaesthesia was maintained with oxygen/nitrous oxide/sevoflurane and muscle relaxation was achieved with atracurium. A ruptured, torted right ovarian mass containing an estimated one litre of altered blood was noted. At Caesarean section a live male infant was delivered. A right oophrectomy was then performed. The infant was subsequently intubated and transferred to the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit.

Oxytocin 5IU followed by a 40IU infusion over 4 hours was administered following delivery of the baby. Effective haemostats was achieved, the uterus appeared well-contracted and the patient’s abdomen was closed. Surgical blood loss was estimated as 600mls (excluding blood within the ovarian mass).

Thirty minutes following completion of surgery the patient, fresh blood was noted vaginally. A HemoCue* reading was taken as 5.9g/dL. Four units of blood and two units of FFP were transfused whilst a second laparotomy was performed. Fresh blood was noted intra-abdominally and the uterus was markedly atonic. Ergometrine 500mcg and carboprost trimethamine 250mcg were administered intramuscularly, as well as, misoprostol 800mg vaginally. A hysterectomy was performed due to the rate of bleeding and the evident haemodynamic instability.

Coagulation studies: platelets 27 x 109/L, INR 1.4, APTT 101.8 seconds, APTT ratio 3.6 and fibrinogen 1g/L.

A further 4 units of blood, 4 units of FFP, 1 pool of platelets and 2 units of cryoprecipitate were transfused. Factor VII was also administered on advice from the Haematologist.

An internal jugular central venous catheter was inserted and a noradrenaline infusion started. Initial attempts to insert an arterial cannula were unsuccessful as peripheral pulses were difficult to palpate. Venous blood gas readings revealed hyperkalaemia (K+ 6.4mmol/L) which was treated with sodium bicarbonate, 10mls 10% calcium chloride and a continuous 50% dextrose and insulin infusion. Her abdomen was packed and percutaneous drains were inserted. Anaesthesia, close monitoring and resuscitation continued.

Ongoing output from drains prompted a third exploration after an hour. There was generalised oozing particularly around the bed of the resected ovary in the pouch of Douglas.

Coagulation profile: platelets 50 x 109/L, INR 1.4, APTT 89.6 seconds, APTT ratio 3.1 seconds, fibrinogen 1.4g/dL.

A further 10 units of blood, 3 pools of platelets, 5 units of FFP and 3 units of cryoprecipitate were transfused. Sequential coagulation profiles and thromboelastography were used to guide transfusion.

During this exploration, ECG revealed a broad complex tachycardia with no palpable pulse confirming cardiac arrest likely secondary to hypovolaemia and/or hyperkalaemia. Return of spontaneous circulation was achieved after 3 cycles of continuous cardiac massage, 4 direct current shocks and adrenaline 1mg.

A femoral artery cut-down was performed and arterial cannula was inserted by a general surgeon. IABP monitoring commenced.

A fourth exploration was carried out around two hours later for ongoing blood loss. Again only generalised oozing was noted particularly from the oophrectomy site. Her abdomen was re-packed.

Coagulation profile: haemoglobin 7.4g/dL, INR 1.2, APTT 48.9 seconds, APTT ratio 1.7, fibrinogen 1.9g/dL, platelets 94 x 109/L.

She was transferred to the ICU eight hours from the start of the primary operation. Estimated total blood loss was 13,200mls. Transfusions continued and her abdomen was closed two days later. She received haemofiltration therapy for acute kidney injury. She recovered to her premorbid level with no neurological deficit before being discharged with her baby a few weeks later. In total, she was transfused 64 units of blood, 35 units of FFP, 10 pools of platelets and 11 units of cryoprecipitate. Histology of the ovarian mass revealed high grade clear cell carcinoma for which she received chemotherapy but unfortunately she died two years later.

Discussion

The association between cancer and thromboembolism has been well established for many decades.1Ovarian cancer patients have one of the highest incidences of VTE amongst cancer patients, particularly clear cell carcinoma (CCC). One study found the incidence of thromboembolic complications to be significantly higher in CCC when compared with other epithelial types of ovarian cancer (27.3% vs 6.8%).2

The pathological mechanism behind the hypercoaguable state induced in ovarian cancer patients appears to be largely multi-faceted. A variety of procoagulant subtances may be involved. Of particular interest is tissue factor (TF), a potent procoagulant found in endothelial and blood cells, as well as, in tumour cells. TF may play an important role in this hypercoaguable state through activation of the coagulation cascade.3 TF is frequently over-expressed in ovarian cancer tissue and there is research suggesting it influences tumour progression.3,4

A hyperviscosity syndrome may also be seen in association with ovarian cancer which favours thrombosis and may accelerate tumour progression and metastasis.DVT is a recognised complicating factor of ovarian cancer which may adversely affect the course of the disease possibly as a component of this hyperviscosity syndrome5,6 Ovarian cancer patients are also vulnerable to developing cerebrovascular complications and carry a higher risk of developing ischaemic strokes which has a significant impact on morbidity and mortality.7

The hypercoagulable state seen in cancer patients can have a spectrum of manifestations that ranges from DIC to massive thromboembolism. DIC in these instances is usually chronic and subclinical.8

The degree of coagulopathy which was seen in this case could not be attributed solely to dilutional effects incurred through fluid resuscitation. Instead we propose the acute severe coagulopathy was a consequence of procoagulant factors inherent to neoplastic tissue, including TF, which were suddenly released into the circulation following rupture and surgery to the ovarian tumour. The overall result would be widespread activation of the clotting cascade and a consumptive coagulopathy.

This case aims to increase awareness of a refractory coagulopathy which may be seen following rupture and/or surgical resection of a malignant ovarian tumour. The presence of an ovarian cyst especially in conjunction with evidence of vascular thrombosis in pregnancy should raise suspicion for an ovarian malignancy and hence vigilance for this potential complication. Anticipation of such a severe coagulopathy and associated significant blood loss should pre-empt early establishment of invasive monitoring, ample intravenous access and ensuring quick access to blood and blood products. Bedside coagulation tests such as thromboelastography are useful guides to blood product transfusion.9 Prompt mobilisation of resources, multi-disciplinary input and effective team work were crucial factors which facilitated the management of this case.

Acute, severe DIC associated with ovarian intratumoural bleed which resolves following resection of the tumour has been reported previously.10 This is the first case to the best of our knowledge occurring following ovarian cancer torsion and rupture during pregnancy.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Acknowledgement: 
Dr Niroshoni Rathnasiri for her role in information gathering.
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
JOELLE WILLIAMS(MBBS), Basildon Hospital, Nethermayne, Basildon, Essex, SS16 5NL, United Kingdom. AMAJU IKOMI(MSc FRCOG),Basildon Hospital, Nethermayne, Basildon, Essex, SS16 5NL, United Kingdom. CHANAKA KARUNARATNE (FRCA),Basildon Hospital, Nethermayne, Basildon, Essex, SS16 5NL, United Kingdom. PREETHI ANGALA(FRCOG), Basildon Hospital, Nethermayne, Basildon, Essex, SS16 5NL, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Details: 
JOELLE WILLIAMS, Basildon Hospital, Nethermayne, Basildon, Essex, SS16 5NL, United Kingdom.
Corresponding Author Email: 
joellesw011@gmail.com
References
References: 
  1. Trousseau A. Clinique Médicale de l'Hôtel-Dieu de Paris. Paris: Bailliere et Fils. 1865; 654-712
  2. Matsuura Y, Roberston G, Marsden D, et al. Thromboembolic complications in patients with clear cell carcinoma of the ovary. Gynecol Oncol. 2007;104(2):406-10
  3. Uno K, Homma S, Satoh T, et al. Tissue factor expression as a possible determinant of thromboembolism in ovarian cancer. Br J Cancer. 2007; 96:290–295
  4. Zhang Y, Deng Y, Luther T, et al. Tissue factor controls the balance of angiogenic and antiangiogenic properties of tumor cells in mice. J Clin Invest. 1994; 3:1320-1327
  5. Sorensen HT, Mellemkjær L, Olsen JH, et al. Prognosis of cancers associated with venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med. 2000; 343:1846-1850
  6. Von Templehoff GF, Nieman F, Heilmann L, et al. Association between blood rheology, thrombosis and cancer survival in patients with gynecologic malignancy. Clin Hemorheol Microcirc. 2000;22:107-130
  7. Kuan A, Teng C, Wu H, et al. Risk of ischemic stroke in patients with ovarian cancer: a nationwide population-based study. BMC Medicine. 2014;12:53 
  8. Caine GJ, Stonelakey PS, Lip, et al. The Hypercoagulable State of Malignancy: Pathogenesis and Current Debate. Neoplasia. 2002;6:465-473.
  9. Trapani L. Thromboelastography: Current Applications, Future Directions. O J Anaes. 2013; 3(1):23-27.
  10. Matsushita H, Kurabayashi T, Tomita M, et al. Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation associated with Intratumoral Haemorrhage of Ovarian Cancer. Gynecol Obstet Invest. 2001; 51:274-276.

Trend of developing resistance among isolates of Acinetobacter spp.; Threat of hospital acquired infection

Authors
Sadia Zafar, Syed Baqir Shyum Naqvi, Tanveer Abbas, Faaiza Qazi and Rabia Sheikh
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(1):a802
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Aim:  Acinetobacter sp. is a Gm-ve bacteria which is a major cause of serious infections. Today it has emerged as multidrug resistant organism. The  aim of current study was to evaluate the trend of sensitivity/resistance pattern of Acinetobacter spp. against broad spectrum antibiotics.
Method: Standard Kirby bauer Disc Diffusion method was adopted to conduct the study according to the CLSI 2013 Standards. Total 52 isolates were collected from different sites of inpatients admitted to renowned tertiary care hospital from Feb 2014-March 2014 and sensitivity/resistance pattern was observed against 08 broad spectrum antibiotics of different classes.
Result: It is observed that 61.5% of all samples were obtained from male patients while, the mean range of age group among both the gender frequently found infected was 51-75 yrs. The highest percentage of isolate was obtained from tracheal aspirate (55.76%) of both the genders. Both Colistin and Polymixin were found to be most effective against 98% isolates each while Imipenem was the least effective broad spectrum antibiotic. Thus, the isolates were highly resistant to 05 antibiotics traditionally used to treat infections caused by Acinetobacter spp. Surprisingly, more than 32% of isolates showed Intermediate sensitivity to Fosfomycin .
Conclusion: Due to emerging trend of  developing resistance among Acinetobacter spp. and  spread of hospital acquired infections, there is a serious need to take necessary steps by hospital officials to ensure cleanliness. Patients should also be educated about the proper use of antibiotics.

Abbreviations: 
CLSI :Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute
Keywords: 
Acinetobacter sp. , Hospital acquired, Resistance Pattern.

Introduction

For decades the genus Acinetobacter has undergone several taxonomical modifications. Large number of non-fastidious, aerobic, Gram-negative bacteria (GNB) are included in this genus. In the last few years these organisms are genetically modifying into highly resistant forms resulting in untreatable nosocomial infections1 and health care associated infections.2 Acinetobacter is also a major cause of invasive type infections in children resulting in untreatable urinary tract infections (UTIs), skin infections and septicemia.3 One identified cause of the resistance mechanism in carbapenem resistant Acinetobacter spp. is the production of the MBL enzyme.4 It has been revealed through various published studies that Acinetobacter displays a specific type of mechanism of resistance against different antimicrobials. Some of them, for example β-lactam, are inhibited by enzymatic degradation, while quinolones are rendered ineffective due to a genetic mutation preventing the binding of an antibiotic to a distinct binding site. The same is true with aminoglycosides in which the resistant strains are noticed to acquire a gene involved in enzymatic modification.1

Although polymixin resistance in Acinetobacter spp. was reported the specific cause of resistance was unknown until 2008. In 2013, one study detected the presence of hetero-and adaptive resistance due to mutation in specific gene for the first time.1,21 Hence the aim of this current study was to evaluate the trend of sensitivity/resistance pattern of Acinetobacter spp. against broad spectrum antibiotics.

Method and Materials

The objective of the study was to evaluate the sensitivity of Acinetobacter spp. to 08 broad spectrum antibiotics. The Kirby Bauer Disc Diffusion method was used following the standard procedures as laid down by CLSI 2013.6 A total of 52 isolates were collected from Feb 2014-March 2014 from patients admitted to tertiary care hospitals in Karachi. The isolates were identified by routine lab procedures.

Antimicrobial agents and medium: Standard (Oxoid) discs of Amikacin (30 µg), Cefoperazone (75 µg), Ceftriaxone (30 µg), Ciprofloxacin (5 µg), Colistin (10µg), Fosfomycin (50 µg), imipenem (10 µg), Polymixin B (300units), Mueller Hinton Agar (Oxoid UK) and Mueller Hinton broth (Oxoid UK) were used.

0.5 McFarlan Standard: The inoculum was grown at 370C for 2-6 hrs. Turbidity Standard of 0.5 McFarland was achieved by incubating broth culture.

Inoculation of test plates:The plates were inoculated with the culture of Acinetobacter spp. by the help of sterile cotton swabs. The excess fluid was removed after the cotton swab was dipped into inoculum suspension. When the inoculum were dried the antibiotic discs were placed with sterile forceps onto the agar surface.15

Incubation of test plates: The isolates after application of antibiotic discs plates were incubated for 24 hours and results were interpreted according to CLSI standards 5,6. Interpretative standards for used antibiotics and Zone diameter of inhibition are shown in Table 25.

Control strain: Escherichia coli ATCC 25922was used as a control strain to maintain accuracy and precision of procedures.

Results

It is reported that out of all the samples 61.5% were obtained from male patients. Infections caused by Acinetobacter spp. had a high prevalence among both the genders among the age group 51-75 yrs. The most frequent site of isolate collection was tracheal aspirate (55.76%) among both genders and the second highest percentage of isolate was obtained from sputum (19.23%) as shown in Table 1. The Colistin and Polymixin B were found equally effective against Acinetobacter spp. by inhibiting 98% of isolates each and 19.23% isolates showed sensitivity against Amikacin. The isolate showed the highest degree of resistance against Imipenem (98%), followed by Cefoperazone (94.23%) and Ceftrioxone (92.3). Surprisingly 32.69% of isolates exhibited intermediate sensitivity (IS) against Fosfomycin as indicated in Table 3 and Figure 1.

Table 1: Age and gender specific distribution of Acinetobacter spp. among patients

Age Male n=32(61.5%) Female n=20(38.46%)
00-25 10 06
26-50 05 02
51-75 12 11
76-100 05 01

Table 2: Zone diameter interpretive standards for Acinetobacter spp. CLSI standards table of antibiotics for Acinetobacter spp.

Antibiotic Disc Content Zone of Inhibition (mm)
Resistance Intermediate Sensitive
Amikacin 30µg ≤14 15-16 ≥17
Cefoperazone 75 µg ≤15 16-20 ≥21
Ceftriaxone 30 µg ≤13 14-20 ≥21
Ciprofloxacin 5 µg ≤15 16-20 ≥21
Colistin٭ 10µg ≤11   ≥17
Fosfomycin٭ 50 µg ≤12 13-15 ≥16
Imipenem 10 µg ≤13 14-15 ≥16
Polymixin B٭ 300units ≤13   ≥19

 

*Since the interpretive standards for Colistin, Fosfomycin and Polymixin B against Acinetobacter spp. is not established in CLSI 2013 mannual zone diameter interpretative standards for Enterobacter spp. and E. coli were used.20

Figure 1: Susceptibility pattern of Acinetobacter spp. against broad spectrum antibiotics

Table 3: Total % efficacy of different antibiotics among Acinetobacter spp. isolated (N= 52)

S.No. Antibiotics Disc Code Resistance (%) Intermediate (%) Sensitivity (%)
1. Amikacin 30µg 42(80.76) 00 10(19.23)
2. Cefoperazone 75µg 49(94.23) 00 03(5.76)
3. Ceftriaxone 30µg 48(92.3) 00 04(7.69)
4. Ciprofloxacin 05µg 47(90.38) 01(1.9) 04(7.69)
5. Colistin 10µg 01(1.9) 00 51(98)
6. Fosfomycin 50µg 34(65.38) 17(32.69) 01(1.9)
7. Imipenem 10µg 51(98) 00 01(1.9)
8. Polymixin B 300 units 01(1.9) 00 51(98)

Discussion

Our present study shows that the Acinetobacter spp. were highly resistant to Cefoperazone (94.23%). This finding is further substantiated by research that observed Cefoperazone to be only effective when used in combination.7,8

We also observed that only 19% isolates were sensitive to Amikacin, which contradicts the findings of Liu et al 2013 3 who observed 100% efficacy. However, they also discovered that 82% were inhibited by Imipenem while Fluoroquinolone was also found to be effective against 70% of all isolated organisms and Cefoperazone as least effective.

Organisms isolated from sputum showed a high degree of resistance to most of antibiotics, Zheng W and Yuan S also observed such results9.Nwadike et al 201410 found a high prevalence of resistant Acinetobacter spp. isolates against Ciprofloxacin (100%) and Amikacin (50%).10

Polymixin inhibited 98% of isolates, which is similar to figures found by Haeili et al 20131 who observed 95.5% susceptibility to Polymixin B. The second most effective antibiotic was Colistin - Trottier et al 200712 also observed 100% susceptibility of A. baumanni to Colistin. Similarly, Vakilietal 201413 found a low rate (i.e, 11.6%) of Colistin resistance.

Colistin has emerged as a viable choice for treatment of multidrug resistant Acinetobacter strains. In several studies,13,14 where 98% of isolates were resistant to Imipenem these results support the work of Khajuria et al 201416 who also reported reduced efficacy. Our findings are in contradiction to the study by of Tripathi et al 201417 who reported that Imipenem was a highly effective drug in comparison to other broad spectrum antibiotics.Fosfomycin surprisingly exhibited unusual results in our study; 32% of Acinetobacter spp. were IS while 65% were resistant. However, previous studies showed that Fosfomycin were proved to be good option to treat infections caused by Acinetobacter spp.18 Zhang et al 201319 reported that Fosfomycin used alone was highly ineffective in treatment of Penicillin Drug Resistant-Acinetobacter baumannii (PDR-Ab).Another study revealed that Acinetobacter spp. has developed adaptive resistance against Polymixin.21

Acinetobacter spp. are emerging as a resistant bacteria and a common cause of nosocomial and hospital acquired infections. There is a serious need to take necessary measures by hospital administration in maintaining environmental and personnel cleanliness according to current Good Manufacturing Practices. Pharmacists should educate patients about the drawbacks of self-medication and not completing medication courses, which is resulting in development of resistant bacterial pathogens.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
SADIA ZAFAR , M.PHIL, Faculty of Pharmacy, Jinnah University for Women, Karachi, 5C, Nazimabad, Karachi , PAKISTAN. SYED BAQIR SHYUM NAQVI, PHD, Department of Pharmaceutics, Faculty of Pharmacy, University of Karachi,Main university road, PAKISTAN. TANVEER ABBAS, PHD, Department of Microbiology, University of Karachi,Main university road, PAKISTAN. FAAIZA QAZI, M.PHIL, Faculty of Pharmacy, Jinnah University for Women, Karachi, 5C, Nazimabad, Karachi , PAKISTAN. RABIA SHEIKH, B.PHARM, Nigehban Compounding Pharmacy, Karachi,Bangalow#46 C.P.Brar society, PAKISTAN.
Corresponding Author Details: 
SADIA ZAFAR,MUHAMMAD ZAFAR IQBAL, FACULTY OF PHARMACY, JINNAH UNIVERSITY FOR WOMEN, KARACHI, P.O.Box 74600, PAKISTAN.
Corresponding Author Email: 
sadiazafarnew@yahoo.com
References
References: 
  1. Peleg AY,  Seifert H and  Paterson DL. Acinetobacter baumannii: Emergence of a Successful Pathogen Clin. Microbiol. Rev.2008, 21: 3 538-582
  2. Tekin R, Dal T, Pirinccioglu H,  et al A 4-year surveillance of device-associated nosocomial infections in a neonatal intensive care unit.PediatrNeonatol. 2013,54:303-8. 
  3. Liu L, Dong L, Xu YB, Chen ZX,  et al Clinical characteristics and antibiotic resistance in children with invasive Acinetobacter baumannii infection.Zhongguo Dang Dai ErKeZaZhi. 2013,:15:379-82. 
  4. Zhao C, Xie W, Zhang W, Ye Z, et alMechanism of drug resistance of carbapenems-resistant Acinetobacter baumannii and the application of a combination of drugs in vitro.Zhonghua Shao Shang ZaZhi. 2014, 30:166-70
  5. Lorian V. (1991). Antibiotics in Laboratory Medicines, 3rd edition.Williams & Wilkins Publ. pp.18, 17, 906.
  6. Bauer A.W, Kirby W.M.M., Sherns J.C. and Turck M. Antibiotic suscepti- bility testing by a standardized single disk method.Am. J. Clin. Pathol. 1966, 45: 493.
  7. Ning F, Shen Y, Chen X,  et al A combination regimen of meropenem, cefoperazone-sulbactam and minocycline for extensive burns with pan-drug resistant Acinetobacter baumannii infection.Chin Med J (Engl). 2014,127:1177-9. 
  8. Poudyal N, Gyawali N, Gurung R, et al  In vitro activity of cefoperazone-sulbactam combination against gram negative bacilli.Nepal Med Coll J. 2012,14:5-8.
  9. Zheng W, Yuan S, Li L.Analysis of hospital departmental distribution and antibiotic susceptibility of Acinetobacter isolated from sputum samples.Am J Infect Control. 2013,41:e73-6.  
  10. Nwadike VU, Ojide CK, Kalu EI. Multidrug resistant Acinetobacter infection and their antimicrobial susceptibility pattern in a nigerian tertiary hospital ICU.Afr J Infect Dis. 2014,8:14-8
  11. Haeili M, Ghodousi A, Nomanpour B, et al  Drug resistance patterns of bacteria isolated from patients with nosocomial pneumonia at Tehran hospitals during 2009-2011.J Infect DevCtries. 201,7:312-7. 
  12. Trottier V, Segura PG, Namias N,et al  Outcomes of Acinetobacter baumannii infection in critically ill burned patients.J Burn Care Res. 2007,28:248-54
  13. Vakili B, Fazeli H, Shoaei P, et al . Detection of colistin sensitivity in clinical isolates of Acinetobacter baumannii in Iran. J Res Med Sci. 2014,19(Suppl 1):S67-70
  14. Ece G, Samlioglu P, Atalay S, et al Evaluation of the in vitro colistin susceptibility of Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Acinetobacte rbaumannii strains at a tertiary care centre in Western Turkey.Infez Med. 2014,22:36-40.
  15. National Commitce for Clinical Laboratory Standards (1990).  Tentative Standard M7-A2.Methods for dilution anti- microbial susceptibility tests for bacteria that grow aerobically. National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards.,Villinova, Pa
  16. Khajuria A, Praharaj AK, Kumar M,et al Molecular Characterization of Carbapenem Resistant Isolates of Acinetobacterbaumannii in An Intensive Care Unit of A Tertiary Care Centre at Central IndiaJ ClinDiagn Res. 2014,8:DC38-40.  
  17. Tripathi PC, Gajbhiye SR, Agrawal GN. Clinical and antimicrobial profile of Acinetobacter spp.: An emerging nosocomial superbug. Adv Biomed Res. 2014,3:13.
  18. 18.Perdigão-Neto LV, Oliveira MS, Rizek CF, et al Susceptibility of multiresistant gram-negative bacteria to fosfomycin and performance of different susceptibility testing methods. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2014,58:1763-7.
  19. Zhang Y, Chen F, Sun E, et al  In vitro antibacterial activity of combinations of fosfomycin, minocycline and polymyxin B on pan-drug-resistant Acinetobacter baumannii.ExpTher Med.2013 ;5(6):1737-1739
  20. GülÖzseven A, Çetin ES, Arıdoğan BC and Özseven L In vitro synergistic activity of carbapenems in combination with other antimicrobial agents against multidrug-resistant Acinetobacter baumannii African Journal of Microbiology Research 2012; 6(12): 2985-2992
  21. Barin J,   Martins AF,  Heineck BL,et al  Hetero- and Adaptive Resistance to Polymyxin B in OXA-23-Producing Carbapenem-resistant Acinetobacter baumannii Isolates. Ann ClinMicrobiolAntimicrob. 2013;12(15)

Legal Highs - Not so new and still growing in popularity

Authors
Francis J Dunne, Khalid Jaffar and Shazia Hashmi
Article Citation and PDF Link
BJMP 2015;8(1):a801
Abstract / Summary
Abstract: 

Designer or synthetic drugs which include legal highs and other “club drugs” are substances which have a propensity to cause euphoria, central nervous system stimulation, and hallucinations. Based on chemical formulae for opioids, mescaline, and cannabis, they are created in laboratories under lax conditions for no defined medical purposes. Because they vary in composition from batch to batch they are potentially dangerous for users. Furthermore, the chemical structure is continually changing in order to avoid legislation and therefore users can never be sure what they are taking.

For the purpose of this article readers should use the terms legal highs, designer drugs, bath salts, herbal highs, ‘research’ chemicals, and novel psychoactive substances, interchangeably. Their main purpose is to induce psychoactive effects that mimic amphetamines, cannabinoids or psychedelic drugs.  The term ‘research’ only infers that very little is known about these substances and information on adverse effects is often sparse. The reader should also bear in mind that it is beyond the scope of this article to include many other agents. 

Keywords: 
legal highs, bath salts, designer drugs

Overview

The term ‘designer drug’, coined in the 1980s, generally referred to various synthetic opioids based mostly on the fentanyl molecule (α-methylfentanyl) and MDMA (methylenedioxymethamphetamine) commonly known as ecstasy. Fentanyl is an extremely potent analgesic, some 100 times more potent than morphine. MDMA and fentanyl compounds were the most popular synthetic drugs initially. The terminology is confusing because although the description ‘designer drug’ seems to imply the creation of new drugs, many are not new. For example, cathinone derivatives have been reported since the late 1920s. MDMA was first synthesised in 1912, methcathinone in 1928, and mephedrone in 1929. Cathinone is chemically similar to ephedrine, cathine, methcathinone and other amphetamines.

Legal highs generally comprise cathinone stimulants and synthetic cannabinoids. Hallucinogenic agents such as salvia divinorum are also included, the latter sometimes described as herbal ecstasy. Synthetic amphetamines are not regarded as hallucinogenic, though hallucinations are experienced by some users.

Thus, the term ‘designer drugs‘ covers an array of substances which are used recreationally, are not controlled under the Misuse of Drugs Act (1971), are not licensed for ‘legal’ use, and are not regulated under the Medicines Act (1968). They are chemicals produced by tweaking or altering the molecular structure of previous well-known psychoactive agents. By stating they are ‘not for human consumption’, or are just ‘bath salts’, they can be sold legally. Hundreds of such substances are now available, reflecting the ease at which chemists can produce them.

Availability and Consumption

The World Drug Report (available on the Internet) produced annually by the UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), provides information on the worldwide manufacture and marketing of illegal drugs. The 2013 report highlights a striking rise in the availability of new substances. Part of the challenge lies in their variety - some are derived from plants, for instance, the mint plant Salvia divinorum, native to Mexico, with synthetic cathinones and cannabinoids also being major contributors in other countries.

Ease of synthesis, low cost, and resourceful marketing have contributed to the problem. Information provided via the internet, combined with minimal difficulty in the manufacture and transport from distant regions, together with lax legal enforcement, creates an ideal opportunity for legal highs to flourish. The low cost is particularly attractive though ironically legal highs probably cost more these days: for example, 1g of mephedrone costs about £16.00 more than when legislation was introduced in 2010. On the other hand MDAI (methylenedioxy-2-aminoindane), a legal stimulant and club drug which is snorted or bombed, costs about half the price of cocaine (£20 per gm). It is sometimes cheaper to buy legal highs over the internet than from a drug dealer. Part of the increase in use of legal highs may be a result of decreasing purity of other ‘buzz’ drugs such as cocaine and MDMA.As with other illegal drugs regulatory measures drive the drugs ‘underground’ and into the hands of drug dealers and the price then varies with the purity of the drug and its ease of manufacture and availability.

Some users will revert to taking an illegal drug when the legal alternative is prohibited. There is also a certain curiosity to experiment with new drugs. Even so, to keep things in perspective, consumption of more harmful familiar illegal drugs (for example, cocaine, amphetamines) has not abated, with over 315 million people worldwide thought to be using them. More worrying is that millions of individuals inject more harmful drugs such as opiates with resultant increased rates of HIV, hepatitis B and hepatitis C infection. Readers are also likely to be aware of the violence and deaths associated with drug manufacturing and supplying within countries such as Latin America.

Government Control

The Medicines Act 1968 (UK) governs the control of medicines for human and veterinary use. It defines three categories of medicines: a) prescription only medicines (POM), available solely from a pharmacist and requiring an appropriate practitioner to issue, b) pharmacy medicines (P), available only from a pharmacist, without the need for a prescription, and c) general sales list (GSL) meaning medicines bought without a prescription. The Medicines Act 1968was set up to protect patients from unscrupulous suppliers of medicines. Safeguarding the public from illegal medicines or any inaccurate and misleading labelling of medicines isparamount. However, manufacturers have managed to sell legal highs by passing them off as bath salts or research chemicals.

Phenylalkylamines analogues such as amphetamine are widely misused and because of their simple structure hundreds of amphetamine analogues have been introduced for decades. This is the reason why so many legal highs are available. Amphetamine (phenylisopropolamine), a familiar central nervous system (CNS) stimulant, has effects which last for several hours after oral intake. Methamphetamine is closely related to amphetamine and ephedrine (a mixed-acting sympathomimetic). Ephedrine and pseudoephedrine (often used for relief of nasal congestion) undergo reduction to methamphetamine, or oxidation to methcathinone. As with methamphetamines, methcathinones can be readily ‘cooked’ in the laboratory and hence the term ‘synthetic’.

Background biochemistry

Morphine, the most abundant opiate alkaloid found in the poppy plant, papaver somniferum, was first isolated in 1804. The actual term alkaloid is derived from "alkaloide" introduced in 1819 by the German chemist Carl Friedrich Wilhelm Meisner, from the Latin root ‘alkali’, and the Arabic word al-qalwī meaning "ashes of plants".

Alkaloids are a group of naturally occurring organic nitrogen-containing bases, a base being a substance with a pH above 7 which turns red litmus paper blue. They include related compounds with neutral and even weakly acidic properties and more than 3,000 different types have been identified. In addition to nitrogen, hydrogen and carbon, most alkaloids contain oxygen, sulfur, and to a lesser extent, chlorine, bromine, and phosphorus. Generally, an alkaloid contains at least one nitrogen atom in an amine-type structure, i.e. one derived from ammonia (NH3) replacing the hydrogen atoms with hydrocarbons, for example, CH3 or CH2. Alkaloids generally are weak bases and some act as acid or base (amphoteric).

Alkaloids are produced primarily by flowering plants and organisms such as bacteria, fungi, and animals. Several alkaloids may be extracted from one plant.They can be purified from crude extracts by acid-base extraction and tend to have a bitter taste. Those containing a ring system are known as indole alkaloids (for example, terpenoids and steroids). Some are named after the biological species from which they are derived (morphine from the poppy plant Papaver somniferum, cocaine from erythroxolon coca, and so on). Other common examples include psilocin, caffeine, nicotine, vincristine, reserpine, atropine, quinidine, ephedrine,strychnine and quinine. Atropine is the tropane alkaloid isolated from the deadlynightshade plant Atropa belladonna, and strychnine is derived from the seeds of the Strychnos nux-vomica tree. Caffeine, cocaine, codeine (methylmorphine) and nicotine are water-soluble alkaloids. Morphine and yohimbine are highly water-soluble. Other alkaloids dissolve poorly in water yet readily in organic solvents such as chloroform or ether. The biological precursors of most alkaloids are amino acids, such as phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, histidine, and aspartic acid, among others. 1

How are they used?

The synthetic cathinones (usually mephedrone and methylone, or M-Cats) are most commonly used intranasally (insufflated) or ingested. “Bombing” is a method of ingestion whereby mephedrone powder is wrapped in cigarette paper and swallowed. Because sniffing the drug may cause nasal burns users will often resort to ‘bombing’. “Keying” is the practice of dipping a key into powder and then insufflating, with approximately five to eight “keys” per gram. Rectal administration, gingival delivery, inhalation, intramuscular and intravenous injection have also been described. Multiple concomitant routes of administration are reported. Self-reported doses range from a few milligrams to over 1 g of powder. A typical dose of mephedrone would be 100-200mg every 1-2 hours.

Users cannot be certain of the actual contents or indeed of the purity of the drug, therefore actual dosage and exposure is highly variable. For example, when MDAI (methylenedioxy-2-aminoindane) known as Sparkle (a granular, brownish powder) is snorted or bombed, it has an effect similar to ecstasy causing mood enhancement and hallucinations. Onset of action is usually within one hour and the effects are then almost immediate, perhaps a minute or so. The high lasts about six hours with a peak of two hours. It may cause hyperthermia, paranoid ideation and panic attacks.2

Cathinone is a naturally-occurring beta-ketone amphetamine analogue found in the leaves of the khat plant. Other synthetic cathinones such as methcathinone and MDVP (methylenedioxypyrovalerone) produce similar effects. Beta-ketone refers to the possession of a ketone group in the beta position of the aminoalkyl chain attached to the main molecular methylenedioxyphenyl ring.

Synthetic cannabinoids share some functional similarities with Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the active principle of cannabis. Like THC, they can have sedative, depressant and hallucinogenic effects. They have been detected in herbal smoking mixtures such as ‘Spice’ as well as resins that mimic cannabis resin.

Khat (Catha edulis)

Some knowledge of this plant is necessary in order to explain the background to many of the synthetic designer drugs. Khat is an evergreen shrub the leaves of which are chewed for their stimulant properties. An understanding of its chemical composition helps to explain the use of its constituents in the formation of designer drugs. Khat contains more than 40 alkaloids as well as many other compounds. The khat pheylalkylamines consist of cathinone, cathine and norephedrine: these alkaloids are structurally related to amphetamine and noradrenaline. Although similar to methylamphetamine, methcathinone (variously known as Cat, Kat, Qat, Ghat, and Chat) possesses a chemical structure resembling cathinone; its side effects and addictive properties are more potent.

The plant is chewed into a ball and kept in the cheek for a while. When khat leaves dry, cathinone (benzoylethanamine) decomposes within 48 hours leaving behind the milder chemical, cathine (a phenethylamine compound). Therefore, to maintain the potency of the drug, harvesters transport khat by packaging the leaves and stems in plastic bags or wrapping them in banana leaves to preserve moisture. It is common to sprinkle the plant with water or use refrigeration during transportation. Khat is therefore best used within 12-48 hours when the leaves are still moist.

Catha edulis is a flowering plant (one that produces seeds) native to the Horn of Africa (Eritrea, Djibouti, Ethiopia and Somalia) and the Arabian Peninsula. In these countries chewing the leaves and stalks is a social custom dating back thousands of years. It may take 7-8 years for the shrub to reach its full height (6-12 feet or more). Globally it is estimated that some 10 million males (usually) use khat on a daily basis.

Cathaedulis leaves containa beta-ketone amphetamine analogue. Ketones contain a carbonyl group (C=O) bonded to two other carbon atoms. Phenylalkylamines (derived from phenethylamine) are often termed “bk-amphetamines” for the beta-ketone moiety.

The principal active components in khat are cathinone and cathine. By chewing khat these substances are secreted into saliva. The effects are similar to amphetamine though less potent. Psychological dependence does occur in some though generally khat is not addictive. It is freely available in many countries and its production, sale and consumption are legal, including the Horn of Africa. In the Arab Peninsula it is known as Arabian tea and in South Africa it is referred to as Bushman’s tea.

Although its stimulant effect was originally attributed to cathine, extracts from fresh leaves of khat were shown to contain cathinone, isolated in 1975 and its properties recognized in 1978. Cathinone is not very stable and breaks down to produce cathine and norephedrine which belong to the phenylpropanolamine family, a subset of the phenethylamines and the catecholamines adrenaline and noradrenaline.

When the leaves are chewed the active ingredients are absorbed through the oral and gastric mucous membranes. The action of cathine and cathinone on the reuptake of adrenaline and noradrenaline results in the wakefulness associated with amphetamine derivatives. The effects of cathinone peak after 30 minutes, with nearly 98% of the substance metabolized by the liver into noradrenaline. Cathine has a half-life of about three hours in humans. Typically, an individual consumes 100–200 g of khat leaves (one bundle) in a session, and its effects last for several hours.

Symptoms are rather similar to the ingestion of strong coffee or amphetamines, for example, overtalkativeness and hyperactivity. The effects of oral cathinone occur more rapidly than those of amphetamine, 15 minutes compared to 30 minutes respectively. Khat causes constipation, dilated pupils (mydriasis), tachycardia and increased blood pressure, reflecting the sympathomimetic effects of the drug. Withdrawal symptoms, as would be expected, include mild depression and irritability, lethargy, rebound anxiety causing nightmares, tremulousness and loss of appetite. Long-term use may cause hepatic dysfunction, a permanent greenish tinge darkening of the teeth, and diminished libido. Rarely, dilated cardiomyopathy and myocardial infarction result from chronic use. 3

Mephedrone

Mephedrone (‘meow meow’) is a synthetic stimulant chemically related to cathinone, the psychoactive substance present in the khat plant. It is usually sold as a white crystalline or off-white-yellow powder (as a hydrochloride salt) for about £10 per gram. Consumption is usually oral or intranasal and rarely, by injection. Sellers avoid attracting the attention of regulatory bodies by labelling the substance “not for human consumption,” which means that no advice on safer use and dosing is provided.4

In one study the most commonly seen drug class were piperazines, followed by the cathinones, with significant variation in the content in one quarter of these compounds. The authors stated that it was relatively easy to purchase a number of legal highs from different Internet suppliers, though there times when not all of the products were available leading to the problem of users buying different active drugs to those they are used to, raising the prospect of potential toxicity to unknown agents.5A cross-sectional survey of 947 of mephedrone users found it to be the sixth most frequently used drug in the previous month after tobacco, alcohol, cannabis, cocaine and MDMA. Users typically were young males; 15% reported using weekly or more frequently; nearly 50% used between 0.5 and 1g during a typical session; intranasal use was the most common route of use (70%). Almost 55% of those who used cocaine reported that the ‘high’ obtained with mephedrone was better: intranasal use was also more likely addictive than oral use. Mephedrone appears to be the most widely abused synthetic cathinone in Europe, in contrast to the USA where MDVP and methylone are the most frequently abused. 6 7

Classification of mephedrone has had a limited effect on controlling its availability and use. Before the introduction of the legislation users generally obtained it via the internet. Now it is bought from street dealers, on average at double the price. Mephedrone was defined as a Class B drug under the Misuse of Drugs Act (1971) in the UK in April 2010. 4

Mephedrone produces similar effects to ecstasy, amphetamines and cocaine. It is detected in 20% of ecstasy tablets. It simulates the release of and inhibits the reuptake of monoamine neurotransmitters. The onset of psychoactive effects after insufflation is usually 10–20 minutes with an expected duration of effect of 1–2 hours; after oral ingestion onset is about 15–45 minutes with duration of 2–4 hours, and intravenous users report symptoms peaking at 10–15 minutes with a 30-minute duration of the desired effect.

Mephedrone users report that it has a better quality high than cocaine. It is speculated that mephedrone’s popularity reflects dissatisfaction with the purity and consistency of available cocaine and ecstasy. Concerns are also raised when it is considered that mephedrone is readily available from street dealers and may be taken by young people who have little previous experience of drug use.

Blood or plasma mephedrone concentrations are expected to be in a range of 50–100 μg/l in persons using the drug recreationally, >100 μg/l in intoxicated patients and >500 μg/l in victims of acute overdose.

Mephedroneinduces a greater increase in dopamine than serotonin release whereas MDMA (‘ecstasy’) induces a huge increase in serotonin with an insignificant rise in dopamine. Amphetamine results in a surge in dopamine release with an insignificant increase in serotonin. Mephedrone, amphetamine, and MDMA have decay values of 25, 50 and 300 minutes respectively. Therefore, the rapid rise and fall of dopamine levels could explain the addictive properties of mephedrone in some users. The effects are often described as somewhere between ecstasy and cocaine. As with cocaine, the ‘high’ generally lasts around an hour before wearing off. Furthermore, prolonged high –dose use of the substances can produce long-lasting neurotransmitter deficits in humans. 8 9

According to Mixmag (the online drug-use clubbing survey magazine for the UK) published in March 2012, 42% of clubbers had tried mephedrone the drug, and 34% had taken it in the last month. Some 30% of mephedrone users had reported using more ecstasy since the ban came into effect, while 19% reported using more cocaine. Blood or plasma mephedrone concentrations are expected to be in a range of 50–100 μg/l in persons using the drug recreationally, >100 μg/l in intoxicated patients and >500 μg/l in victims of acute overdose.

In 2011, Mixmag and the Guardian newspaper which draws on previous Mixmag surveys collected 15,500 responses from around the world, mostly the United Kingdom. In 2010/11, reported levels of use of mephedrone in the last year and last month were three times higher among clubbers (30 % and 13 %) than non-clubbers (10 % and 3 %).

Mephedronepredictably, causes increased alertness, restlessness, euphoria, excitement, the urge to talk, openness, time rushes, hot flushes, increased libido and elation. Hyperhidrosis, headache, palpitations, a Raynaud–type syndrome, and nausea are other relatively common unpleasant effects. Dizziness, hallucinations, panic attacks, and psychosis may occur. Other physical symptoms include dry mouth, blurred vision, and epistaxis. Symptoms of intoxication include agitation, aggression, violence, seizures and hyperthermia. Fatigue and insomnia are common residual effects. Mephedrone is generally used by nasal insufflation or ingestion of powder, liquid, capsule or tablets. The majority of users source mephedrone from street level dealers.10 Mephedrone induces strong feelings of craving in most users. If the unstable ecstasy market situation persists, the potential of mephedrone to substitute for MDMA might be substantial. Mephedrone, sold as ecstasy, is therefore more likely to be a cause for concern in the future.

Bath salts

This is the street name for substances which contain synthetic cathinone stimulants, such as methylenedioxypyrovalerone (MDPV) and mephedrone.11Bath salts components act synergistically at the dopamine transporter site and enhanced dopamine transmission may increase the potential for abuse. MDPV is consumed with other illicit drugs of abuse. It is the primary ingredient in "bath salts." Being a synthetic, cathinone-derivative it produces a high similar to cocaine or methamphetamine. It can be administered orally, by nasal insufflation, smoking, intravenously/intramuscularly, or per rectum, and intoxication lasts many hours.

MDPV may cause cardiac problems and disturbance of perception. During the withdrawal period after MDPV use, bone and muscle pain, and visual disturbances may occur. In the metabolism of MDPV, the most important catalyst is the CYP2C19 isoenzyme; the CYP1A2 and the CYP2D6 isoenzymes also play a role. The formed catechols are conjugated with either glucuronic acid or sulphate.

These compounds are not true bath salts in the traditional sense of household products. Cathinone is an amphetamine-like stimulant found naturally in the khat plant, described in more detail below. MDPV is much more potent than cocaine and its effect is longer lasting.12

Because of the sympathomimetic activity side effects are predictable and include cardiac arrhythmias, hypertension, arrhythmias, and hyperthermia. Chest pain, myocardial infarction, sweating, rhabdomyolysis, seizures, stroke, cerebral oedema, cardiorespiratory collapse, and rarely, death, have been reported. Psychiatric manifestations include hypersomnia, panic attacks, agitation, paranoia, suicidal ideation, self-mutilation, and aggressive behaviour.

The mode of action is thought to be the result of disruption and interference with central monoamine systems. In other words, synthetic cathinones increase extracellular monoamines by blocking transporter reuptake and increasing presynaptic neurotransmitter release. The dopamine (DA) transporter (DAT) and serotonin (5-HT) transporter (SERT) tightly regulate the amount of neurotransmitters within the synaptic cleft. Monoamine release also may be driven by presynaptic input from cholinergic or glutaminergic systems.12 7

Psychoactive bath salts are sold as tablets, capsules, or powder and purchased in places such as tobacco and convenience stores, gas stations, head shops, and the Internet. Bath salts may mimic cocaine, lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), methamphetamine, or MDMA. The most common bath salts are the cathinone derivatives MDPV, mephedrone and methylone. The drugs have the potential for addiction because they cause intense stimulation, euphoria, elevated mood, and a pleasurable "rush". 13 14

In the United Kingdom (UK) to avoid being controlled by the Medicines Act, legal highs are sometimes described as bath salts, fertilizer (plant food), or incense, even though they have never been used for these purposes. In other words, legal highs are not covered by current drugs laws yet are used by individuals in the same way as illegal drugs such as cocaine or cannabis. The easy availability of legal highs marketed as "bath salts", ‘incense’ and ‘plant foods’, with the added proviso that they are not to be consumed by humans allows the drugs to circumvent current legislation. When legislation is changed the molecular structure is easily altered to produce a new legal high.

Synthetic cannabinoids

Marketed as ‘incense’ and labeled “not for human consumption”, these drugs were increasingly popular with students and young adults being initially legal and easily available from stores, online, head shops (outlets selling drug paraphernalia/counterculture magazines) and petrol stations. The structure of synthetic cannabinoids does not resemble that of tetrahydrocannabinol (THC] contained in marijuana or hashish, yet the drugs affect individuals in the same manner and are much more potent. Synthetic cannabinoids are sold under countless names such as ‘Mr Nice Guy,’ ‘Spice’, ‘Sabbaba’ and ‘Lemon Grass’, to name a few. Spice is a designer drug derived from herbs sprayed with synthetic chemicals which mimic the effects of cannabis. The ingredients are thus similar to but not identical to THC. Synthetic cannabis can precipitate psychosis, especially in individuals with a previous history and a chronic psychotic disorder may persist in some vulnerable patients.

A great variety of synthetic cannabinoids, most often cannabicyclohexanol, are used in an attempt to avoid prosecution. Some are sold in 'herbal' smoking mixtures and the latter have been found on occasion not to contain any synthetic cannabinoids at all. Cannabicyclohexanol is a cannabinoid receptor agonist drug. It has been sold under various brands such as Black Mamba, Bombay Blue, Fake Weed, Genie, Bliss, Blaze, Yucatan Fire. Spice products sometimes sold as “incense,” more closely resemble potpourri. Although Spice is usually smoked, sometimes individuals mix it with cannabis or prepare a herbal infusion for drinking.

To create the herbal products, synthetic cannabimimetics are dissolved in an organic solvent (e.g. acetone) and the resulting solution is sprayed on plant material. The doped plant material is then dried and smoked in a similar fashion to actual cannabis. Spice products typically have a pleasurable smell and taste. They are often referred to as herbal or legal highs because of their legal status and ‘natural’ herbal make-up. They are distributed in the form of dried leaves or resin, and powder, and are sold without age restriction in metal-foil sachets, usually containing 3 g of vegetable matter, to which one or more of the synthetic cannabinoids have been added. Spice is typically smoked, using a pipe or by rolling in a cigarette paper, and can also be ingested as an infusion, or inhaled.15 16

Table 1: Side effects of mephedrone

Common:
Hyperhidrosis
Headache
Palpitations
Nausea
Raynaud-type syndrome

Uncommon < 10%
Dizziness
Hallucinations
Psychosis
Dry mouth
Increased sociability
Chest pain
Blurred vision
Agitation, aggression, violence,
Hyponatraemia
Seizures and hyperthermia
Fatigue and insomnia

Drugs of the 2C family (phenethylamines containing methoxy groups attached to a benzene ring) have hallucinogenic and stimulant effects. The term ‘2C’' refers to the 2 carbon atoms between the benzene ring and the amino group in these compounds. The effects are a cross between MDMA and LSD. They are relatively new to the market and not widely available in the UK. An excited delirium presentation seems to be consistent in deaths attributed to 2C drugs and at least five deaths have been reported in the literature in patients intoxicated with 2C drugs. One agent known as 2C-1 or Smiles, which first appeared in 2003,has more potent effects than MDMA and LSD. Users report an intense energy with vivid visual and auditory hallucinations lasting hours to days.. Patients may exhibit symptoms consistent with serotonin toxicity. Doctors need to be vigilant as synthetic drugs do not show up on routine testing. Treatment of 2C intoxication is primarily supportive.17

Despite widespread Internet availability, many of these drugs remain unfamiliar to doctors and yet ‘bath salts’, have resulted in nationwide emergency department visits for severe agitation, sympathomimetic toxicity, and death. As with other illicit substances designer drugs may compromise cardiac function causing hypertension and tachycardia and users who inject run the well-known risks of contracting hepatitis C or HIV, thrombophlebitis and embolus formation.

Methoxetamine

Methoxetamine (also known as ‘mexxy’) is available on the Internet and marketed as ‘legal ketamine.’ It is an arylcyclohexylamine chemically related to ketamine and PCP (phencyclidine). Methoxetamine is longer acting and more potent than ketamine. The drug, a white powder, is usually taken sublingually, snorted, ‘bombed’, or injected intramuscularly. Doses are typically between 5mg-90mg orally. After snorting the drug it may take 30-90 minutes for its effects to become apparent. When injected the onset of action is usually within five to ten minutes. The overall duration of effect is within the range of 1–3 hours, sometimes longer. The drug induces feelings of detachment (dissociative state), paranoid symptoms, visual hallucinations, restlessness and increased energy in some. Other reported symptoms include confusion, catatonia, depression, tachycardia and hypertension. Methoxetamine is now a Class B drug under the Misuse of Drugs Act.18 19

Piperazine derivatives

The piperazine derivatives, a class of amphetamine-like compounds that includes BZP (benzylpiperazine) and TFMPP (trifluoromethylphenylpiperazine) are making a comeback as "legal ecstasy." Often perceived as safe by the public, adverse effects may range from minimal to life-threatening. Co-ingestion of BZP and TFMPP causes increased action of dopamine and serotonin, similar to MDMA. Severe symptoms include seizures, hyperthermia, hyponatremia, dystonic reactions, rhabdomyolysis, renal failure, metabolic acidosis, DIC, and respiratory failure. 20 Over the last few years piperazine derivatives are being sold as ecstasy pills, or under the names of “Frenzy”, “Bliss”, “Charge”, “Herbal ecstasy”, “A2”, “Legal X” and “Legal E”. Although piperazine designer drugs enjoy a market reputation of being safe, they may cause distorted perceptions after ingestion. There are several reports of toxic symptoms experienced by users after drug intake.The piperazinic compounds are derived from piperazine, a cyclic molecule containing two opposite nitrogen atoms and four carbon atoms distributed between the two and were originally used as anti-helminthic agents in the 1950s. Designer drugs of this class can be divided into the benzylpiperazines such as benzylpiperazine (BZP) and its methylenedioxy analogue methylenedioxybenzylpiperazine (MDBP), and phenylpiperazines such as chlorophenylpiperazine (CPP), trifluoromethylphenylpiperazine (TFMPP), and methoxyphenylpiperazine (MeOPP). A third group includes the thienylmethylpiperazines. Chlorophenylpiperazine is an active metabolite of drugs such as trazodone, and nefazodone used as antidepressants. A survey in the UK found that piperazines are among the most common active drugs in tablets purchased from internet supplier sites.Piperazine-derived compounds are therefore emerging designer drugs, whose abuse has increased remarkably worldwide.21

Naphyrone

Naphyrone(naphthylpyrovalerone) or NRG-1 (or Energy1) is a cathinone derivative available to buy on a number of websites and is gaining popularity. It is sold as an alternative to mephedrone. Belonging to the designer drugs class, it is similar in structure to pyrovalerone, a monoamine uptake inhibitor and as it is somewhat similar to other cathinone derivatives it has the potential to produce anxiety, paranoia, and cardiovascular side effects. Two products, both sold as NRG-2 from different internet suppliers, were found to contain the banned substituted cathinones - 4-methylethcathinone (4-MEC) and 4-methylmethcathinone (4-MMC), the latter being present in much smaller quantities. Although sold as research chemicals and labelled 'not for human consumption', they are essentially legal highs and are available online. 22 23

Table 2: Some commonly used psychoactive substances

Drug Mode of Action How used
MDMA (‘ecstasy’) ‘Molly’ is the pure crystalline powder form Releases and inhibits reuptake of dopamine, serotonin and noradrenaline Tablet or capsules

Sometimes one or more tablets taken at one time (‘bumping’)

Salvia divinorum Partial dopamine receptor agonist; also works on kappa receptors Smoked, inhaled, ingested, used sublingually
Mephedrone Effects similar to MDMA, cocaine and amphetamines Nasal insufflation, ingestion
MDVP (see text) Related to cathinone. Effects similar to ‘ecstasy’ Nasal insufflation, inhalation, ingestion
Spice Similar to THC Smoked; sometimes prepared as a herbal infusion for drinking
Naphyrone Effects similar to mephedrone Usually snorted, sometimes swallowed in paper wraps (‘bombing’)

Discussion

New designer drugs have increased in popularity over the past several years because of their euphoric effects. Understanding the pharmacology and toxicology of these agents is essential in order to provide the best medical care for patients. They are all potentially dangerous. For example, an excited delirium presentation seems to be consistent amongst deaths attributed to 2C drugs.

From the above description it can be seen that synthetic drugs fall into three broad categories: synthetic cathinones (bath salts), synthetic cannabinoids (spice or incense), and amphetamine-like drugs (methamphetamine, ephedrine, MDMA). Cathinones being related to the amphetamine family will cause dilated pupils, hypertension, hyperventilation, paranoia, agitation, hyperthermia, tremors and seizures. Many countries have made certain cathinones illegal, for example, mephedrone, methylone and MDPV. Indeed, the robust stimulation of dopamine transmission by MDPV predicts serious potential for abuse and may provide a mechanism to explain the adverse effects observed in humans taking high doses of 'bath salts' preparations. Furthermore, pyrovalerone is much more potent than cocaine at inhibiting the uptake of dopamine and norepinephrine.

Methcathinone was previously used in Russia as an antidepressant, also known as “Cat” and “Jeff” when used recreationally. Nowadays the drugs are sold as bath salts, plant food, insecticides, chicken feed additives, or research chemicals with names such as like NRG (Energy) and meow, meow. Bath salts are water-soluble, usually inorganic, solid products designed to be added to water during bathing. Numerous nicknames are used to describe them including Ivory Wave, Purple Wave, Red Dove, Zoom, Bloom, Cloud Nine, Ocean Snow, Lunar Wave, Vanilla Sky, White Lightning, and Hurricane Charlie.

Although ‘legal highs’ are commonly referred to as bath salts they are not Epsom salts (magnesium sulphate) or other water softeners within the usual meaning. In many cases the chemical ingredients are changed without the consumer knowing, making risks unpredictable. Some legal highs contain active ingredients controlled under the Misuse of Drugs Act 1971 (UK). Therefore any individual found in possession of these products would be liable to prosecution and the associated penalties, even if unaware that he/she has purchased a controlled drug. However, claiming a product to be "not intended for human consumption" can potentially circumvent the entire legal process. Drug designers are already showing skilful exploitation of the law and remain far ahead of criminalization efforts. Furthermore, the irony of prohibition is that the supply and slump in the market for cocaine and ecstasy in 2009 led to individuals resorting to untried and untested substances that are now easily available online. 24 25

Synthetic cathinones are mostly excreted via the urine and can be measured via gas or liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry in the blood, urine and stomach contents. They can also be analysed in hair. Unlike traditional cosmetic bath salts, which are packaged and sold for adding to bath water for soaking and cleaning, synthetic designer drugs sold as "bath salts" have no legitimate use for bathing and are intended for abuse. Baths salts contain one or more synthetic derivatives of the naturally-occurring stimulant cathinone. Low doses produce euphoria and increase alertness, but high doses or chronic use may cause serious adverse effects.26

Treatment

Treatment should be tailored to the specific drug of abuse. Medical and psychological needs require examining. Generally, treatment uses a combination of counselling and medication to reduce the need or desire (craving) for the drug and give the person the skills to refrain from future drug use. Other treatments might include cognitive behavioural therapy, detox, and relapse prevention techniques.

Supportive care is the mainstay of treatment for untoward serious side effects. Sedation with benzodiazepines is indicated for agitation, seizures, tachycardia, and hypertension. Extreme hypertension that persists despite benzodiazepines may be treated with vasodilators. Beta blockers should be avoided due to the potential to cause unopposed alpha-adrenergic stimulation, worsening the hypertension. Significant hyperthermia may require passive or active cooling. All moderately to severe symptomatic patients should have an electrocardiogram (ECG), be placed on a cardiac monitor, and receive serial temperature checks. Electrolytes, liver function tests, cardiac enzymes creatine, and toxicology should be carried out. Asymptomatic patients with no other suspected ingested drugs or psychiatric symptoms generally may be discharged.

Prevention

Banning legal highs is probably futile because it is impossible to keep up with newer drugs because they are synthesized as soon as the ‘illegal’ drug becomes banned. Some would argue that arresting users creates more harm for individuals, their families and society, as they are then caught up in the criminal system. Others may argue that ‘legal highs’ are not generally harmful and not as dangerous as opiates or their derivatives, or indeed alcohol. It might be more worthwhile making legal highs ‘uncool’, much in the same way that cigarette consumption is now frowned upon. However, it would require a great deal of public money to subsidise such an advertising venture.

Users of legal highs need to be made aware that such drugs purchased on-line may contain illegal substances and therefore may render them subject to prosecution if found in possession. 27

Pre-school family based programmes, and programmes involving the school and community, motivational interviewing for adolescents, and individual programmes, may be beneficial in reducing drug use and other harmful outcomes. Importantly, none of these approaches focus exclusively on particular substances or groups of substances, and although there have been relatively few investigations of intervention processes they most likely work by targeting a number of important precursors of drug use behaviour.28

Preventing designer drug abuse begins with understanding the warning signs of addiction which in many respects are similar to alcohol or more common street drugs.

Club drugs are now widely available and their harmful effects are increasingly becoming more evident. Their effects are unpredictable as they are often ‘contaminated’ with other harmful substances. It is unlikely that legislation will have a meaningful impact. Increasing public awareness about these drugs is paramount, and medical and nursing staff should consider intoxication in those patients who present with agitation and psychosis who have no previous history of mental health problems.

Pharmacists are in a pivotal position to observe changes in patterns of drug use and report worrying trends to health care practitioners. Counselling for young people especially and prevention programmes based in schools could prove useful in pointing out the dangers of these drugs to teenagers. Health care professional too should endeavour to keep up with recent information on these substances by attending hospital-based lectures or conferences as part of continuing professional education.

Urine drug testing will generally be unhelpful as many club drugs are undetectable on standard urine drug screens.29 Mental health staff should enquire about club drugs as part of routine drug and alcohol assessment and be aware that these patients may not fit the stereotype of a drug misuser.

Acknowledgements / Conflicts / Author Details
Competing Interests: 
None declared
Details of Authors: 
Dr Francis J Dunne, FRCPsych, Consultant Psychiatrist, Havering Community Recovery Team, 137-145 Church Road, Romford, Essex RM3 0SH. Dr Khalid Jaffar, MRCPsych, Specialist Registrar ST6, Havering Community Recovery Team, 137-145 Church Road, Romford, Essex RM3 0SH. Dr Shazia Hashmi, MRCPsych, Specialist Registrar ST6, Havering Community Recovery Team, 137-145 Church Road, Romford, Essex RM3 0SH.
Corresponding Author Details: 
Francis J Dunne, Thorpe Coombe Hospital, The Larkswood Centre, Walthamstow, E17 3HP.
Corresponding Author Email: 
dunnefrancis@googlemail.com
References
References: 
  1. Roberts MF, Wink M.  Alkaloids: biochemistry, ecology, and medicinal applications. Plenum Press; New York and London 1998. 
  2. Prosser JM, Nelson LS. The toxicology of bath salts: a review of synthetic cathinones. J Med Toxicol 2012; 8: 33-42.
  3. Wabe. Chemistry, pharmacology, and toxicology of khat (Catha edulis Forsk): a review. Addiction Health 2011; 3: 137-49.  
  4. Winstock A, Mitcheson L, Marsden J. Mephedrone: still available and twice the price.   Lancet 2010; 376: 1537
  5. Davies S, Wood DM, Smith G,  Button J, Ramsey J, Archer R, Holt DW, Dargon PI. Purchasing ‘legal highs’ on the Internet – is there consistency in what you get?  Q J Med 2010; 103: 489–93.
  6. Winstock AR, Mitcheson LR, Deluca P, Davey Z, Corazza  O, Schifano F. Mephedrone, new kid for the chop?  Addiction 2011; 106: 154-61. 
  7. German CL, Fleckenstein AE, Hanson GR. Bath salts and synthetic cathinones: an emerging designer drug phenomenon. Life Sciences 2014, 97: 2-8. Elsevier Inc.
  8. 8. Kehr J, Ichinose F, Yoshitake S, Goiny M, Sievertsson T, Nyberg F,   Yoshitake T. Mephedrone, compared to MDMA (ecstasy) and amphetamine, rapidly increases both dopamine and serotonin levels in nucleus accumbens of awake rats. B J Pharmacol 2011; 164 (8): 1949–58.
  9. Hadlock GC,  Webb KM,  McFadden LM, Chu PW, Ellis JD, Allen SC, Andrenyak DM et al. 4-methylmethcathinone (mephedrone): neuropharmacological effects of a designer stimulant of abuse. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 2011; 339(2): 530–36. 
  10. Dargan PI, Albert S, Wood DM. Mephedrone use and associated adverse effects in school and college/university students before the UK legislation change.     Quart J Med 2010; 103: 875-79
  11. Gunderson EW, Kirkpatrick MG, Willing LM, Holstege CP. Substituted cathinone products: a new trend in "bath salts" and other designer stimulant drug use. J Addict Med 2013; 7(3):153-62.
  12. Cameron KN, Kolanos R, Solis E Jr, Glennon RA, De Felice LJ. Bath salts components mephedrone and methylenedioxypyrovalerone (MDPV) act synergistically at the human dopamine transporter. Br J Pharmacol 2013; 168(7):1750-7. 
  13. Wieland DM1, Halter MJ, Levine C. Bath salts: they are not what you think.   J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv 2012; 50(2):17-21. 
  14. Gershman JA, Fass AD. Synthetic cathinones (‘Bath Salts’): legal and health care challenges. Pharmacy and Therapeutics 2012; 37(10): 571-72.  
  15. Fattor L, Fratta W.  Beyond THC: the new generation of cannabinoid designer drugs. Behav Neurosci 2011|doi: 10.3389/fnbeh.2011.00060.
  16. Zawilska JB, Wojcieszak J. Spice/K2 drugs – more than innocent substitutes for marijuana. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2014; 17: 509–25.
  17. Dean BV, Stellpflug SJ, Burnett AM, Engebretsen KM. 2C or not 2C: phenethylamine designer drug review.  J Med Toxicol 2013; 9: 172-78.
  18. Morris H, Wallach J. From PCP to MXE: a comprehensive review of the non‐medical use of dissociative drugs. Drug Test Anal 2014; 10.1002/dta.1620.
  19. Jonsson K, Kjelleren A. MethoxetaminE (MXE) – a phenomenological study of experiences induced by a ‘legal high’ from the Internet. J Psychoactive Drugs 2013; 45: 276-86.
  20. Schep LJ, Slaughter RJ, Vale JA, Beasley DM, Gee P. The clinical toxicology of the designer “party pills” benzylpiperazine and trifluoromethylphenylpiperazine. Clin Toxicol 2011; 49: 131-41. 
  21. Arbo MD, Bastos ML, Carmo HF. Piperazine compounds as drugs of abuse. Drug and Alcohol Dependence 2012; 122: 174– 85. 
  22. Brandt SD, Sumnall HR, Measham F, Cole J. Analyses of second-generation ‘legal highs’ in the UK: initial findings. Drug Test Anal 2010; 2: 377–82.
  23. Ayres TC, Bond JW. A chemical analysis examining the pharmacology of novel psychoactive substances freely available over the internet and their impact on public (ill) health. Legal highs or illegal highs? BMJ Open 2012; 2:e000977 doi: 10.1136/bmjopen-2012-000977
  24. Johnson LA, Johnson RL, Portier R-B. Current legal highs. J Emerg Med 2013 44: 1108-15.
  25. Measham F, Moore K, Newcombe R, Welch (nee Smith), Z. Tweaking, bombing, dabbing and stockpiling; the emergence of mephedrone and the perversity of prohibition. Drugs and Alcohol Today 2010; 10: 14-21.
  26. Baumann MH, Partilla JS, Lehner KR. Psychoactive ‘bath salts’: not so soothing. Eur J Pharmacol 2013, 698: 1-5.  
  27. Wood DM, Davies S, Cummins A, Button J, Holt DW, Ramsey J, Dargan PI. Energy-1 (‘NRG-1’): don't believe what the newspapers say about it being legal. BMJ Case Reports 2011; doi:10.1136/bcr.07.2010.3184 
  28. Sumnall H. Some thoughts on the tricky problem of ‘legal highs’ drugs education. Centre for Public Health, 2014, 2-9. (http://www.cph.org.uk/media).
  29. Bowden-Jones, O. Legal highs and other club drugs: why the song and dance?  Psychiatric Bulletin 2013; 37: 185-187.

share
Syndicate content